Skip to main content

Full text of "The Great Basin naturalist"

See other formats


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 


VEflRI 


LIBRARY 


OF  THE 


Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

PROVO,  UTAH 

(FRANKLIN  S.  HARRIS.  President) 


Organized  Colleges  and  Divisions: 

College  of  Applied  Science 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
College  of  Commerce 
College  of  Education 
College  of  Fine  Arts 
Graduate  School 
Extension  Division 
Research  Division 

Departments  of  Instruction: 

Accounting  and  Business  Adminis-      Journalism 

tration  Landscape  Architecture 

Agricultural  Economics  Library 

Agronomy  Marketing 

Animal  Husbandry  Mathematics 

Art  Mechanical  Art 

Bacteriology  Modern  and  Classical  Languages 

Botany  Music 

Chemistry  Office  Practice 

Economics  Physical  Education 

Educational  Administration  Physics 

Elementary  Education  Political  Science 

English  Philosophy  of  Education 

Finance  and  Banking  Psychology 

Geology  and  Geography  Religious  Education 

History  Secondary  Education 

Home  Economics  Sociology 

Horticulture  Zoology  and  Entomology 


For  further  information  write: 

President's  Office 
Brigham  Young  University 
Provo,  Utah 


NCW  CENTURY  PRINTING  CO.,  PROVO*^(J!;* 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Volume  II,   1 94 1 


VASCO  M.  TANNER,  Editor 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by 

The  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

OF  Brigham  Young  University 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 
Volume  II 

NUMBER   1  — FEBRUARY  20,   1941 

Notes  on  the  Nesting  Habits  of  Some  Mountain  Dwelling  Birds 

in   Utah,  C.  Lynn   Haywarcl 1 

An    Annotated    List    of    Mammals    Collected    in    Nuevo    Leon, 

.Mexico,  1938,  E.  J.  Koestner 9 

A  Study  of  the  Variation  in  the  Less  Common  Snakes  of  Utah. 

Wilmer  W.   Tanner 16 

Studies  in  the  Weevils  of  the  Western  United  States  No.  IV : 

A  New  Species  of  Cimbocera,  Vasco  M.  Tanner     ....       29 

Willis  Stanley  Blatchley,  Vasco  M.  Tanner 33 

Interesting  Coleoptera  Records  for  Utah 36 

NUMBER   2  — JUNE  30,   1941 

Some  Nematodes   of   the    Family    Tylcnchidac  Which   Do   Not 

Possess  a  Valvular  Median  Esophageal  Bulb,  Gerald  Thorne  37 

Lesser  Yellow  Legs.  New  Record  for  Washington  County,  Utah  86 

The  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  of  Idaho  No.  I.  Wilmer  W.  Tanner  87 

Gull   Banding  Notes  at   Utah   Lake 98 

New  Species  of  Coleoptera  from  Utah.  Harry  P.  Chandler     .     .  99 

Painted  Lady  Butterfly  in  Migration 104 

Three  New  Mammals   (Microtus  and  Ochontona )    from  Utah. 

E.  R.  Hall  and  C.  L.  Hay  ward 105 

NUMBER  3  — NOVEMBER  29,   1941 

Some  Observations  on  Amphibia  At  and  Near  Las  Vegas,  New 

Mexico,  Arthur  N.  Bragg 109 

Two    New    Species   of    Aphaenogaster    ( Hymenoptera :    Formi- 

cidae).   Marion  R.   Smith 118 

New  Bird  Records  from  Zion  National  Park 121 

Antarctic  Birds  Contributed  by  Dr.  Russell  G.  Frazier     .  .  122 

NUMBER   4  — DECEMBER    31,    1941 

A  Bibliography  of  Utah   Mammalog}' ;  Incuding  References  to 
Names  and  Type  Localities.    (First  supplement),  C.  Lynn 

Hay  ward 125 

A  New  I'^laphrus  (Coleoptera.  Carabidaei.  \'asco  M  Tanner     .     137 
Index   to   \'olume   II 139 


II 


Volume  II  ^^tCo/^p^^N umber  1 

t^ifi       Zoology         'C^ 

MAR  14  1941 

The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

February  20,  1941 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Notes  on  the  Nesting  Habits  of  Some  Mountain  Dwelling  Birds 

in  Utah,   C.   Lynn   Hayward 1 

An  Annotated  List  of  Mammals  Collected  in  Nuevo  Leon,  Mexi- 
co, 1938,  E.  J.  Koestner 9 

A  Study  of  the  Variation  in  the  Less  Common  Snakes  of  L^^tah, 

Wilmer  W.  Tanner 16 

Studies  in  the  Weevils  of  the  Western  United  States  No.  IV: 

A  New  Species  of  Cimbocera,  Vasco  M.  Tanner     ....     29 

Willis  Stanley  Blatchley,  Vasco  M.  Tanner 33 

Interesting  Coleoptera  Records  for  Utah 36 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology  ot 

Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Editor 
C.  Lynn  Hay  ward,  Assistant  Editor 

A  journal  published  four  times  a  year  by  the  Department  of 
Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts.  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will  be 
accepted.     Manuscripts  are  subjected  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations.  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  Journal  are 
to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the 
cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints.  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription.  The  annual  subscription  is  $1.50,  (outside  the 
United  States,  $2.00).     Single  number,  50  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Great   Basin   Naturalist,   Brigham   Young   University,    Provo,   Utah. 


lt,LLS' 

The  Great  Basin  Natura 

Published  by  the 
Department  of  Zoology  and  Ent(jmology 
Brigham  Young  University.  Provo.  Utah 

\oLLMi-    II  FI-:r.RUARY  20.  1941  No.   1 

NOTF.S  OX  THE  NESTING  HABITS  OF  SOME  MOUNTAIN 
DWELLING  lilRDS  IN  UTAH  ^^ 

C.  LYXN   HAYWARD 
Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology,  Brigham  Young  University 

In  the  course  of  field  work  in  mountainous  portions  of  Utali  during 
the  past  few  years  the  writer  has  had  occasion  to  take  note  of  nesting 
activities  of  some  of  the  birds  of  these  higher  elevations.  These  obser- 
vations have  been  made  mostly  on  Mt.  Timpanogos,  Utah  County, 
and  on  the  west  end  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  Wasatch  County,  at  ele- 
vations of  7,000  feet  and  above.  Although  the  material  contained  here- 
in is  fragmentar}-  it  is  hoped  that  it  will  throw  some  light  upon  a 
subject  that  is  little  known. 

Spityrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird.    Red-naped  Sapsucker 

The  breeding  of  this  species  occurs  mostly  in  mature  aspen  woods, 
but  a  few  individuals  may  occasionally  frequent  coniferous  forests.  On 
April  5,  1940  at  Aspen  Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos.  a  pair  was  seen  pre- 
paring for  mating.  The  male  was  seen  to  follow  the  female  closely 
from  tree  to  tree,  uttering  series  of  sharp  notes  and  erecting  the  crown 
feathers.  No  actual  copulation  was  noted  at  this  time.  June  12,  1934 
a  nest  was  noted  in  a  dead  aspen  fourteen  feet  from  the  ground  at 
Mule  Flat,  two  miles  north  of  Aspen  Grove.  Mt.  Timpanogos.  Both 
parents  were  seen  to  carry  in  food.  On  June  21,  ]9^7  two  nests  were 
noted  at  Aspen  Grove  and  two  at  Mule  Flat.  Mt.  Timpanogos.  The}- 
were  situated  in  dead  aspens  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  from  tlie  ground. 
In  all  cases  voung  birds  could  be  heard  in  the  nests. 


(1)     Contribution  No.  87,  Dept.  of  Zoology  and  Entomolngx-.   r.rigliani  Young 
University. 


The  Great  Baf  in  Naturalist 
2  C.    LYNN    TIAYWARD  Vol.  TT,  No.  1  , 

PicoiDES  TRiDACTYLUs  DORSALis  Baird.  Alpine  Three-toed  Woodpecker 

In  my  studies  thus  far  this  woodpecker  has  been  found  only  in  the 
densely  wooded  subalpine  forests  of  the  Uinta  Mountains.  On  July  9, 
1930  a  nest  containing  young  was  found  at  Tryol  Lake,  Wasatch 
County,  elevation  about  9,900  feet.  This  nest  was  located  in  a  dead 
Lodgepole  Pine  about  ten  feet  from  the  ground.  A  hole  about  two 
inches  in  diameter  formed  the  entrance  to  the  nest,  and,  extending 
down  the  center  of  the  trunk  a  distance  of  about  twelve  inches  below 
the  entrance,  a  hollow  four  inches  in  diameter  had  been  formed.  The 
nest  was  located  at  the  bottom  of  this  hollow. 

On  July  12  the  female  was  found  dead  at  the  foot  of  the  tree  but 
the  male  continued  to  feed  the  young  until  July  14  when  he  was  col- 
lected. At  the  time  the  male  was  collected  the  two  young  were  re- 
moved from  the  nest  and  made  into  skins.  They  were  both  males  and 
appeared  to  be  about  two-thirds  grown  (wing  82  mm.  as  compared  to 
120  mm.  in  the  adult).  July  21  of  the  same  year  another  nest  con- 
taining young  and  similarly  constructed  was  located  about  fifteen  feet 
up  in  the  stump  of  a  dead  Engelmann  Spruce. 

Empidonax  hammondi  (Xantus).    Hammond's  Flycatcher 

This  species  and  Wright's  Flycatcher  Empidonax  wrighti  Baird  are 
extremely  difficult  to  distinguish  from  one  another  in  the  field  and  for 
this  reason  the  following  notes  are  recorded  with  some  misgivings. 
Both  species  are  found  on  Mt.  Timpanogos,  but  our  collections  thus  far 
indicate  that  E.  hammondi  is  confined  largely  to  aspen  and  conifer 
woods,  while  E.  wrighti  occupies  chaparral.  However,  the  two  un- 
doubtedly occur  together  at  least  at  the  edges  of  the  woods.  A  set  of 
four  eggs  of  E.  hammondi  was  collected  by  James  Bee  at  Aspen  Grove, 
Mt.  Timpanogos,  June  23,  1937.  The  nest  was  located  in  an  aspen, 
but  details  of  its  construction  are  lacking.  On  July  11,  1937  a  pair 
presumably  of  this  species  was  seen  constructing  a  nest  about  twenty 
feet  up  on  a  dead  limb  of  an  aspen  near  the  summit  of  Loop  Road, 
Mt.  Timpanogos.   This  nest  was  composed  largely  of  fine  plant  fibers. 

Empidonax  wrtgiiti  Baird.    Wright's  Flycatcher 

The  only  rather  positive  nesting  record  of  this  species  available 
from  ni)^  notes  is  that  of  June  6,  1940  when  a  nest  was  discovered  on 
a  chaparral  covered  hillside  directly  east  of  Big  Tree  Camp,  Mt. 
Timpanogos.  This  nest  was  situated  in  a  small  oak  Quercus  gamhcUii 
about  two  and  a  half  feet  from  the  ground.  It  was  composed  mainly 
of  ]ilant  fibers,  neatly  and  compactly  woven  and  was  lined  with  a  few 


F'eb.  20,  1941  nkstinc  iiaiuts  of  iukos  in  utah  3 

feathers.  Uehaving  in  characteristic  fashion  the  birds  remained  for 
the  most  part  hidden  in  the  hrusli  appearinnj^  only  at  intervals  for  brief 
periods  and  occasionalh'  utterinq^  sharp  chiri)s  of  alarm. 

Empidonax  difficili.s  DiFi'K  IMS  I'aird.    Western  Flxcatclier 

The  nesting  activities  of  this  species  have  been  noted  on  Alt.  Tim- 
panogos  in  the  vicinit}-  of  Lower  Falls,  Aspen  Grove.  On  Jime  26. 
1937  two  nests  about  100  yards  apart  were  found  on  tlie  north-facing 
clififs  near  Lower  Falls.  They  were  situated  in  crevices  about  six  feet 
up  from  the  base  of  the  clilTs.  (_)ne  of  the  nests  contained  four  fresh 
eggs  and  the  other  five.  In  both  cases  there  w^as  water  dripping  over 
the  nests  and  the  materials  of  which  they  were  composed  were  soaking 
wet.  The  nests  were  composed  of  fine  grass  covered  with  green  moss 
and  lichens  like  the  surrounding  rocks.  The  birds  were  extremely  sh}- 
and  it  was  with  considerable  difficulty  that  I  was  able  to  make  the 
identifications. 

Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  Mearns.    Violet-green  Swallow 

This  species  breeds  quite  commonly  in  certain  portions  of  mature 
aspen  forests  on  Mt.  Timpanogos.  All  of  my  observations  were  made 
at  Mule  Flat  about  two  miles  north  of  Aspen  Grove.  On  June  21,  1936 
John  Hutchings  and  the  writer  opened  up  a  nest  in  a  live  aspen  about 
six  feet  from  the  ground.  In  spite  of  the  noise  incident  to  opening  the 
nests  the  female  refused  to  leave  until  plucked  ofif  by  hand.  The  nest 
contained  only  two  fresh  eggs.  A  year  later  on  the  same  date  and  in 
the  same  locality  females  were  observed  carrying  material  into  holes,' 
and  there  was  evidence  of  at  least  four  or  five  nests  within  a  half 
acre  area.  In  this  connection  Violet-green  Swallows  were  occasionally 
seen  fighting  with  Tree  Swallows  over  nesting  sites.  On  July  3,  1937 
a  nest  was  opened  which  contained  four  eggs  nearly  ready  to  hatch. 

Iridoprocne  bicolor  (Vieillot).    Tree  Swallow 

The  nesting  habits  of  this  species  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Violet- 
green  Swallow  described  above.  The  two  species  frequently  nest  in 
the  same  tree.  A  nest  opened  on  July  3,  1937  at  Mule  Flat,  contained 
four  newly  hatched  young.  This  nest  was  in  a  dead  aspen  about 
twenty  feet  from  the  ground.  However,  like  the  Violet-green,  this 
species  frequently  nests  in  living  trees. 

Progne  subis  subis  (Linnaeus).    Purple  Martin 

Like  the  swallows  described  above  the  Purple  Martin  nests  in  ma- 
ture aspen  forests  on  Mt.  Timpanogos  and  is  often  seen  in  company 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
4  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  1, 

with  the  swallows.  At  Mule  Flat  on  June  21,  1937  we  saw  females 
leave  and  enter  two  different  holes  in  the  same  trees.  At  this  same 
lime  males  were  seen  to  carry  green  aspen  leaves  into  the  nests.  These 
leaves,  we  found  later,  were  used  as  a  lining  and  are  apparently  con- 
tinuously replaced  by  fresh  ones  throughout  the  incubation  period.  Ou 
July  3,  we  opened  two  of  these  nests.  One  situated  in  a  partially  dead 
aspen  about  thirty  feet  from  the  ground  contained  three  newly  hatched 
young.  The  other,  located  twenty  feet  up  in  a  dearl  as])en  slumj)  con- 
tained four  eggs  nearly  ready  to  hatch. 

Hylocichla  GUTTATA  AUDUBONi  (Ijaird).    Audubon's  Hermit  Thrush 

The  nests  of  this  species  have  been  encountered  rather  Ireciuently 
on  Mt.  Timpanogos.  They  are  generally  placed  ratlier  low  in  conifers, 
aspens,  or  in  brush  along  streams  and  at  the  edges  of  forests.  The 
follcjwing  nesting  data  are  available  from  my  notes:  A  nest  containing 
six  fresh  eggs  was  taken  from  an  aspen  fork  twelve  feet  from  the 
ground  at  Salamander  Lake,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  June  5,  1937.  Another 
nest  containing  three  newly  hatched  young  and  one  unhatched  egg 
was  observed  in  a  choke  cherry  bush  at  Aspen  (irove,  June  19,  1937. 
This  nest  was  about  three  feet  from  the  ground.  The  outside  shell 
was  composed  of  I)ark  and  the  inner  lining  consisted  of  tine  roots. 
Mr.  R.  G.  Bee  has  supplied  me  witli  a  record  of  four  fresh  eggs  taken 
in  South  Fork  of  Provo  Canyon,  June  5,  1929.  On  July  9,  1940  a 
nest  containing  four  half-grown  young  was  found  at  Big  Tree  Camp, 
Mt.  Timpanogos  in  the  top  of  a  small  white  lir.  five  feet  from  the 
ground.  On  the  ridge  immediately  to  the  west  of  Aspen  Grove,  a 
nest  was  found  in  the  forks  of  an  aspen  tree  six  feet  from  the  ground, 
June  14,  1940.    It  contained  four  eggs  just  in  the  process  of  hatching. 

MvADESTES  TowNSENDi   (Audubon).    Towuscud's  Solitaire 

On  June  24,  1937  Mr.  Merlin  Kill])ack  discovered  a  nest  of  this 
species  near  Lower  Falls  west  of  Aspen  Grove.  Mt.  Timpanogos.  It 
was  situated  in  a  niche  on  a  cliff  about  seven  feet  up  from  the  base. 
The  outer  shell  of  the  nest  was  composed  of  rather  large  dry  twigs 
while  the  inside  was  lined  willi  fnie  grass.  There  were  four  well  incu- 
bated eggs.  Both  the  bird  and  the  eggs  were  collected.  Water  \\;is 
drip])ing  frf)m  overhanging  rocks  in  front  of  the  nest  l)ut  ihe  nest 
itself  was  dry.  Another  similarb'  constructed  nest  was  found  on  June 
29  only  about  one  hundred  yards  from  the  first  one.  It  likewise  con- 
tained four  well  incubated  eggs.  A  third  nest  presumably  of  this 
species  was  located  about  six   feet   uj)  in  a  small  white  fir  at  Aspen 


Feb.  20,  1941  nesting  habits  of  birds  in  utah  5 

Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  June  19,  1937.  The  young  had  left  or  been 
removed  from  this  nest  and  only  fragments  of  the  shells  and  general 
structure  of  the  nest  indicated  its  identity. 

Antiius  spiNOLRTTA  RUBESCENS  (Tunstall).    American  Pipit 

(PL  I,  Fig.  2) 
A  nest  containing  four  fresh  eggs  was  found  at  Lost  Lake,  Uinta 
Mountains,  June  19,  1940,  elevation  9,800  feet.  It  was  situated  in  a 
rather  dry  subalpine  meadow.  The  rim  of  the  nest  was  flush  with  the 
surrounding  surface  of  the  ground,  and  the  cup  was  sunken  into  the 
sod  to  a  depth  of  about  three  inches.  The  nest  w^as  lined  with  very 
line,  dry  grass.  Even  though  incubation  had  not  begun,  the  bird  sat 
very  close  and  allowed  one  to  come  within  two  feet  or  less  without 
leaving  the  nest.  If  the  observer  withdrew  fifty  feet  from  the  nest 
site,  the  bird  would  return  immediately  and  settle  on  the  eggs.  The 
])ir(l  was  so  fearless  that  I  was  able  to  set  up  the  camera  within  two 
feet  of  the  nest  and  approach  close  enough  to  trip  the  shutter  without 
startling  her.  Only  one  bird  was  seen  at  any  time  in  the  vicinity  of 
I  he  nest. 

\'iRE0  GiLVUs  swainsoni  Baird.   Western  Warbling  Vireo 

(PI.  I,  Fig.  5) 
The  nesting  of  this  species  has  been  observed  at  Aspen  Grove  and 
Mule  Flat  on  Mt.  Timpanogos.  My  notes  indicate  that  the  birds  con- 
fine themselves  almost  entirely  to  deciduous  woods  which  at  that  alti- 
tude are  chiefly  aspens.  Although  vireos  feed  generally  in  the  tops  of 
the  trees,  the  nests  that  we  have  observed  have  been  low — generally 
four  to  eight  feet  from  the  ground.  The  nests  were  placed  between 
two  small  forks  well  out  on  aspen  limbs.  They  were  composed  of  fine 
grass  compactly  formed,  and  were  bound  together,  and  to  the  branches, 
with  cobwebs.  At  Aspen  Grove  a  nest  containing  four  incubating  eggs 
was  located  on  June  19,  1937.  June  23  these  eggs  had  hatched.  An- 
other nest,  containing  four  eggs,  was  found  at  Mule  Flat,  two  miles 
north  of  Aspen  Grove  on  June  21,  1937.  When  the  nest  was  again 
visited  on  July  3  the  eggs  had  not  yet  hatched.  On  June  6,  1940  a 
pair  of  vireos  was  observed  constructing  a  nest  at  Big  Tree  Camp. 
Mt.  Timpanogos. 

Dendroica  auduboni  memorabilis  Oberholser.    Rocky  Mountain 
Audubon  Warbler 
These  warblers  are  found  commonly  in  both  deciduous  and  conif- 
erous woods  and  undoubtedly  breed  in  both  places.    All  of  the  nest- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
6  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  IT,  No.  1, 

ing  activities  that  we  have  observed,  however,  have  been  in  the  aspen 
forests.  On  June  21,  1937  two  nests  were  located  at  Mule  Flat,  Mt. 
Timpanogos.  Both  were  rather  far  out  on  aspen  limbs  and  about 
twenty  feet  up  from  the  ground.  They  were  composed  of  fine  plant 
fibers  and  lined  with  a  few  horsehairs  and  feathers.  One  nest  con- 
tained four,  the  other  five  fresh  eggs.  On  June  5,  1940  another  nest 
was  discovered  on  an  aspen  limb  about  fifteen  feet  up  and  next  to 
the  trunk.  The  female  was  very  active  about  the  nest  and  was  seen 
to  carry  food  to  the  young.  A  nest  containing  young  was  found  near 
Aspen  Grove  on  June  14,  1940.  It  was  located  in  the  forks  of  an 
aspen  about  twenty  feet  up.  When  flushed  from  the  nest  the  female 
did  a  characteristic  "tumbling  act"  and  then  moved  excitedly  about 
in  the  tree  uttering  sharp  chirps.  Young  birds  could  be  heard  in  the 
nest  but  no  further  investigation  was  made. 

Oporornis  TOLMiEi   (Towuseud).    Alacgillivray's  Warbler 

(PL  I,  Fig.  7) 

This  species  occurs  rather  commonly  in  the  chaparral  and  forest 
edge  on  Mt.  Timpanogos,  but  only  one  definite  nesting  record  is  avail- 
able from  my  notes.  On  June  24,  1937  Mr.  Merlin  Killpack  discov- 
ered a  nest  in  the  chaparral  directly  east  of  Aspen  Grove,  and  the  site 
was  subsequently  visited  by  the  writer.  The  nest  was  situated  in  a 
small  ninebark  about  three  feet  from  the  ground  and  was  loosely  con- 
structed of  dried  plant  stems  and  lined  with  very  fine  grass.  It  con- 
tained four  fresh  eggs  on  this  date.  The  female  was  extremely  shy 
and  remained  quietly  hidden  in  the  underbrush  while  the  nest  was 
being  photographed. 

Carpodacus  cassini  Baird.    Cassin's  Purple  Finch 

The  Purple  Finch  occurs  quite  regularly  throughout  the  wooded 
portion  of  Mt.  Timpanogos  and  the  Uintas,  but  only  one  nest  has  been 
observed.  This  nest  was  discovered  at  Big  Tree  Camp,  Mt.  Timpa- 
nogos, June  3,  1940.  It  was  situated  about  a  foot  from  the  top  of  a 
slender  white  fir  about  twenty-five  feet  from  the  ground.  Tt  was 
plainly  visible  from  below  and  my  attention  was  attracted  to  it  by  a 
peculiar  chipping  sound  produced  by  the  female  as  she  sat  on  tlie 
eggs.  The  only  means  of  access  to  it  was  a  nearby  aspen  from  which 
the  contents  and  something  of  the  construction  could  be  made  out. 
The  nest  appeared  quite  flimsy  and  was  composed  of  dried  grass  and 
other  vegetation.  Four  eggs  were  in  the  nest  at  the  time  it  was  ob- 
served.   .Sticks  thrown  up  into  the  nesting  tree  failed  to  dislodge  the 


Feb.  20,  1941  nesting  habits  of  birds  in  utah  7 

female,  but  as  1  clinibcd  up  the  nearby  aspen  she  left  the  nest  and 
remained  close  at  hand  uttering  throaty  chirps.  The  male  did  not  ap- 
pear at  this  time.  This  nest  was  kept  under  observation  for  about 
four  da}S.  During  this  time,  the  female  only  was  seen  to  incubate 
the  eggs.  At  6:30  A.M.  on  June  4  the  female  was  away  from  the 
nest,  but  appeared  within  five  minutes  with  the  male.  In  the  vicinity 
of  the  nest  the  male  made  an  unsuccessful  attempt  at  copulation. 

Oberholseria  chlorura   (Audubon).    Green-tailed  Towhee 

(PL  I,  Fig.  1) 
This  species  breeds  in  the  chaparral  at  lower  elevations  on  Alt. 
Timpanogos.  On  May  22,  1937  a  nest  containing  four  fresh  eggs  was 
found  on  the  west  face  of  Timpanogos  between  Dry  and  Battle  Creek 
Canyons.  It  was  situated  on  the  ground  in  a  clump  of  stunted  oak 
and  sage  and  was  composed  of  sage  bark,  line  grass  and  a  few  horse- 
hairs. On  June  24,  1937  another  nest  was  discovered  at  Aspen  Grove, 
Mt.  Timpanogos.  It  was  built  in  a  dense  clump  of  choke-cherry  about 
two  feet  from  the  ground  and  contained  three  partially  incubated  eggs. 

JuNCO  CANiCEPS  (Woodhouse j .   Gray-headed  Junco  (PI.  1,  Fig.  6) 

The  Gray-headed  Junco  is  a  common  breeding  bird  at  forest  edges 
and  in  deeper  woods  on  Mt.  Timpanogos  and  in  the  Uintas.  The  nest 
is  placed  on  the  ground  in  a  deep  depression  lined  with  tine  grass. 
The  location  is  often  such  that  there  is  some  protection  from  above. 
For  example  one  was  placed  under  an  overhanging  bank  near  a  small 
stream,  several  have  been  found  in  the  midst  of  stunted  shrubs,  an- 
other was  placed  under  the  end  of  a  fallen  log,  and  still  another  was 
built  in  the  middle  of  a  pile  of  dead  conifer  branches  used  by  some 
camper  as  a  bed.  The  following  breeding  records  are  available  from 
my  notes:  Tryol  Lake,  Uinta  Mts.  July  19,  1930,  nest  and  four  fresh 
eggs ;  Lost  Lake,  Uinta  Mts.  June  18,  1940,  nest  and  five  fresh  eggs ; 
Lost  Lake,  June  19,  1940,  nest  and  four  eggs  nearly  ready  to  hatch; 
Lost  Lake,  July  18,  1940  nest  and  four  fresh  eggs;  Elk  Park,  east 
end  of  Uinta  Mountains  July  28,  1937,  two  nests  containing  newly 
hatched  young;  Aspen  Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  June  25,  1933,  nest 
and  four  fresh  eggs  (R.  G.  Bee)  ;  Geyser  Pass,  La  Sal  Mts.  July  17, 
1934,  nest  containing  three  newly  hatched  young  and  one  egg.  The 
breeding  of  these  j uncos  appears  to  be  less  regular  than  most  moun- 
tainous birds  or  else  more  than  one  brood  is  produced  in  a  season. 
In  July  it  is  not  uncommon  to  see  young  in  all  stages  of  growth  and 
to  find  nests  and  eggs  as  indicated  above. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
8  C.    LYNN    IIAYVVARD  Vol.  lI,No.  1, 

Si'iZKLLA  PASSRRiNA  AUizoNAE  Coucs.    Westcni  Chipping  Sparrow 

In  tlie  mountains,  the  nests  of  these  common  sparrows  have  in- 
evitably been  found  in  conifers,  although  I  have  evidence  that  they 
may  also  nest  in  deciduous  trees.  The  nests  that  have  come  under  my 
observation  have  lieen  placed  rather  low  (three  to  ten  feet  from  the 
ground )  well  out  on  a  limb  and  protected  from  above  by  an  over- 
hanging branch.  The  nest  is  constructed  of  fine  plant  fibers,  mostly 
grass,  and  lined  with  horsehairs.  The  following  breeding  records  may 
be  given  at  this  time:  Aspen  Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  May  17,  1940, 
nest  under  construction;  Aspen  Grove,  June  3,  1940,  the  same  nest 
noted  above  contained  four  eggs.  (When  this  nest  was  observed  again 
on  June  11,  four  half-grown  young  were  there.)  Big  Tree  Camp,  Mt. 
Timpanogos,  June  3,  1940  nest  and  four  well  incubated  eggs.  These 
eggs  hatched  on  June  7.  Aspen  Grove  June  13,  1937,  nest  containing 
newly  hatched  young;  Aspen  Grove,  June  19,  1937  nest  containing 
four  nearly  grown  young;  Lost  Lake,  Uinta  Mts.  July  17,  1940,  nest 
containing  four  newly  hatched  young.  This  could  have  been  a  second 
brood. 

ZoNOTRJCHiA  LEUCOPHRYS  LEUCOPiiRYs  (Forstcr).    White-crowncd 
Sparrow  (PI.  I,  Fig.  4) 

This  species  breeds  commonly  in  subalpine  forests  on  Mt.  Timpa- 
nogos and  in  the  Uintas.  It  frequents  the  edges  of  the  woods  and  the 
open  parks.  The  nests  that  we  have  discovered  have  been  placed  on 
the  ground  in  a  deep  depression  lined  with  fine  grass.  The  following 
I)reeding  records  are  available:  Tryol  Lake,  Uinta  Mts.  July  16,  1930 
nest  containing  two  eggs;  Tryol  Lake,  July  19,  1930,  nest  and  four 
eggs,  also  two  nests  containing  newly  hatched  young;  Lost  Lake, 
Uinta  Mts.  July  17,  1940,  nest  containing  five  partly  incubated  eggs. 

Melospiza  lincolni  lincolni  (Audubon).    Lincoln's  Sparrow 

This  species  breeds  rather  commonly  in  swamp}-  areas  and  along 
streams  throughout  the  mountains.  However,  only  two  nests  have 
been  under  observation.  These  were  placed  on  the  ground  on  grassy 
hummocks  in  boggy  ground.  Both  nests  were  discovered  June  20,  1937 
at  Camp  Timpooneke,  Mt.  Timpanogos.  They  were  deep  depressions 
in  the  sod  lined  with  fine  dry  grass  and  sedges.  One  contained  four, 
the  other  two  fresh  eggs. 


Nesting  Hsbits 
of  Mt  BirJs 


ByC.L.Hsywury 


Fi^.  1.  0  berho/seri<5  chloi-  UTd 


:mm 


ZonotrichicT  /. 
leucophrys 


Fi^S.  Vircoa.  s^dinsoni 


Fi-^.6 

Jwnco 

Cdn/ceps 


Pig.  7.     Opor-oimis  to/ryiiei 

PLATE  I 


AN  ANNOTATED  LIST  OF  MAMMALS  COLLECTED  IN 
NUEVO  LEON,  MEXICO,  IN   1938") 

E.  J.  KOESTNER 
University  of   Illinois 

The  writer  spent  the  summer  of  1938  maknig  an  ecological  study 
on  the  3800  meter  (12,500  ft.)  mountain,  Cerro  Potosi,  located  about 
65  kilometers  (40  miles)  west  of  Linares  in  the  Municipio  de  Galeana, 
Nuevo  Leon,  Mexico.  The  study  was  primarily  one  of  the  animal 
communities  of  the  upper  regions  of  this  mountain  which  is  the  high- 
est point  of  the  Sierra  Madre  Occidental  range.  The  communities 
studied  in  detail  were  in  the  following  cover  types:  (1)  alpine  grass- 
land. (2)  scrub  piiion  pine  (an  undescribed  species),  and  (3)  pine 
forest  (Pinus  Montczumac  Lindl.  var.  Hartzuegii  Engelm.).  Muller 
(1937,  1939)  has  given  accounts  of  the  vegetation  of  the  area. 

The  results  of  the  main  portion  of  this  investigation  will  appear 
elsewhere.  The  mammals  were  also  collected  in  places  other  than  the 
areas  named,  and  in  view  of  the  limited  data  available  on  distribution 
of  Mexican  mammals  in  general,  it  is  deemed  pertinent  that  there  be 
given  an  annotated  list  of  all  mammals  taken.  All  localities  were 
taken  from  maps  issued  by  the  Departamento  Geografico,  Departa- 
mento  Forestal  y  de  Caza  y  Pesca,  Mexico,  D.  F.  A  number  of  skins 
was  secured  from  natives  from  which  data  were  lacking  or  unre- 
liable so  that  identifications  were  not  feasible.  Among  these  were 
bear,  raccoon,  coyote,  mountain  lion,  and  bobcat.  Tracks  and  other 
signs  of  all  these  were  also  seen  but  no  specimens  secured.  The  list 
follows  that  of  Miller  (1924)  with  both  scientific  and  common  names 
given.  The  majority  of  the  specimens  are  deposited  in  the  Field  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History. 

The  writer  wishes  to  express  his  appreciation  to  Dr.  C.  C.  San- 
born of  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  Dr.  E.  A.  Goldman 
of  the  Biological  Survey  for  identification  of  the  mammals.  He  is 
also  indebted  to  Senor  Juan  Zinzer,  Departamento  Forestal  y  de  Caza 
Pesca,  Mexico,  D.  F.,  for  permission  to  collect  in  Mexico. 


(1)     Contribution  from  the  Zoological  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Illi- 
nois, No.  567. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
10  E.   J.   KOESTNER  Vol.  II,  No.  1, 

SoREX  EMARGiNATus  Jackson.   Zacatccas  Shrew 

Locality:    Cerro  Potosi,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Scrub  pinon  pine. 

This  supposedly  rare  shrew  was  taken  only  in  the  scrub  pine  at 
about  12,000  feet  altitude.  The  fact  that  five  specimens  were  taken 
in  an  area  .07  hectare  (.18  acre)  in  eight  days  indicates  that  the 
animal  is  abundant  in  the  habitat  in  which  it  occurs.  Jackson  (1928) 
states  that  it  is  known  only  from  Sierra  Madre  near  Bolanos,  Jalisco, 
and  Plateado,  Zacatecas,  Mexico,  thus  a  considerable  extension  of  its 
range  is  established.  A  female  taken  on  July  6  showed  evidence  of 
having  suckled  young.  Because  of  the  small  size  of  this  shrew  two 
specimens  were  caught  by  the  tail,  the  guillotine  trap  having  cleared 
the  rest  of  the  animal.  They  were  dead  in  both  cases,  probably  due 
to  shock  and  lack  of  food.  Measurements  for  the  five  specimens  are 
given  in  millimeters  in  the  following  respective  order:  total  length, 
tail  length,  and  hind  foot.  5  94  -  38  -  12 ;  S  103  -  44  -  12 ;  9  100.5  - 
42  -  11;  9  95  -  42  -  11;  9  91  -  42  -  11. 

Leptonycteris  nivalis   (Saussure).    Leaf-nosed  bat.    "Murcielago". 

Locality  :    Cerro  Potosi,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Cave. 

More  than  a  hundred  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  from 
an  abandoned  mine  near  La  Joha,  (altitude  11,500  ft.)  by  means  of 
paddles  with  which  they  were  swatted  down  as  they  flew.  The  mine 
harbored  at  least  10,000  bats,  all  of  this  species.  There  was  no  evi- 
dence of  the  supposed  ability  of  bats  to  dodge  objects  as  the  number 
collected  was  secured  in  a  very  short  time.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that,  although. the  bats  spent  the  day  in  this  cave,  none  were  observed 
flying  at  night  at  these  altitudes.  The  absence  of  night-flying  insects 
probably  compels  them  to  feed  at  lower  altitudes  where  bats  of  un- 
determined species  were  seen  frequently  at  night. 

Epte.sicus  fuscus  (Beauvois).    Big  brown  bat.    "Murcielago". 

Locality  :    La  Placeta,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Deciduous  forest. 

One  specimen  was  taken  under  bark  of  a  rotten  stump  in  oak 
forest  at  9,000  ft.  altitude  on  August  16.  Bats  were  observed  flying 
at  this  and  lower  altitudes. 

Conepatus  pediculus  Merriam.    Hog-nosed  skunk.    "Zorilla". 
Locality  :    San  Juan,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 


Feb.  20,  1941  mammals  collected  in  Mexico  11 

Habitat  :    Chaparral. 

One  specimen  was  found  after  having  been  killed  by  natives,  but 
was  in  too  poor  a  condition  for  preservation.  It  was  common  in  this 
region. 

CiTELLUS  variegatus  couchii  (Baird).   Couch's  rock  squirrel.  "Tusa". 

Locality:    Ojo  de  Agua,  San  Francisco,  and  Galeana,  Municipio  de 

Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat:    Rocky  clififs  and  chaparral. 

These  ground  squirrels  were  found  to  be  very  abundant  in  the 
cliffs  and  dry  regions  of  the  lower  altitudes  (5,500  ft.).  All  those 
observed  were  totally  or  partially  melanistic.  Although  a  ground  squir- 
rel, they  frequently  climb  small  trees  and  give  forth  their  chattering 
call.  They  are  much  detested  by  the  natives  since  their  great  abun- 
dance exerts  havoc  on  their  small  corn  fields.  These  animals  are  quite 
edible,  being  equal  or  superior  to  regular  tree  squirrels  in  quality. 

Cynomys  MEXICAN  us  Mcrriam.    Mexican  prairie  dog. 

Locality  :    San  Juan  and  Potosi,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Desert  prairie. 

One  specimen  was  taken  at  S.  Juan  where  the  animals  were  very 
numerous.  Holes  occurred  every  25  feet  on  the  average.  Although 
the  writer  did  not  visit  the  place,  their  presence  is  also  established  in 
the  valley  of  Potosi  as  substantiated  by  the  natives  and  a  skull  brought 
from  there. 

SciURUS  ALLENi  Nclsou.    Grey  squirrel.    "Ardilla". 

Locality:    Ojo  de   Agua  and  Cerro  Potosi,  Municipio  de  Galeana, 

N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Pine  and  deciduous  forest. 

This  squirrel  was  found  ranging  throughout  the  forests,  both  de- 
ciduous and  coniferous,  occurring  from  the  lower  elevations  to  the 
limit  of  trees  on  Cerro  Potosi. 

Thomomys  spp.    Pocket  gopher. 

Locality:    Cerro   Potosi  and  Ojo   de  Agua,   Municipio   de  Galeana, 

N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Pine  forest  and  cultivated  fields. 

Of  two  species  of  pocket  gophers  (undetermined  because  of  insuffi- 
cient material),  one  taken  at  the  upper  limits  of  pine  on  Cerro  Potosi 
(11,000  ft.)    was  a  greyish  color.    The  other  taken  at  Ojo  de  Agua 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalisr 

12  i:.  .1.  KoKSTNKk  Vol.  rr.No.  1, 

was  i3lack.    The  'pocket'  of  the  latter  contained  several  wheat  straws 
and  some  .  Ii>iaraiiflius  or  pi,!4'  weed  leaves. 

J.ioMYs  iRRORATUs  alli:ni   (Coues).    Allen  spiny  pocket  mouse. 
"Raton". 

Locality  :    Ojo  de  Agua  and  San  Francisco,  Municipio  de  Galeana, 

N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Rocky  valley. 

Two  specimens  were  taken,  one  caught  by  a  boy  in  a  native  house 
during  the  day.  The  other,  a  female,  was  taken  in  a  trap  in  a  rocky 
valley  near  Ojo  de  Agua  and  had  five  early  stage  embryos. 

Reithrodontomys  fulvescens  tenuis  Allen.    Mexican  harvest 
mouse.    "Raton". 

Locality:    Ojo  de  Agua,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Chaparral. 

The  only  record  for  this  species  is  in  the  higher  areas  of  this 
valley.   The  specimen  was  taken  by  native  boys  while  collecting  lizards. 

Peromy.scus    manicl'latl's    labecula    Elliot.     White-footed    mouse. 
"Raton". 

Locality  :    Cerro  Potosi,  Cieneguillas,  and  Ojo  de  Agua,  Municipio 

de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat:  Alpine  grassland,  scrub  pinon  pine,  pine  forest,  and  chap- 
arral. 
This  was  the  most  abundant  animal  encountered.  It  occurred  in 
all  types  of  habitat  found  and  ranged  to  the  highest  peak  of  Cerro 
Potosi.  It  was  also  frequently  found  in  native  houses  along  with 
other  species.  Shells  of  the  snail,  Humboldtiaua  fortis  Pilsbry,  broken 
open  on  the  side  were  found  in  places  which  indicated  this  species  as 
well  as  Microius  mcxicaniis  fed  on  them.  Although  P.  ma)iicnlatits 
labecula  occurred  in  the  same  areas  with  AI.  mexicanus,  and  both  in 
large  numbers,  their  general  activity  periods  alternated  which  enabled 
them  to  occupy  the  same  areas  with  a  minimum  of  competition  be- 
tween the  species.  M.  mexicanus  was  most  active  during  the  day  while 
P.  maniculatus  labecula  was  most  active  at  night. 

Peromyscus  boylii  levipes  (Merriam).  White-footed  mouse.  "Raton". 

Locality  :    Near  Hacienda  Villa  Hermosa,  Municipio  Villa  de  San- 
tiago, N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Pine  forest,  scrub  oak. 


Feb.  20,  1941  mammals  collected  in  Mexico  13 

Only  four  specimens  were  taken,  three  in  a  pine  forest  not  far 
from  Monterrey.  These  were  taken  on  a  passing  trip  so  that  little 
is  known  of  their  abundance.  Another  was  taken  in  scrub  oak.  They 
are  well  represented  in  collections  from  this  and  other  mountainous 
regions. 

Peromyscus  DiFFiciLis  (Allen).    White-footed  mouse.    "Raton". 

Locality  :    Cerro  Potosi  and  Ojo  de  Agua,   Municipio  de  Galeana, 

N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Scrub  pifion  pine,  pine  forest,  chaparral. 

This  large  mouse  was  conspicuous  because  of  its  size  although 
compared  to  others  was  much  less  abundant,  there  being  20  Peromy- 
scus maniculatis  labecula  to  ever\-  P.  difficilis.  It  was  taken  in  the 
same  variety  of  habitats  as  P.  iiioiiictilatus  labecula  and  was  a  more 
serious  pest  in  native  houses  than  others,  probably  because  of  its  size. 
The  walls  of  the  adobe  houses  were  a  maze  of  tunnels  made  by  this 
species. 

Nkotoma  albigula  leucodon  Merriam.    White-toothed  wood  rat. 
"Rata". 

Locality:    Ojo  de  Agua.  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Rocky  cliffs  near  cultivated  areas. 

The  white-toothed  wood  rat  was  taken  in  the  rock}-  valley  and 
seen  frequently  around  camp  and  near  structures  of  a  saw  mill,  since 
they  were  active  during  the  day  as  well  as  at  night. 

MiCROTUS  MEXICAN I's  ( De  SaussureL    Mexican  vole.    "Raton". 

Locality  :    Cerro   Potosi,  Cieneguillas,  and  Ojo  de  Agua,  Municipio 

de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    Alpine  grassland,  scrub  pifion  pine,  chaparral. 

The  Mexican  meadow  mouse  is  another  widespread  species  in 
die  area  of  most  intensive  study  and  reaches  its  greatest  abundance 
in  the  treeless  areas  although  it  is  found  in  both  pine  forest  and 
chaparral.  The  runways  of  this  species  as  in  others  of  the  genus 
Microfiis,  are  frec[uently  lined  with  leaves  of  plants  used  as  food. 
Examination  of  such  remains  under  one  log  where  a  live  Microtus 
iiiexicairus  was  taken  showed  the  following:  Seeds  and  green  leaves 
of  Lupinus  montanns  HP)K,  green  leaves  of  Senecio  scalaris  Greene, 
seed  coverings  of  seeds  from  scrul)  pifion  pine  (an  undescribed  spe- 
cies), and  seeds  and  male  cones  from  Puuis  Montezuuiae.    Remains  of 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
14  i:.  J.  KOESTNEk  Vol.  II,  No.  1, 

shells  of  the  snail,  Hnmholdtiana  fortis,  with  openings  cut  in  them 
indicated  that  this  species  as  well  as  Peromyscus  maniculatus  labecula 
fed  on  it.  The  vole  occurred  in  colonies,  especially  in  the  alpine  grass- 
land. A  yellow  composite  grew  abundantly  in  these  areas  indicating 
a  definite  relationship  between  the  plant  and  this  small  mammal. 
Clark's  Nutcracker.  Nucifraga  coluinhiaiia  (Wilson),  was  oliserved 
once  to  fly  down  during  midday  and  catch  a  M.  mexicanus.  The  bird 
flew  to  a  tall  pine  tree  where  it  shook  the  vole  several  times,  then 
rested  a  few  moments  and  flew  away  with  the  animal  still  kicking  in 
its  beak.    (Koestner  and  Schneider,  1940). 

Mus  MUscuLus  L.    House  mouse.    "Raton". 

Locality  :    Ojo  de  Agua,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat  :    House. 

The  house  mouse  was  a  constant  pest  to  the  natives  in  adobe 
houses  and  many  specimens  were  brought  in  by  them.  Strangely 
enough,  none  were  taken  in  any  of  the  outdoor  sets. 

Sylvilagus  floridanus  chapmani  (Allen).    Texas  cottontail. 
"Conejo". 

Locality  :    Cerro    Potosi    and    Cieneguillas,    Municipio    de    Galeana, 

N.  L. 
Habitat:    Alpine  grassland,  scrub  pifion  pine,  chaparral. 

This  cottontail  was  taken  from  the  peak  of  Cerro  Potosi  as  well 
as  lower  down  occurring  in  all  types  of  cover  of  the  mountain.  Its 
greatest  abundance,  as  would  be  expected,  was  reached  in  the  chap- 
arral. 

Odocoileus  virginianus  miquihuanensis  Goldman  &  Kellogg. 
Miquihuana  white-tailed  deer.    "Venado". 

Locality  :    Cerro  Potosi,  Municipio  de  Galeana,  N.  L. 
Habitat:    Pine  forest,  scrub  pifion  pine. 

A  specimen  of  this  newly  described  subspecies  (Goldman  &  Kell- 
ogg 1940)  was  taken  on  July  2,  and  had  horns  in  the  velvet.  The 
deer  were  found  to  range  through  the  pine  forest  and  scrub  pine  areas 
and  in  early  morning  and  evening  would  venture  out  into  the  alpine 
meadow  to  graze,  or  browse  on  an  occasional  scrub  near  the  edge. 
They  occurred  at  altitudes  from  11,000  to  12,500  feet.  Although  the 
deer  are  protected  by  game  laws  in  Mexico,  the  natives  take  them 
frequently  for  food.  One  native  showed  skins  of  two  unborn  fawns 
that  he  had  taken  from  a  deer  killed  in  Tunc.    The  deer  were  abun- 


Feb.  20,  1941  mammals  collected  in  Mexico  15 

dant  on  the  mountain  usually  seen    in  small  groups  of   two  to  five, 
although  one  morning  I  counted  twelve  in  one  herd. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Goldman,  E.  A.  and  Remington  Kellogg 

1940.    Ten  new  white-tailed  deer  from  North  and  Middle  Ameri- 
ca.   Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  53:81-90. 
Jackson,  Hartley  H.  T. 

1928.    A  taxonomic   review   of  the  American   long-tailed   shrews. 
N.  A.  Fauna  51. 
Koestner,  E.  J.  and  Richard  A.  Schneider 

1940.    Notes  on  the  snail  Humholdtiana  fords  Pilsbry.    Nautilus 
54:47-49. 
Miller,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr. 

1924.    List  of  North  American  recent  mammals.    U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
Bull.   128. 
Muller,  Cornelius  H. 

1937.    Plants  as  indicators  of  climate  in  northeastern  Mexico.   Am. 
Midi.  Nat.  18:986-1000. 


1939.    Relations   of   the   vegetation   and   climatic   types   in   Nuevo 
Leon,  Mexico.    Am.  Midi.  Nat.  21  :687-729. 


A  STUDY  OF  THE  VARIATION  IN  THE  LESS  COMMON 
SNAKES  OF  UTAH") 

WILMER  W.  TANNER 

In  charge  of  Biological  Science 

Prove  High  School,  Provo,  Utah 

INTRODUCTION 

Among  the  snakes  of  Utah  are  a  number  of  species  which  have 
been  considered  as  being  rare,  and  were  until  recent  years  represented 
in  collections  by  only  a  few  specimens.  Of  the  24  species  of  snakes 
listed  for  Utah,  12  species  are  represented  by  comparatively  few  speci- 
mens. One  species,  Arizona  elegans  occidentalis,  for  example  is  rep- 
resented by  only  two  specimens,  which  were  collected  in  the  vicinity 
of  St.  George,  Utah.  Some  of  the  other  less  common  species  have, 
however,  been  greatly  added  too  during  the  last  few  years  by  careful 
collecting. 

The  large  numbers  of  snakes  that  have  been  collected  by  the  vari- 
ous institutions  and  collectors,  has  made  it  possible  to  further  study 
the  distribution  and  morphological  variations  of  certain   species. 

The  materials  used  in  this  report  came  from  the  following  sources : 
Brigham  Young  University,  labeled  B.Y.U. ;  Zion  Canyon  National 
Park,  labeled  Z.C.N. P.  and  the  University  of  Utah,  labeled  U.  of  U. 
I  am  also  grateful  to  Mr.  L.  M.  Klauber  for  information  concerning 
one  specimen  of  Lyre  snake  now  in  the  University  of  California  at 
Los  Angeles.  I  am  grateful  to  Mr.  Russell  K.  Grater  for  the  speci- 
mens from  Zion  Canyon.  Many  of  the  notes  have  come  from  Dr. 
Vasco  M.  Tanner  and  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck.  For  these  and  other  courtesies 
1  am  grateful. 

This  study  of  the  scale  variation  of  the  less  common  snakes  of 
Utah  is  based  upon  specimens  which  have  been  collected  within  the 
past  fifteen  years. 


(1)     Contribution  No.  89,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigliam 
Young  University. 

16 


Feb.  20,  1941 


VARIATION    IN    SNAKES  OF   UTAH 


17 


DiADOPHis  KKCALis  KE(-.ALis  ( IJaird  &  Giranl ) 
Measurements  and  Scale  Variations 

BYU  USAC  ZCNP  ZCNP  UofU  UofU  UofU  UofU  ZCNP 


Number 

2701 

75 

69 

2006 

1213 

639 

804 

23 

Sex 

F 

F 

F 

F 

M 

M 

M 

M 

Scale  Row 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-15 

17-1 

Gastrosteges 

229 

226 

229 

223 

208 

215 

224 

223 

210 

Urosteges 

71 

64 

7}. 

82 

72 

7}\ 

60  + 

81 

7"' 

Supralabials 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

Infralabials 

8-8 

7-8 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

Preoculars 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Postoculars 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Lo  reals 

.     1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Temporals 

1-2 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 
1-2 

1-1 
1-2 

1-2 
1-1 

1-2 

1-2 

7'otal  Lengtli 

201 

526 

726 

306 

448 

360 

638 

380 

510 

Tail  Len.i^^tb 

34 

90 

124 

62 

84 

86 

104 

110 

107 

Ratio 

.169 

.171 

.171 

.202 

.193 

.239 

;- 

.289 

.210 

PiBLisiiED  Records:  Zion  National  Park  (Tanner  1927  \).  26) 
(A.  M.  Woodbury  1931  p.  69)  (Presnall  1937  p.  232)  (W.  W.  Tanner 
1940  p.  14n  ;  Springdale  (A.  M.  Woodbury  1931  p.  69)  ;  Pine  Valley 
(Hardy  1939  p.  83)  ;  Circleville  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  141)  ;  Deej) 
Creek  Mts.  (Knowlton  &  Thomas  1935  p.  264)  (  W.  W.  Tanner  1940 
p.  141)  Utah;  and  Preston,  Idaho  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  141). 

New  Records:  Pole  Canyon  near  Cedar  Fort,  Ut.  Co.,  U.  of  U. 
No.  2006  (H.  W.  Setzer  &  D.  M.  Woodbury,  Colls.).  Birch  Creek 
Canyon,  Juab  Co..  U.  of  U.  No.  1213  (S.  Flowers,  Coll.). 

Remarks:  At  the  present  writing  I  am  aware  of  15  specimens 
of  this  species  from  the  Utah  area,  with  a  great  percentage  of  them 
coming  from  Washington  County.  From  the  distribution  records  now 
available  it  becomes  quite  evident  that  this  snake  should  be  found 
throughout  Utah,  wherever  a  suitable  habitat  can  be  found.  Records 
would  indicate  that  this  species  inhabits  the  Oak,  Juniper,  Pinyon-Pine 
Belts  of  our  foot  hills.  5000  ft.,  and  up  to  the  Aspen-Fir  Belt  at  an 
elevation  of  7000  ft.    In  Southern  Utah  it  has  been  taken  as  low  as 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
18  WILMER   W.    TANNER  Vol.ll,  No.l, 

4045  ft.  IjcCcIusc  of  its  secretive  habits  few  specimens  are  seen  or 
collected.  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck  collected  a  specimen  from  under  a  pine 
log  at  the  camp  ground  in  Pine  Valley,  Washington  County.  Ross 
Hardy  collecting  in  the  same  area  found  four  specimens  under  rocks 
in  the  Oak  brush.  Mr.  M.  V.  Walker  collected  a  specimen  in  Oak 
Creek,  Zion  National  Park  during  the  afternoon.  The  snake  was  feed- 
ing on  a  small  Pituophis  c.  dcscrticola.  From  the  information  available 
it  appears  that  this  species  spends  much  of  its  time  in  secluded  places. 
More  collecting  may  provide  an  answer  to  the  limits  of  distribution 
of  this  species.  Dr.  11.  J.  Pack  listed  a  specimen  for  St.  George, 
Washington  County,  Utah. 

The  general  belief  that  this  species  is  oviparous  can  now  i)e  con- 
lirnied.  A  large  specimen  from  Zion  Canyon  National  Park  No.  7h 
contained  5  eggs,  which  averaged  19.24  mm.  long  and  7.2  mm.  wide. 
The  two  largest  eggs  were  located  in  the  posterior  portion  of  the  body 
and  measured  in  length  24.5  and  26.3  mm.  respectively.  The  smallest 
measured  13.5  mm.  and  was  the  anterior  egg.  The  two  middle  eggs 
were  intermediate  in  size  measuring  16  mm.  each.  In  none  of  the 
eggs  was  there  any  indication  of  a  developing  embryo.  The  fact  that 
this  specimen  was  collected  in  May  and  contained  two  apparently  fully 
developed  eggs  would  lead  us  to  believe  that  some  of  the  eggs  are 
deposited  in  late  spring  or  early  summer. 

The  size  of  the  above  sijecimen  is  also  ncjleworthy,  it  measured 
726  mm.  long  and  has  a  head  width  of  9.8  mm.  and  a  body  circum- 
ference at  the  middle  of  36  mm.  This  1  believe  is  the  largest  speci- 
men of  this  species  reported  for  Utah. 

Salvadora  graiiamiae  hexalepis  (Cope) 
Measurements  and  Scale  X'ariations 


B.Y.U. 

B.Y.U. 

B.Y.U. 

Z.C.N. P. 

Number 

214 

1097 

2880 

24 

Se.x 

F 

F 

F 

F 

Scale  Rows 

19-17-13 

17-17-13 

19-17-13 

19-17-13 

Gastrosteges 

198 

200 

191 

198 

Urosteges 

81 

80 

66 

.     81 

Supralabials 

9-9 

9-9 

9-9 

9-9 

Infralabials 

10-10 

10-10 

10-10 

10-10 

Feb.  20,  1941 

VAKIATIOiN 

IX  sxAKil:^;  of' 

(TAH 

Preoculars 

3-3 

?>^^ 

2-2 

Postoculars 

2-3 

2-3 

2-2 

2^2 

Loreal 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Temporals 

2-3 

2-1-3 

2-3-3 

2-2-3 

Total    length 

693 

528 

650 

737^ 

Tail  length 

158 

119 

broken 

169 

19 


*This  specimen  was  reported  by  the  writer  in  the  Great  Basin  Naturalist, 
Vol.  I,  No.  3-4,  p.  142,  1940,  to  be  705  mm.  long ;  this  was  a  misprint  and  is  now- 
corrected. 

PuBLi.sFiED  Records:  St.  George  (Pack  1930  p.  6)  (Tanner  1935 
p.  268)  Woodbury  1931  p.  82)  ;  Cottonwood  Canyon  (Van  Den- 
burgh  1922  p.  691)  ;  Four  miles  Northwest  of  Santa  Clara  (Hardy 
1939  p.  83)  ;  Zion  Canyon  National  Park  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  142). 

Remarics  :  The  scale  formulas  and  measurements  are  well  within 
the  limits  set  up  by  C.  M.  Bogert,  in  his  report,  "A  Study  of  the  Genus 
.Salvadora."  The  color  pattern  suggests  that  the  Utah  specimens  may 
vary  slightly,  or  be  allied  to  those  specimens  of  the  Grand  Canyon 
area.  Four  specimens  before  me  all  have  dark  brown  bars,  extending 
from  the  ventrals  dorsall}'.  In  two  specimens  the  bars  invade  the 
dorsal  stripe.  In  one  specimen  (B.Y.U.  No.  214)  some  of  the  bars 
become  continuous  across  the  back,  others  so  constrict  the  dorsal 
stripe  as  to  leave  only  one  or  a  fraction  of  a  scale  light  colored.  While 
this  extreme  does  not  carry  into  all  the  Utah  specimens,  they  are  all 
distinctly  bared. 

The  habits  and  habitats  of  this  species  are  not  known  to  the  writer. 
Specimens  have  been  taken  while  burrowing  in  the  sand,  (Pack  1930)  ; 
under  rocks  along  the  creek  (Hardy  1939)  and  on  a  lawn  which  is 
surrounded  by  sand  and  boulders  and  desert  plants,  (Zion  Canyon, 
W.  W.  Tanner  1940).  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck  collected  a  specimen  northeast 
of  Santa  Clara  on  the  rocky  hillside.  Mr.  Bogert  indicates  that  their 
food  consists  mostly  of  lizards,  however,  other  forms  such  as  small 
mammals,  snakes,  etc.  may  form  a  part  of  their  diet. 

Lampropeltis  pyromelana  (Cope) 

Measurement.s  and  Scale  Variations 

B.Y.U.            B.Y.U.           B.Y.U.  U.  of  U.  U.  of  U. 

Number                    304               322               634  825  940 

Sex                           M                M                F  F  M 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


20 

WILMER   \V. 

TANNER 

Vol. 

IL 

,No.  1, 

Scale  Rows        23 

-23-19 

23 

-23-19 

23 

-23-1/ 

23-23-17 

23 

-23-19 

Gastrosteges 

222 

222 

226 

223 

225 

Urosteges 

76 

50 

75 

71 

79 

vSupralabials 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

Infralabials 

9-9 

9-9 

8-8 

9-9 

9-9 

Preoculars 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Postoculars 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Loreal 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-2 

1-1 

Temporals 

3-3 

2-3 

2-3 
2-3 

2-3 

3-4 

2-3 
2-3 

2-3 
3-4 

Total  length 

857 

905 

282 

552 

805 

Tail  length 

156 

121* 

47 

100 

148 

White  rings  body 

38 

38 

44 

White  rings  tail 

12 

74 

12 

*Tip  of  tail  missing. 


PuBLLSHED  RECORDS :  Granger,  Salt  Lake  Co.,  Beaver  Canyon, 
Beaver  Co.,  (Van  Denburgh  1922  p.  747)  (Pack  1930  p.  14)  (Wood- 
bury 1931  p.  91)  ;  New  Harmony,  Washington  Co.,  (Tanner  1928 
p.  49)  (Woodbury  1931  p.  91);  and  Kolob  Mountains  (Woodbury 
1931  p  91). 

New  Records  :  Wallsburg,  Wasatch  Co.,  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity No.  322;  Pine  Valley,  Washington  Co.,  University  of  Utah 
Nos.  825  and  940;  and  Santa  Clara,  Washington  County,  Utah.  The 
specimen  listed  for  Santa  Clara  was  undoubtedly  collected  at  a  higher 
elevation,  and  brought  into  Santa  Clara.  It  was  later  given  to  Dr. 
D.  E.  Beck. 

Remarks  :  With  the  exception  of  the  Granger  record  it  appears 
that  this  species  lives  in  or  very  near  the  mountains.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  its  occurrence  in  the  Wasatch  Mountains,  as  well  as  the  high 
plateaus  from  the  Pine  Valley  Mountains  north. 

The  writer  is  aware  of  no  information  on  the  habits  of  this  snake. 


I'\-l..  20,  1941 


VARIATION    IN    SNAKES  OF    UTAH 


21 


D 

ON 

% 

'7 

-^ 

t^ 

X 

On 

eg 

CO 

o 

C 

, 

3 

>h' 

00 

re 

CO 

^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

lO 

X 

CO 

, 1 

CO 

rvi 

X 

ON 

rg 

u-i 

m 

r^ 

;:j 

-^ 

^— H 

^7 

X 

—1 

t\ 

X 

CM 

eg  CO 

^ 

NO 

CO 

X 

fO 

S 

*— ' 

00 

lO 

1 

1 

1 

1     1 

CO 

X 

CM 

CO 

rvj 

'-" 

1^ 

X 

^ 

CM  CM 

uo 

CM 

00 

P 

O 

"-^ 

»-0 

X 

r-x 

ON 

On]  ro 

CO 

r^ 

ON 

o 

X 

>>' 

(NJ 

t^H 

"—I 

00 

^ 

1 

1 

1      1 

1 

CO 

'^ 

CO 

in 

CNJ 

*— 1 

t^ 

On 

1 — (  1— • 

(NJ 

CO 

m 

ON 

D 

00 

vO 

t^ 

XN. 

^ 

CM 

CO 

t^ 

X 

^ 

o 

>h' 

t^ 

^, 

^^ 

00 

'^ 

1 

1 

1 

X 

X 

CO 

CM 

^1 

>— ' 

r-^ 

X 

•—I 

CnJ 

LT) 

^ 

CQ 

CM 

u 

On 

:5 

On 

ON 

o 

c 

t^ 

ON 

CM 

CO 

CO 

vO 

On 

tx 

o 

fi^ 

00 

^ 

1 

1 

ON 

1 

1 

CM 

CO 

LO 

I^ 

CM 

=a 

C^l 

V 

;j 

CO 

o 

CM 

r-- 

X 

•^ 

CO 

LO 

fv. 

LO 

r>-. 

>H 

fe 

f^j 

00 

o  . 

1 

1 

1 

1 

LO 

s 

CM 

ra 

(VJ 

""^ 

i^ 

X 

'"' 

(NJ 

LO 

~~-^ 

r^i 

(/3 

p 

ro 

fe 

t^ 

ON 

o 

i^ 

X 

CM 

CM  CO 

(M 

, 

t^ 

t^ 

O 

^^ 

t^ 

-* 

1 

1 

1 

1       1 

(N 

CO 

CM 

H 

^ 

<^\ 

>— 1 

w 

X 

(M  <N 

(M 

m 

OvJ 

a 

r-^ 

§ 

P 

VO 

•^ 

rO 

X 

t^ 

X 

CM 

CO 

CM 

,_, 

ON 

X 

> 

ro 

fc 

,-H 

00 

'^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

O 

CO 

CM 

D 

CO 

(^1 

»— 1 

t^ 

X 

(M 

<M 

►J 

m 

^ 

D 

'^l 

'O 

I^ 

Z 

p 

t^ 

"7 

CO 

^o 

t^ 

X 

(N 

CO 

Q 

(M 

^ 

o 

•d 

< 

2S 

>^ 

CO 

fe 

<^i 

00 

^ 

1 

oi 

1 

1 

O 
CM 

CO 

CO 

•5 

CQ 

'^i 

D 

•J. 

o 

rN 

iSi 

!_ 

H 

;:j 

(T) 

tn 

'T' 

00 

rg 

r^ 

^ 

CM 

CO 

l^ 

o 

CO 

NO 

C 

— 

< 

>^' 

fO 

— ' 

00 

'i- 

1 

1 

1 

ON 

t-^ 

CM 

.1 

^ 

ro 

<N1 

^^ 

r^ 

X 

r-H 

(M 

■<^ 

~ 

^ 

PQ 

^^ 

G 

■— 

< 

IM 

<u 

ZA 

> 

Cn 

Cu 

< 

O 

t. 

1- 

1 

X 

1 

CM 

i 

CO 
1 

LO 

O 

On 
CM 

O 

CO 

r^ 

"rt 

-^ 

< 

""^ 

r^ 

X 

'"' 

(N 

CM 

_n 

in 

CN 

t3 

Q 

P 

OO 

v 

<-o 

~ 

r^ 

X 

_ 

CO 

X 

LO 

In. 

X 

^> 

>h" 

0\ 

fe 

00 

^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

LO 

CO 

rg 

"5 

< 

rO 

T— < 

t^ 

X 

y—i 

CNJ 

CM 

c 

ffi 

IN 

s 

X 

og 

H 

•— < 

Z 

' 

CN 

OS 

c 

r-^ 

i-O 

T 

CO 

^ 

1^ 

X 

CM 

CO 

CM 

On 

X 

NO 

« 

S 

^ 

Ph 

X 

't 

.  1 

.i^ 

1 

1 

O 

CO 

CM 

-o 

tt 

rg 

rvJ 

w 

X 

(NJ 

(N 

-.      ^       .?.     ^     -7^. 


3 


rt     :£     "     " 


X      Si 


i£ 

(jj 

rt 

i5 

u 

o 

"rt 

rt 
u 

JS 

a 

3 

g 

D 

^_ 

o 

c 

C/^ 

1— 1 

o 

H 

I    ^"^  J  i 


ct       _        fcJO       bjC 

H     H     S     S 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
22  WlLMEk    W.    TANNER  Vol.  Il,No.  1, 

ruuLisiiED  Records:  Cedar  City  Canyon  (Van  Denburgh  1922 
p.  745)  (Pack  1930  p.  14);  Provo  (Van  Denburgh  1922  p.  745) 
(Tanner  1928  p.  27)  (Pack  1930  p.  14)  ;  Salt  Lake,  Tooele  Valley, 
Moroni,  Bountiful,  and  Vernal  (A.  M.  Woodbury  1931  p.  93)  ;  8 
miles  South  of  Price  (Hardy  1939)  ;  Alpine,  Lehi,  and  Mt.  Pleasant 
(W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  143). 

New  Records  :  Plobble  Creek  Canyon,  3  miles  East  of  Thistle, 
Cedar  Valley  and  Spanish  Fork,  Utah  County;  Neola,  Duchesne 
County;  Pine  Valley,  Washington  County;  Fillmore.  Millard  County; 
Helper,  Carbon  County,  Utah. 

Remarks:  A  number  of  Lamprupcltis  f.  ycutilis  captured  in  Utah 
County  have  been  observed  in  the  laboratory  for  several  weeks  at  a 
time,  but  as  yet  feeding  has  not  been  observed.  Two  specimens  B.Y.U. 
No.  2718  collected  at  Lehi  by  Harold  Hutchings  April  30,  1939,  and 
No.  2924,  collected  in  Hobble  Creek  Canyon  by  C.C.C.  boys,  Aug. 
1940,  contained  adult  lizards,  Sc  do  poms  g.  graciosus. 

The  color  pattern  of  this  species  is  quite  variable,  ranging  from  a 
predominance  of  red  to  a  predominance  of  black.  Specimen  B.Y.U. 
No.  520,  collected  in  Hobble  Creek  Canyon  1937,  has  33  complete  red 
bands  ranging  from  2-6  scales  in  width  at  the  dorsal.  In  this  speci- 
men the  black  bands,  anterior  to  the  tail,  do  not  contact  each  other, 
either  ventrally  or  dorsally.  A  second  specimen  B.Y.U.  No.  2756  col- 
lected in  Alpine,  1939,  has  only  5  complete  red  bands  and  these  are 
only  1-2  scales  wide  at  the  dorsal.  The  black  bands  are  all  in  contact 
on  the  ventral.  The  white  band- — and  I  have  seen  no  Utah  specimens 
with  a  yellow  band  as  suggested  by  other  writers — averaged  2  scales 
wide.  The  head  is  black  with  flecks  of  red  or  white  or  both  on  the 
frontal,  prefrontals  and  internasals.  In  some  specimens,  B.Y.LT.  No. 
2924  for  example,  the  entire  head  is  flecked  with  red  and  white.  The 
labials  are  often  white  margined  with  black,  and  the  first  white  ring 
usually,  but  not  always,  involves  the  tips  of  the  parietals. 

The  distribution  of  this  species  appears  to  be  state  wide,  although 
much  collecting  must  be  done  to  varify  this  belief. 

Several  specimens  of  this  snake  have  been  collected  during  its  hi- 
bernation and  it  seems  noteworthy  to  report  them  at  this  time.  ( )n(.' 
specimen  collected  in  Cedar  Valley  Dec.  10,  1940,  was  taken  while 
digging  holes  for  power  line  poles.  The  snake  was  found  in  sandy 
soil  4  feet  from  the  surface.  A  second  specimen  was  taken  from  a 
gravel  ])it  near  Helper,  Utah,  December  15,  1940,  by  Lester  Winters, 
who   gave   the   specimen    to    Mr.    Horace    Richards   of    Price   Junior 


Feb.  20,  1941  VARIATION    in    snakes  of   UTAH  23 

College.  Mr.  Richards  deposited  the  specimen  in  the  Brigham  Young 
University  Collection.  This  specimen  was  6  feet  under  ground.  An- 
other specimen  was  taken  from  a  gravel  pit  near  Mt.  Pleasant,  Utah. 

RiiiNOCHEiLUS  LECONTEi  Baird  &  Girard 
Measurements  and  Scale  Variations 

B.Y.U.     B.Y.U.     B.Y.U.     B.Y.U.    U.  of  U.    B.Y.U.  Avera-c 


Number 

1322 

2863 

213 

2931 

2036 

1162 

Sex 

M 

M 

F 

F 

F 

F 

Scale  Rows 

23-23-19 

23-23-19 

23-23-19 

23-23-19 

23-23-19 

23-23-19 

Gastrosteges 

202 

205 

207 

199 

197 

197 

201.6 

Urosteges 

53 

53 

50 

46 

43 

46 

47 

vSupralabials 

8-9 

8-8 

8-8 

8-8 

9-9 

8-8 

Infralabials 

9-9 

8-8 

9-9 

8-8 

9-9 

8-8 

Preoculars 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Postoculars 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Loreal 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Temporals 

2-4 

2-3 

2-3 

1-3 

2-3 

2-3 

2-3 

Total  length 

161 

347 

328 

234 

648 

278 

Tail  length 

94 

50 

45 

32 

79 

36 

Spots  body 

30 

25 

32 

32 

23 

31 

27.8 

Spots  tail 

11 

10 

11 

10 

11 

8 

10.2 

Published  Records:  St.  George  (Van  Denburgh  1922  p.  776) 
(Tanner  1927  p.  57)  (Pack  1930  p.  7)  (Woodbury  1931  p.  94)  (Tan- 
ner 1936  p.  269)  ;  Veyo  (Hardy  1939),  Washington  County;  White 
Valley,  Millard  County,  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  143). 

New  Record:     Fillmore,  Millard  County,  Utah.   Summer  1940. 

Remarks  :  Before  the  distribution  of  this  species  can  be  deter- 
mined considerable  more  collecting  must  be  done  in  western  Utah 
and  eastern  Nevada.  The  published  records  suggest  that  its  distribu- 
tion extends  from  southern  Utah   to  southern  Idaho. 

Almost  nothing  is  known  regarding  the  habits  of  these  snakes. 
Specimens  have  been  taken  in  the  evening  as  they  were  moving  from 


24 


WILMEK   \V.    TAiXNEk 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  11,  No.  1, 


one  desert  shrub  to  another.    One  specimen  at  St.  Georj^^e  was  taken 
in  a  cemetery  by  the  sexton  while  digging  a  grave. 

The  numbers  of  undivided  caudal  plates  varies  greatly  in  the 
Utah  specimens,  six  specimens  range  from  14  to  47  undivided  plates 
Two  California  specimens  varied  from  14  to  51. 

Thamnophi.s  eques  (Reuss) 

Measurements  and  Scale  Variation.s 

B.Y.U.     B.Y.r.     B.Y.U.     B.Y.U.     B.Y.U.  B.Y.U.  B.Y.U. 

Number                211        1093       109.S        259         1176  1094  212 

Sex                         F            F            F            F            F  M  M 

Scale  Rows       1<^-19-17  19-19-17  Ii)-19-17  1<M')-17   19-19-17  19-19-17  19-19-17 

Gastrosteges         170         171          167         172         171  174  171 

7S          7S          70          7^          74  86  81 

8-8        8-8        8-8        7-8        8-8  8-8  8-8 

10-10     10-10     10-10     10-10     10-10  10-10  10-10 

1-1         1-1         1-1         1-1         1-1  1-1  1-1 


Urosteges 

Supralabials 

Infralabials 

Preoculars 

Postoculars 

Loreal 

Temporals 

Total   length 
Tail  len-th 


1-1 

1-2 
1-3 

719 

165 


1-1 

1-2 

504 
111 


1-1 

1-2 

555 
123 


1-1 

1-2 

764 
174 


1-1 

1-2 

525 
116 


3-4 
1-1 

1-2 

470 
113 


3  4 

1-1 

1-2 
1-3 

429 

104 


PrBi.isi-iED  Records:  Moab,  Grand  Co.,  and  Bluff,  San  Juan  Co.. 
Utah   (Tanner  1928  p.  270)    (Woodbury  1931  p.   100). 

Remarks  :  Apparently  the  only  observations  on  the  habitats  of 
these  snakes  have  been  made  by  Dr.  A.  G.  Ruthven  and  Dr.  V.  M. 
Tanner.  Both  suggest  their  habitats  to  be  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  streams.  Dr.  Ruthven  indicates  that  their  food  consists  of  "frogs 
and  tadpoles  which  abound  in  this  habitat." 

The  range  of  this  species  in  Utah  is  rather  indefinite.  It  has  been 
taken  from  only  two  localities  in  the  Colorado  River  area  of  southern 
Utah. 


Feb.  20,  1941  variation  in  snakes  of  utah  25 

Trimorphodon  lyrophanes   (Cope) 
Measurements  and  Scale  Variations 


B.Y.U. 

B.Y.U. 

B.Y.U. 

B.Y.U. 

U.C.L.A. 

Averag 

Number 

653 

502 

501 

1798 

26 

Sex 

F 

F 

F 

M 

F 

Scale  Rows 

21-23-16 

20-21-15 

22-22- LS 

23-23-15 

23 

Gastrosteges 

236 

227 

229 

218 

229 

Urosteges 

65 

78 

69 

77 

63 

Supralabials 

8-8 

9-9 

9-10 

9-9 

10-9 

Tnfrailabials 

12-13 

12-12 

12-12 

11-12 

12-11 

Preoculars 

3-?> 

2-2 

3-2 

3-3 

Postoculars 

3-3 

3-3 

3-4 

3-3 

3-3 

Loreals 

2-1 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

3-3 

Temporals 

3-4 

3-A 

3-5 

3-4 

3-4 

Total   lengtli 

657 

359 

611 

296 

756 

Tail  length 

101 

59 

102 

50 

116 

Spots  on  body 

31 

30 

28 

32 

31 

30.14 

Spots  on  tail 

12 

15 

14 

16 

13 

14 

Published  Records:  Springdale,  (Zion  Canyon)  (Woodbury 
1931  p.  106)  Zion  Canyon  National  Park,  (Klauber  1940)  (W.  W. 
Tanner  1940  p.  145)  St.  George,  Washington  County,  Utah  (V.  M. 
Tanner  1935  p.  269)   (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  145). 

Remarks  :  Collecting  in  Utah  has  produced  to  date  five  speci- 
mens of  the  Lyre  Snake,  all  coming  from  the  Lower  Sonoran  life 
zone,  or  areas  very  closely  associated  with  an  connected  to  it.  Just 
why  this  species  is  rarely  collected  is  not  known.  We  surmise  that  it 
is  on  the  northern  fringe  of  its  range  or  that  its  habits  are  so  secre- 
tive as  to  make  its  capture  extremely  difficult.  Two  specimens  were 
collected  by  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck  at  the  base  of  the  Sugar  Loaf  hill,  St. 
George,  Utah.  One  specimen  had  crowded  between  two  flakes  of  a 
large  rock  and  the  other  was  found  in  the  soil  underneath  the  same 
rock.  A  third  specimen  collected  by  Dr.  V.  M.  Tanner  was  found 
under  a  rock  on  the  Sugar  Loaf.  The  fourth  specimen  was  found  on 
the  road  by  Dr.  Beck. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

26  uilmi:k  \v.  tanner  Vol.  II,  No.  1, 

The  liabits  of  this  snake  are  not  well  known.  They  are  known, 
however,  to  feed  on  lizards  (Woodbury  1931).  Dr.  Van  Denburgh 
reported  a  specimen  which  contained  16  eggs.  No  infcjrmation  can 
be  added  from  the  specimens  which  I  have  studied. 

An  examination  of  the  four  specimens  at  my  disposal,  provides 
the  following  additional  scale  variations :  The  frontal  is  not  in  con- 
tact with  the  preoculars  in  either  of  the  specimens.  The  scales  be- 
tween the  nearest  ventral  and  infralabial,  range  from  6  to  7  scales. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  two  extremes  in  the  caudals  for  fe- 
males exist  in  Utah  specimens,  63  to  78  scales.  Equally  interesting  is 
the  low  ventral  count  of  218  in  the  single  Utah  male  specimen.  The 
body  scales  are  smooth  and  imbricate,  and  the  anal  is  divided  in  all 
Utah  specimens. 

The  color  pattern  while  variable,  is  in  the  main  gray  with  medium 
brown  blotches. 

Tantilla  uTANENSis  Blanchard 

Measurements  and  Scale  Variations 

B.Y.U.  B.Y.U.  B.Y.U.   B.Y.U.   B.Y.U.   B.Y.U.   B.Y.U.   B.Y.U. 


Number 

310 

1240 

1571 

1518 

1553 

180 

2878 

2332 

Sex 

M 

F 

F 

M 

M 

W 

F 

F 

Scale  Rows 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

Gastrosteges 

154 

174 

170 

157 

158 

157 

167 

169 

Urosteges 

26 

62 

63 

66 

68 

* 

00 

60 

Supralabials 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

7-7 

Infralabials 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

6-6 

Preoculars 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Postoculars 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

2-2 

Temporals 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

Total  length 

214 

167 

215 

270 

242 

137 

141 

Tail  length 

* 

37 

50 

72 

61 

* 

28 

27 

Published  Records:  St.  George  (Van  Denburgh  1922  p.  880) 
(V.  M.  Tanner  1927  p.  57)  (Pack  1930  p.  10)  (Woodbury  1931  p. 
108)  (V.  M.  Tanner  1935  p.  269)  (Blanchard  1938  p.  372)  ;  Virgin 
Mountain  (M.  Woodbury  1931  p.  108)  ;  and  Schwitz  Indian  Reserva- 
tion, Washington  Co.,  Utah  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940  p.  145). 


Feb.  20,  1941  variation  in  snakes  of  utah  ••27 

Remarks:  In  1938  a  post  humous  paper  b\-  Dr.  Frank  N.  Blanch- 
ard  was  published  in  which  he  described  the  Utah  Taiitilla,  and  gave 
to  it  the  name  of  Taiitilla  iitahcnsis,  and  St.  George,  Washington  Co., 
Utah  was  designated  as  the  type  localit}-.  In  previous  reports  the 
Utah  Taiitilla  had  been  referred  to  as  T.  iiigriccps  or  T.  nigriccps 
ciseni. 

During  Dr.  lUanchard's  visit  at  Rrigham  Young  University  in  De- 
cember 1935,  many  specimens  were  studied  by  him,  five  of  which  were 
loaned  to  him  at  that  time.  These  five  specimens  are  referred  to  as 
the  "  Beck  Collection,"  and  are  designated  as  paratypes.  These  speci- 
mens are  still  at  the  University  of  Michigan. 

Specimen  No.  310  (2274)  is  the  only  paratype  specimen  in  the 
Brigham  Young  University  Collection  although  we  have  5  specimens, 
Nos.  1240,  1571,  1553.  1518,  and  1800  that  are  topotypes. 

HIIJLTOGRAPHY 
Blanch ARD,  Frank  N. 

1923.  Comments  on  the  Ring-neck  Snakes  (genus  Diadophis), 
with  diagnosis  of  new  forms.  Univ.  Mich.,  Occasional 
Paper,  Alus.  Zook,  142:  1-9. 

1938.  Snakes  of  the  Genus  Tantilla  in  the  United  States.  Field 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zook  Ser.,  20:  369-376. 

BOGERT,  C.   M. 

1939.  A  study  of  the  Genus  Salvadora,  the  Patch-nosed  Snakes. 
Pubk  Univ.  Calif,  at  Los  Angeles  in  Biol.  Sci.,  Vol.  I,  No. 
10,  pp.  177-236,  pis.  3-7,  figs,  in  text,  2  maps. 

Hardy,  Ross 

1938.  An  Annotated  List  of  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  of  Carbon 
County,  Utah.    Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  15,  pp.  99-102. 

1939.  Some  Notes  on  Utah  Reptiles.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol. 
16,  p.  83. 

Klauber,  L.  M. 

1940.  The  Lyre  Snakes  (Genus  Trimorphodon)  of  the  United 
States.  Trans,  of  the  San  Diego  Soc.  of  Nat.  Hist..  Vol. 
IX,  No.  19,  pp.  163-194,  plate  7,  map. 

Knowlton,  G.  F.  and  W.  L.  Thomas 

1935.    Insect  food  of  Troutcreek  Lizards.    Proc.  Ut.  Acad,  of  Sci., 
Arts  &  Letters,  Vol.  12,  pp.  263-64. 
Pack,  Herbert  J. 

1930.  Snakes  of  Utah.  Compiled  by  G.  F.  Knowlton.  Utah  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  Bull.  No.  221. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
28  WILMER   \V.    TANNER  Vol.  II,  No.  1, 

Presnell,  C.  C. 

1937.    Herpetological    Notes    from   Zion    National    Park.     Copiea, 
No.  4.    December,  p.  232. 
RuTHVEN,  Alexander  G. 

1908.    Variations  and  Genetic  Relationships  of  the  Garter-Snakes. 
Smithsonian  Inst.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  61. 
Tanner,  Vasco  M. 

1927.  Distribution  List  of  the  Amphibians  and  Reptiles  of  Utah, 
No.  1.  Copeia  No.  163,  pp.  54-58. 

1928.  Distributional  List  of  the  Amphibians  and  Reptiles  of  L'tah, 
No.  2,  Copeia  No.  166,  pp.  23-28. 

1929.  Distributional  List  of  the  Amphibians  and  Reptiles  of  Utah, 
No.  3,  Copeia  No.  171,  pp.  46-52. 

1935.    Western  Worm-Snake,  Siayoitodoii   huniUis   (Baird   &  Gi- 
rard)    Found  in   LUah.    Proc.  Utah.  Acad.   Sci.,   Arts  and 
Letters,  Vol.  XII,  pp.  267-270. 
Tanner,  Wilmer  W. 

1939.  Reptiles  of  Utah  County.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts  and 
Letters,  Vol.  XVI,  p.  105. 

1940.  Notes  on  the  Herpetological  Specimens  Added  to  the  Brig- 
ham  Young  University  Vertebrate  Collection  During  1939. 
The  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  3,  4.  pp.  138-146. 

Van  Denburgh,  John 

1922.    The  Reptiles  of  Western  North  America.    Calif.  Acad,  of 
Sci..  Vol.  II.  pp.  61-1028. 
Woodbury,  A.  M. 

1928.    The  Reptiles  of  Zion  National  Park,  Copeia  No.  166,  pp. 

14-21. 
1931.    A  Descriptive  Catalog  of  the  Reptiles  of  Utah,  Univ.   of 
Utah  Bull.  Vol.  XXI,  No.  5. 


STUDIES  IN  THE  WEEVILS  (JF  THE  WESTERN   UNITI-JJ 
STATES  NO.  IV:  A  NEW  SPECli:S  OF  GIMBOCERA"' 

VASCO  M.  TANNER 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 

CiMBocEKA  PETERSON  1  Taiiiiei',  iiew  species 

Female:  Body  oblong  and  robust.  Rostrum  moderately  con- 
stricted at  base,  median  and  lateral  sulci  well  developed  but  obscured 
by  imiiricate  spatulate  vari-colored  scales  which  cover  all  parts  of  the 
body  and  appendages  except  the  clubs  of  the  antennae  which  are 
bi-o\vnish  due  to  a  fine  vestiture  of  setae ;  twice  as  long  as  wide  at 
base,  distal  one  and  one  half  times  as  wide  as  base.  Thorax  widest 
at  base;  lateral  and  median  vittae  of  whitish  roundish  scales.  Elytral 
striae  prominent,  eleven  at  middle,  intervals  smooth  and  covered  with 
lead-colored  scales  among  which  are  interspersed  whitish  ones.  The 
intervals  contiguous  to  the  suture  are  covered  with  whitish  scales 
which  tend  to  develop  a  vittae  appearance  in  some  specimens.  The 
body  and  appendages  have  erect  whitish  setae  which  arise  from  be- 
tween the  scales.  (Jn  the  elytral  intervals  there  is  a  semblance  of  two 
rows  of  setae  to  each  interval.  The  length  of  the  body  from  the 
prothorax  to  the  apex  of  the  elytra  in  the  type  is  8.6  mm ;  greatest 
body  width  4  mm.  Two  females  before  me  are  only  5  mm.  in  length. 
Figure  1. 

The  female  genitalia,  as  shown  in  Figure  2,  is  similar  to  pauper, 
of  this  genus,  according  to  illustrations  by  Ting,  (1940). (2)  The  styli 
are  modified  as  in  C.  pauper.  In  petersoni  the  valvifers  and  coxites 
are  distinct  but  not  so  heavily  sclerotized  as  in  pauper.  The  genitalia 
of  C.  buchanani  Figure  2c.  is  similar  to  C.  petersoni  and  pauper  except 
for  the  styli  and  fused  coxite  and  valvifer.  This  type  of  genitalia  is 
used  to  deposit  eggs  on  leaf  or  stem  surfaces  or  in  open  cracks  of 
plants.  The  spermatheca  of  petersoni  is  similar  to  buchanani,  Figure 
2f.    The  hind  tibia  of  C.  petersoni  is  shown  in  Figure  2g. 


(1)  Contribution  No.  88,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham 
Young  University. 

(2)  Ting,  P.  C,  1940.  Revisional  Notes  Concerned  with  Cimbocera  and 
Related  Genera.  Bull.  So.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  39,  part  2,  pp.  128-157,  Pis. 
24-26.    December  13.  1940. 

29 


30 


VASCO    M.    TANNER 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  II,  No.  1, 


Male.  The  male  of  this  species  may  readily  be  distinguished  from 
the  female  by  the  thorax  being  widest  at  the  middle  and  the  dense 
long  whitish  setae  of  the  thorax  and  elytra.  In  the  three  males  before 
me  the  woolly  setae  of  the  elytra  has  a  length  of  1.8  mm,  which  gives 
the  males  a  marked  bearded  appearance  over  that  of  the  females. 
The  third  tarsal  segment,  especially  of  the  first  and  second  legs,  is 
well  developed  being  about  twice  as  long  as  in  the  female.    The  male 


l"'ig.    1.     Drawing  of  holotype,  Cimhocera  pctersoni,  new  species 
10  times. 


Feb.  20,  1941  a  new  species  of  cimbocera  !31 

.u^enitalia,  Figure  2d  and  e,  are  different  to  any  other  species  of  this 
and  related  genera  which  have  been  studied.  The  length  of  the  male 
from  the  prothorax  to  the  apex  of  the  elytra  is  7.5  mm. 

If  we  follow  the  key  to  species  of  Cimhocera  as  prepared  by  Mr! 
Peter  Ting  (1940),  petersoni  may  be  separated  from  other  species  as 
follows: 

1.  Tarsal  bristles  and  tibial  spinules  pitch  black.    Pronotum 

slightly  tuberculate hiichanani  Ting 

Tarsal    bristles    and    tibial    spinules    yellow    or    reddish 

brown.    Pronotum  smooth 2 

2.  Rostral  setae  length  subequal  with  head  setae.    Rostrum 

with  narrow  median  sulcus ;  slightly  constricted  at 
base  and  one-third  to  one-half  longer  than  broad. 
Color  predominantly  dark  brown pauper  Horn. 

Rostral  setae  equal  in  length  with  the  head  setae.  Ros- 
trum with  well  developed  median  and  lateral  sulci ; 
moderately  constricted  at  base  and  distal  one  and  one- 
times as  wide  as  base.  Color  greyish  with  some 
specimens  having  distinct  light  and  dark  vittae  on 
thorax  and  elytra ;  setae  short  in  females,  long  in 
males petersoni,   new   species 

Rostral  setae  only  one-fourth  length  of  head  setae.  Ros- 
trum without  median  sulcus ;  greatly  constricted  at 
base  and  not.  or  only  slightly,  longer  than  l)road. 
Color  grey  mottled  brown  or  black conspersa  Fall 

Type  Locality  :  The  Virgin  River  at  St.  George,  Washington 
County,  Utah.  Ten  specimens  were  collected  in  1892.  by  Mr.  C.  J. 
Weidt,  which  are  from  the  Charles  W.  Leng  Collection.  The  writer 
collected  six  specimens  in  March  and  April,  1921  and  1922  at  St. 
George,  elevation  3,000  feet ;  one  specimen  at  Washington,  Washing- 
ton County,  Utah  in  April  1921 ;  and  one  specimen,  a  female,  at  In- 
dianola,  Sanpete  County,  Utah,  elevation  6,200  feet,  in  June  1919.  I 
also  have  before  me  one  specimen  collected  at  St.  George  by  A.  Al. 
Woodbury.  The  type  and  twelve  paratypes,  on  pins,  are  in  the  writer's 
collection  at  Brigham  Young  University.  Two  paratypes  were  sent 
to  Mr.  L.  L.  Buchanan  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington, 
D.  C.  and  one  paratype  was  deposited  in  the  Entomological  collection 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  at  San  Francisco. 

This  species  is  named  in  memory  of  Mr.  Mervin  H.  Peterson,  an 
alumnus  of  Brigham  Young  University.  Mr.  Peterson  was  born  at 
Payson,  Utah,  on  December  4,  1908.    He  graduated  from  the  Payson 


32 


VASCO    M.    TANNER 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  II.  No.  1. 


High  School  in  1927  and  the  P)righam  Young  University,  with  an 
A.  B.  degree  with  a  major  in  Zoology,  in  1936.  In  1936-37  he  was  a 
graduate  assistant  in  Zoology.  He  died  in  May,  1937  following  a 
goiter  operation.  Mr.  Peterson  was  a  very  capable  and  promising 
student  of  Zoology.  At  the  time  of  his  death,  he  was  working  on  the 
phylogeny  of  the  weevils. 


\-^  '      ir^\  ..aceiabulijiii 


.anterior 

-comb 


Fig.  2.  Genitalia  of  Cirnhoccra  petcrsoni.  a.  ventral  view  of  female 
genitalia;  b.  lateral  view  of  female  genitalia;  c.  ventral  view  of  female 
genitalia  of  Cimbocera  huchanani,  a  closely  related  species ;  d.  and  e. 
dorsal  and  lateral  views  of  male  genitalia  of  Cimbocera  petersoni ; 
f.  spermatheca  of  Cimbocera  petersoni;  g.  apice  of  hind  tibia  of 
Cimbocera  petersoni. 


WILLIS  STANLEY  BLATCHLEY  (1859-1940) 

VASCO  M.  TANNER  (1) 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 
Brigham  Young  University 

The  passing  of  Willis  Stanley  Blatchley  must  cause  Entomologists, 
especially  students  of  the  Coleoptera  of  the  United  States,  to  pause 
and  pay  homage  to  the  memory  of  one  of  the  most  distinguished  of 
their  ranks. 

Willis  S.  Blatchley  was  born  in  North  Madison,  Connecticut  on 
October  6,  1859,  and  passed  away  at  his  home  in  Indianapolis,  In- 
diana on  May  28,  1940.  His  parents  moved  to  Indiana  in  1860,  and 
this  became  the  home  state  of  our  noted  Naturalist.  Blatchley  at- 
tended the  grade  school  of  Putnam  Comity,  and  in  1879  began  teach- 
ing, at  which  he  spent  his  winter  months  until  1883  wdien  he  entered 
the  University  of  Indiana  as  a  student  of  Drs.  David  Starr  Jordon 
and  John  C.  Branner.  He  graduated  in  1887  with  an  A.  B.  degree, 
writing  a  thesis  on  "  The  Flora  of  Monroe  County,  Indiana."  In 
June  1891,  he  received  an  A.  M.  degree,  his  thesis  this  time  dealt  with 
"The  Butterflies  of  Indiana."  Thirty  years  later,  1921,  his  Alma 
Mater  conferred  upon  him  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws  (LL.D.). 

In  1894  he  was  elected  on  the  Republican  ticket  to  the  office  of 
State  Geologist  of  Indiana,  which  office  he  successfully  held  for  six- 
teen years. 

Dr.  Blatchley  was  the  author  of  246  scientific  papers  and  books. 
The  first  of  his  papers  "  On  the  American  Species  of  the  Genus 
Umbra,"  was  published  in  1885  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  while  his  last  paper,  "Blatch- 
leyana  II."  was  published  privately  in  1939.  The  following  books — 
Coleoptera  of  Indiana,  1910,  pp.  1-1386,  figs.  1-595;  RhyncliopJiora 
or  Weevils  of  Northeastern  America,  1916,  pp.  1-682,  figs.  1-155  (Co- 
author with  Chas.  Leng)  ;  The  Orthoptera  of  Northeastern  America, 
1920,  pp.  1-784,  pis.  I-VII,  figs.  1-246;  The  Indiana  Weed  Book,  1912, 
pp.  1-192,  figs.  1-139;  Heteroptera  or  True  Bugs  of  Eastern  North 
America,  1926,  pp.  1-1116,  pis.  I-XII,  fig.  1-215  ;  The  Fishes  of  Indiana, 


(1)     Contribution  No.  90,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Erigham 
Young  University. 

33 


The  Great  Baiiin  Naturalist 
34  WILLIS   STANLEY   KLATCITLF.Y    (  1859-1940)  \'()1.  II.  Xo.  1. 

1938,  pp.  1-121,  fig.  1-39;  and  Blatchleyana  1  and  II,  all  of  which  con- 
tain more  than  4404  pages  and  1395  figures  will  long  serve  as  indis- 
pensable handbooks  for  the  areas  covered. 

Not  only  was  Dr.  Blatchley  a  prolific  wTiter  and  compiler  of  in- 
formation concerning  already  described  species,  but  he  also  described 
14  new  genera  of  insects,  11  Coleoptera  and  3  Heteroptera;  470  spe- 
cies of  insects — of  which  224  are  Coleoptera;  131  Rhynchophora 
(weevils)  ;  66  Heteroptera  and  29  Orthoptera.  In  1935  he  deposited 
his  entire  collection  of  mounted  specimens  along  with  copies  of  all 
his  books  and  papers  in  the  cabinets  of  the  Department  of  Entomology 
at  Purdue  University,  Lafayette,  Indiana.  Included  in  this  collection 
were  470  holotype  specimens  of  new  species  of  insects  which  he  had 
described. 

On  July  12.  1928,  I  visited  Dr.  Blatchley  at  his  home  on  1530 
Park  Avenue,  Indianapolis,  Indiana.  After  seeing  his  collections,  es- 
pecially the  weevils,  I  obtained  from  him  several  specimens  including 
two  paratypes  of  Blapstiinis  acicuhis  Blatchley.  Following  this  visit, 
I  carried  on  an  interesting  correspondence  with  him.  In  1930,  I  pur- 
chased 300  species  of  weevils  from  him.  These  were  in  capsules  and 
consisted  of  from  4  to  10  specimens  each.  Again  in  1939,  I  purchased 
83  cuts  which  were  used  mainly  in  his  Rhynchophora  book.  My  last 
letter  from  Dr.  Blatchley,  in  his  own  handwriting,  came  to  me  from 
Dunedin,  Florida  under  date  of  January  4,  1940.  Dr.  Blatchley  had 
spent  his  winters  in  Florida  since  1911.  I  quote  the  following  from 
this  letter: 

"Dear  Dr.  Tanner  : 

"I  came  down  here,  where  I  have  a  winter  home,  on  December  3.  I 
had  a  sorrowful  Christmas  as  my  only  brother  died  in  a  hospital  at  Green- 
castle,  Indiana  on  December  22d.  He  was  67  years  of  age  and  had  lived 
on  the  farm  where  he  was  born  all  his  life.  He  never  married  but  lived 
with  a  sister  also  unmarried.  I  saw  him  last  on  October  6,  my  80th  birth- 
day, when  he  and  I  went  fishing  together,  as  we  often  did  in  Walnut  Creek. 

"Did  you  receive  a  copy  of  my  "Blatchleyana  11-1940 — an  addenda  to 
my  Blatchleyana  1930 — sent  you  some  years  ago?  T  ordered  one  sent  to 
you  some  time  in  October. 

"Dr.  J.  C.  Bradley,  who  is  getting  out  a  large  textbook  on  the  tax- 
onomy of  insects,  bought  all  the  remaining  cuts  of  my  4  manuals  to  use 
as  illustrations.  The  only  cuts  I  have  left  are  those  from  my  6  nature 
books,  my  Indiana  weed  book  and  Butterflies  and  Birds  of  Indiana.  These 
T  would  be  glad  to  sell  when  I  return  to  Indianapolis  in  May." 

Dr.  P)latchley  was  a  typical  example  of  what  we  call  the  "old  time 
naturalist."    For  him  the  stars,  the  soil  and  rocks,  the  wild  flowers, 


Feb.  20.  1941  vasco  m.  tanner  35 

trees,  birds,  fishes  and  insects  held  ihe  secrets  of  the  universe  which 
he  tried  to  fathom.  His  nature  books  such  as  Woodland  Idyls;  My 
Nature  A' oak;  In  Days  Agonc;  Boulder  Reveries,  and  South  America 
as  I  Saw  If,  contain  his  philosophy  of  hfe.  and  are  also  filled  with  joy 
and  satisfaction  gained  through  a  full  life.  We  cjuote  the  following" 
from  Blatchleyana,  1930,  page  16: 

"For  fifteen  yeasr  I  have  been  ;i  natu^ali^t.  They  have  been  years 
full  of  work,  of  hopes  of  ambitions.  Happiest  those  days  when  I  have  been 
alone  in  woods  and  fields,  when  1  was  learning  for  the  first  time  lessons 
from  nature — lessons  purer,  nobler  and  better  than  I  ever  expect  to  learn 
from  the  books  of  man — lessons  showing  me  the  close  relationship  exist- 
ing among  all  animate  and  inanimate  things — teaching  me  that  this  world, 
this  universe  of  ours,  is  not  made  up  of  single,  isolated  objects  and  forces, 
but  that  each  object,  each  force  is  but  a  necessary  part  of  one  grand  and 
perfect  whole.  At  the  end  of  fifteen  years  I  am  still  a  tyro — still  learn- 
ing daily  new  facts  from  the  book  of  nature,  still,  and  ever  expect  to  i)e, 
a  tramp  naturalist.  1  still  delight  to  chase  tlie  winged  butterfly  o'er  field 
and  pasture  ;  draw  the  seine  through  ripple  and  shallow  for  silvery  min- 
now and  rainbow  darter — climb  hill  and  wade  through  pond  for  partridge 
berry  or  water  lily,  or  wander  all  day  tlirough  thicket  and  forest  in  search 
of  hermit  thrush  and  hooded  warbler.  For,  as  Emerson  has  said:  "In 
the  woods  a  man  casts  off  his  years  as  the  snake  liis  slough  and  at  what 
period  soever  of  life  is  always  a  child.    In  the  woods  is  perpetual  youth." 

Dr.  Blatchley  played  an  important  role  in  American  Entomology 
and  Natural  History.  His  books  will  long  be  of  value  to  Zoologists 
of  the  United  States.  The  words  of  Edwin  Markham  express  our 
feelings  at  his  departure : — 

"As  when  a  lordly  cedar  green  with  boughs. 
Goes  down  with  a  great  shout  upon  the  hills 
And  leaves  a  lonesome  place  against  the  sky." 


Interesting  Coleoptera  Records  for  Utah 

The  following  species  of  Coleoptera  are  reported  at  this  time  because  of  their 
rarity  in  collections  in  this  region.  Wickham  and  Wolcott  (1912),  lists  ten  species 
of  Cleridae  not  reported  at  this  time.  Careful  collecting  in  Utah  will  add  a  num- 
ber of  species  to  the  following  families. 

FAMILY  CLERIDAE 

Munophylla  californica  Fall.    St.  George,  Washington  Co.,  April  20,  1924.    Three 

specimens  were  taken  by  the  writer  on   Prosopis  ylandulosa  Torr. 
Cymatodera  latefascia   Schffr.    The   Hall,    Escalante   desert,   50   miles   south    of 

Escalante,  Garfield  Co.,  June  1936  and  St.  George,   May  1922.    V.M.T. 
C.  oinpcnnis  Lee.    Boulder,  Garfield  Co.,  July  1936.    V.M.T. 
C.  morosa  Lee.    Trout  Creek,  Tooele  Co.,  June  and  July.    Tom  Spalding. 
C.  fuchsi  Schflfr.   "Ten  Mile",  south  of  Escalante,  Garfield  Co.,  June  1936.   V.M.T. 
C.  bruwiea  Spin.   St.  George,  Washington  Co.,  June  1922.   V.  M.  T. 
Thanasimus  undnlatus  niibilus  King.    Steep  Creek,  Aquarius  Palteau,  Garfield  Co., 

June  1936.    V.M.T. 
Clerus  rosmarns  Say.    Indianola,  Sanpete  Co.,  July  7,  1920.    V.M.T. 
C.  spinolae  Lee.    Glendale,  Kane  Co.,  July  1927.    D.  I.  Rasmussen. 
C.  lacfiis  abruptiis  Lee.    Henrieville,  Garfield  Co.,  September  1937.    V.M.T. 
C.  lecontei  Wolc.    Glendale,  Kane  Co.,  May  1932  and  Meadow,  Millard  Co.,  June. 

V.M.T. 
C.  eximius  Mann.    Wellsville  Canyon,   Cache  Co.,  June    1926.    C.  J.   D.  Brown  ; 

Provo  Bench,  Utah  Co.   V.M.T. ;  Provo,  Utah  Co.,  April  and  May.    Harry  P. 

Chandler. 
Trichodcs   apivorus    Germ.     Henrieville,    Garfield   Co.,    September    1937.     V.M.T. 

Abundant  on  rabbit  brush,   Chrysothamnus  sp. 
T.   ornatus  Say.    This   species   is   widely   distributed   throughout   the   state,   being 

common  on  the  blossoms  of  various   flowers.     The   males  and   females  are 

variously  colored  greenish  or  orange-red  with  black  markings.    No  specimens 

of  the  sub-species  tenellus  Lee,  from  Utah,  are  in  the  collection. 
Hydnocera   lecontei  Wolc.    Riverdale,   Weber    Co.,   June    1926.    V.M.T. ;    Provo, 

Utah  Co.,  September.    H.  P.  Chandler. 

FAMILY   BYRRHIDAE 

Cytilus  alternattis  longulus  Csy.    Aspen  Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  Utah  Co.,  Kiev. 

6800  feet,  August.  H.  P.  Chandler ;  Utah  Lake,  Utah  Co.,  May  1927.   John  E. 

Blazzard;   St.  George,  Washington  Co.    Truman  Swallow. 
Byrrhus  laramxensis  Csy.    Aspen  Grove,  Mt.  Timpanogos,  Utah  Co.,   July  1927. 

V.M.T. 

FAMILY    EROTYLIDAE 

Languria  convcxicoUis  Horn.    Dividend,  Utah   Co.,   May  24.    Tom   Spalding. 
Acropteroxys  lecontei  Cr.    Provo,  Utah  Co.,  June  20,    1937.    H.   P.  Chandler. 

—V.  M.   T. 
36 


BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 


Largest  private  institution  of  higher  learning  in  the  Intermountain 
Region,  Brigham  Young  University  is  organized  into  five  colleges,  three 
divisions,  and  the  graduate  school.  Four  quarters  of  instruction  are 
provided  annually. 


Colleges  of  Applied  Science 
Arts  and  Sciences 
Commerce 
Education 
Fine  Arts 


Divisions  of  Religion 
Research 
Extension 

Graduate  School 

Summer  School 


Departments  of  Instruction 


Accounting  and  Business 

Administration 
Agricultural  Economics 
Agronomy 
Animal  Husbandry 
Art 

Bacteriology 

Bible  and  Modern  Scripture 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Church  History 
Church  Organization  and 

Administration 
Economics 

Educational  Administration 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Finance  and  Banking 
Geology  and  Geography 
History 
Home  Economics 


Horticulture  and  Landscape 

Architecture 
JournaUsm 
Library 
Marketing 
Mathematics 
Mechanic  Arts 

Modern  and  Classical  Languages 
Music 

Office  Practice 
Physical  Education 
Physics 

Political  Science 
Philosophy  of  Education 
Psychology 
Secondary  Education 
Sociology 
Speech 
Theology  and  Religious 

Philosophy 
Zoology  and  Entomology 


NATIONALLY  ACCREDITED 


For  further  information,  write 

The  President 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

Provo,  Utah 


NEW  CrNTURY  PRINTINS  CO.,  PROVO,  UTAH 


Volume  II 


Number  2 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

June  30,  1941 

^  (AUG  6  1941 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  ^-i^d^jii}- 

Some  Nematodes  of  the  Family  Tylenchidae  Which  Do  Not  Pos- 
sess a  Valvular  Median  Esophageal  Bulb,  Gerald  Thorne     .       37 

Lesser  Yellow  Legs,  New  Record  for  Washington  County,  Utah  86 

The  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  of  Idaho  No.  I,  Wilmer  W.  Tanner  87 

Gull  Banding  Notes  at  Utah  Lake 98 

New  Species  of  Coleoptera  from  Utah,  Harry  P.  Chandler     .     .  99 

Painted  Lady  Butterfly  in  Migration 104 

Three  New   Mammals    (Microtus  and  Ochotona)    from  Utah, 

E.  R.  Hall  and  C.  L.  Hayward 105 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology  of 

Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Editor 
C.  Lynn  Hayward,  Assistant  Editor 

A  journal  published  four  times  a  year  by  the  Department  of 
Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts.  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will  be 
accepted.     Manuscripts  are  subjected  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations.  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  Journal  are 
to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the 
cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints.  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription.  The  annual  subscription  is  $1.50,  (outside  the 
United  States,  $2.00).     Single  number,  50  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Great   Basin   Naturalist,   Brigham  Young  University,   Provo,   Utah. 

Reprint  Schedule  of  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Each 

Additional 

2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

8  pp. 

10  pp. 

12  pp. 

2  pp. 

50  copies 

$2.00 

$3.50 

$4.50 

$5.50 

$6.50 

$7.50 

.95 

100  copies 

3.50 

4.50 

5.50 

6.50 

7.50 

8.50 

200  copies 

4.75 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

300  copies 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

10.75 

Covers:    $5.00  for  first  100  copies;  $2.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Published  by  the 
Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 
Brigham  Young  University.  Provo.  Utah 


VoLVMi.:!!     ^,^^5-        JUNE  30.  1941    /^;..,—^^     No.  2 

SOME  NEMATODES  OF  THE  FAMILY  TTTENCHWAE 

WHICH  DO  NOT  POSSESS  A  VALVULAR 

MEDIAN  ESOPHAGEAL  BULB 

GERALD  THORNE 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

The  collection  of  nematodes  on  which  this  paper  is  based  has  ac- 
cumulated at  the  Salt  Lake  City  Station  of  the  Division  of  Nematol- 
ogy  during  the  past  20  years.  These  specimens  have  been  secured 
from  the  great  quantity  of  plant  and  soil  material  submitted  for 
examination  and  identification  by  various  state,  government  and  pri- 
vate agencies  and  from  the  extensive  faunistic  collections  made  at  this 
station. 

As  a  matter  of  convenience  to  the  reader,  information  has  been 
included  on  related  species  previously  described  and  certain  others  of 
doubtful  position.  As  will  be  noted,  the  classification  of  this  group  is 
in  a  most  unsatisfactory  state  and  w"ill  remain  so  until  the  nemic 
fauna  has  been  more  carefully  and  extensively  studied,  for  there  is 
no  doubt  that  only  a  small  portion  of  the  existing  genera  and  species 
are  here  represented. 

Many  of  the  species  have  been  found  associated  with  the  roots  of 
alfalfa,  cotton,  sugar-beets  and  other  cultivated  plants  but,  with  the 
possible  exceptions  of  Hexatylus  viviporus  Goodey,  1926,  and  Ncoty- 
Icnchus  abulbosiis  Steiner,  1931,  none  is  suspected  as  being  of  economic 
importance.  Their  generally  small  spears  doubtless  preclude  any  pos- 
sibility of  their  being  able  to  puncture  the  cell  walls  of  the  higher 
plants  and  feed  upon  their  contents  unless  they  invade  the  cells  as 
true  endoparasites.  Since  they  are  not  known  to  be  endoparasites  of 
either  the  roots  or  stems  of  the  higher  plants  it  seems  most  probable 
that  they  feed  on  the  microflora  of  the  soil,  such  as  algae  and  fungi. 
Usually  they  are  found  in  very  small  numbers  which  eliminates  them 
as'  being  of  any  particular  importance  under  the  conditions  in  which 
they  have  been  observed. 

Three  distinct  types  are  represented  in  the  species  presented  which 

37 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
38  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

are  here  designated  as  the  new  subfamihes  Ncotyloichinac,  Paurodoii- 
liiiac,  and  N othoiylcnchinac.  These  subfamilies  are  tentatively  placed 
under -the  family  Tylcnchidae  but  the  Ncotylcnchinac  and  Paurodon- 
iinae  doubtless  will  eventually  be  raised  to  a  family  rank  because  they 
possess  certain  characteristics  which  distinguish  them  from  all  other 
tylenchs. 

KEY  TO  SUBFAMILIES 

1.  Basal   esophageal  bulb  bearing  a  stem-like  basal  exten- 

sion     Paurodoiitiiiac  n.s.f.  p.  50 

l>asal  esophageal  bulb  not  bearing  a  stem-like  basal  ex- 
tension      2 

2.  Head  framework  octagonal Ncotylcnchinac  n.s.f.  p.  38 

Head  framework  hexagonal Nothotylcnchinac  n.s.f.  p.  56 

Neotvlenchinae  Thorne,  new  subfamily 

Tylenciiidae.  Body  with  a  characteristic  dense  texture  which  ob- 
scures anatomical  details  to  a  greater  degree  than  is  usual  in  Tylcnchi- 
dae. Corpus  of  esophagus  somewhat  cylindroid  without  a  typical  ty- 
lenchoid  median  bulb  and  valvular  apparatus.  Dorsal  esophageal  gland 
frequently  greatly  developed.  Head  region  octagonal,  the  framework 
divided  into  8  sectors,  some  of  which  may  be  greatly  modified.  Arches 
of  cephalic  framework  generally  much  lower  than  in  other  Tylcnchi- 
dae, forming  a  low  rounded  lip  region.  There  are  probably  ten  cepha- 
lic papillae  although  all  of  them  have  not  been  observed  on  some 
species.  These  are  arranged  on  the  two  lateral  and  four  submedial 
lips,  six  minute  ones  close  to  the  entrance  to  the  vestibule  and  fom^ 
near  the  margins  of  the  submedial  lips.  Ovary  prevulvar,  a  rudi- 
mentary posterior  uterine  branch  rarely  present.  Spicula  and  guber- 
naculum  tylenchoid  or  of  very  aberrant  types  (Hcxatylus  fnnyontin 
and  lotonchiiim.  impcrfcctuni). 

Diagnosis  :  Tylcnchidae  without  a  valvular  median  esophageal 
bulb.  Differentiated  from  Nothotylcnchinac  by  the  more  dense  tex- 
ture of  the  body,  the  octagonal  lip  region  which  is  divided  into  8  sec- 
tors, the  rare  occurrence  of  a  posterior  uterine  branch  and,  frequently, 
the  increased  size  of  the  dorsal  esophageal  gland.  From  Paurodoiitinac 
it  is  immediately  distinguished  l)v  the  absence  of  the  stem-like  ex- 
tension of  the  basal  esophageal  bulb  so  t\'pical  of  this  subfamilw 

Typs  Genus:    Neotylcnchus  Steiner,  1931. 

The  subfamily  Ncotylcnchinac  now  includes  four  genera  possess- 
ing certain  general  characteristics  which  indicate  that  they  have  a 
common,  though  distinct,  relationship.    However  the  anatomical  fea- 


June  30,  1941       .     nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  39 

tares  of  the  esophagi  and  reproductive  systems  are  very  (hfferent  in 
these  genera,  whicli  may  indicate  they  they  belong  to  an  exceedingly 
ancient  group  of  organisms.  Considering  the  apparent  rarity  of  most 
of  the  species  included  in  this  subfamily  it  would  appear  that  the 
group  is  now  in  its  senility. 

KEY  TO  GENERA  OF  NEOTYLENCHINAE 

1.  Lip    region   broadly   expanded,   spicula   angular,   guber- 

naculum  absent lotoncliiuni  Cobb    p.  50 

Lip  region  not  broadly  expanded,  spicula,  where  known, 

not  angular,  gubernaculum  present 2 

2.  b'sophagus  base  fused  with  intestine,  not  set  off  in  any 

manner   Hcxatylus  Goodey    p.  48 

iLsophagus   base   set   off,   bulb-like   or  with   greatly   de- 
veloped glands   3 

3.  Intestine    joining   esophagus    just    back    of    nerve    ring, 

glands  lying  free  in  the  body  cavity.  .Deladcnus  n.g.    p.  45 
Intestine  not  joining  esophagus  near  nerve  ring,  glands 

within  a  basal  bulb Neotylcnchus  Steiner    p.  39 

GEXUS   XEOTYLENCHUS  STEINER,   1931 

Basal  bulb  of  esophagus  definitely  set  off  from  intestine,  the  dorsal 
esophageal  gland  sometimes  enlarged  until  it  forms  a  lobe  extending 
a  short  distance  back  over  the  intenstine.  Lumen  of  esophagus  con- 
tinuous, not  interrupted  by  a  muscular  valvular  apparatus  near  the 
base  of  the  corpus.  Spear  generally  with  three  definite  basal  knobs. 
Ovary  prevulvar,  outstretched  or  reHexed.  Post-uterine  branch  absent, 
except  in  Neotylcnchus  latus.  Spicula,  gubernaculum  and  bursa  ty- 
lenchoid. 

Diagnosis  :  NcotylcHchinac  possessing  a  definitely  set  off  basal 
esophageal  bulb  and  a  continuous  lumen.  Bursa,  spicula,  and  guber- 
naculum tylenchoid. 

Type  Species:    N'eotylcnchus  abulbosus  Steiner,  1931. 

Comparison  of  several  species  of  Neotylcnchus  with  Hcxatylus 
viviparus  has  demonstrated  that  these  two  genera  are  both  valid,  being 
distinguished  from  each  other  by  the  structure  of  the  esophagus,  that 
of  Neotylcnchus  possessing  a  definitely  set  off  basal  bulb  and  a  con- 
tinuous lumen  while  that  of  Hcxatylus  is  completely  fused  with  the 
intestine  and  has  a  direct  break  in  the  lumen  near  the  base  of  the 
corpus. 

However   extreme    care    must    be    exercised    in    identifying    these 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
40  .  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  11,  No.  2, 

genera  as  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  Dr.  Steiner  sent  the  writer  speci- 
mens of  Hcxatyliis  viviparus  from  Germany,  which,  on  casual  obser- 
vation, were  thought  to  be  Ncotylenchus  abulbosus.  This  led  to  the 
writer  incorrectly  to  identify  H.  viviparus  as  xV.  abulbosus  in  sugar- 
beets  (23). 

KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  XEOTYLHXCHUS 

1.  Vulva  almost  terminal obcsus  Thorne    p.  44 

Vulva  well  in  front  of  terminus 2 

2.  Posterior  uterine  branch  present latus  Thorne    p.  43 

Posterior  uterine  branch  absent 

3.  Female  tails  elongate  conoid,  a  =  8-10 

Female  tails  not  elongate  conoid,  a  =  15-20 

4.  Oocytes  arranged  tandem  in  ovary acutus  n.  sp. 

Oocytes  massed  in  ovary copropliayus  (Goodey) 

5.  Terminus  acute    

Terminus  blunt,  rounded 

6.  Lip  region  set  off  by  constriction,  male  with  normal  spic- 

ula  and  spear coiisobriiius   (deMan) 

Lip  region  not  set  off,  male  with  degenerate  spicula  and 
without  spear abulbosus  Steiner 

7.  Bursa  enveloping  tail,  $  tail   sub  cylindroid,  very  blunt 

intcrmcdius  (Christie) 

Bursa  not  enveloping  tail.  5  tail  conoid  to  small,  blunt 

terminus    arcuatus  n.  sp.    p.  44 

Neotylenchus  abulbosus  Steiner.  1931 

Synonym:    PJcxatylus  abulbosus  ( Steiner,  1931 )  Goixley,  1933 

Plate  L  Fig.  1.  la 

5 :  0.76  mm ;  a  =  27 ;  b  =  5.5  ;  c  =  10.5  ;  V  -  '^^  86. 
d' :  0.74  mm ;  a  =  39 ;  b  =  1 1.2  ;  c  =  20. 

The  cylindroid  neck,  tapering  rapidly  in  its  anterior  fourllu  and 
the  low  rounded  lip  region  are  well  illustrated  in  Steiner's  tigvni' 
(Plate  1,  fig.  1)  as  is  also  the  form  of  the  esophagus  which  consti- 
tutes one  of  the  most  important  characters  of  this  genus.  ]\)steri()rl\ 
the  body  is  shaped  much  like  that  of  Hc.vatylus  viviparus  (Plate  4. 
fig.  9d),  the  distance  from  the  vulva  to  the  anus  being  somewhat 
shorter  than  the  tail  length,  cuticle  marked  liy  four  wings.  Eu  face 
the  head  is  observed   to  be   divided   into    eight   sectors  of   practically 


0 

4 

5 

p- 

42 

p- 

42 

6 

7 

p- 

41 

p- 

40 

p- 

45 

June  30.  1941  nematodrs  of  thf.  family  tylenchfdaf  41 

equal  size.  Spear  very  short,  hearing  outward  curved  processes  on  tlie 
(Hstinct  hasal  knohs.  Ovary  outstretched,  sometimes  reaching  as  far 
as  the  excretory  pore.  Male  without  a  spear.  Spicula  and  guher- 
naculum  poorly  developed.  Uursa  crenate.  rising  slighth'  in  frcMit  of 
the  spicula  and  extending  to  the  terminus. 

.\c()t\'lciiclius  ahulhosKs  appears  to  be  most  closely  related  to  A'. 
co)isobriiiiis  from  which  it  differs  in  the  rounded  lip  region,  shorter 
female  spear  with  the  outward  pointing  curved  processes  of  the  hasal 
kn(jbs,  the  absence  of  a  spear  in  the  male  and  the  poorly  developed 
spicula  and  gubernaculum. 

Steiner  found  this  species  inhabiting  the  buds,  stems  and  leaves  of 
strawberry  plants  aft'ected  by  "yellows"  or  "xanthosis"  from  C'ah- 
fornia  and  there  appears  to  be  little  doubt  that  it  is  actualh'  endo- 
parasitic,  although  symptoms  have  not  been  accurately  defined. 

Rfferences:    3,  12,  13,  19,  20,  23. 

Neotylenchus  consobrinus  (deMan,  1906)  Filipjev,  1935 

Synonyms:    Tylciicliiis  consohrinus  deMan,  1906 

Hcxatylus  auisohrinus  (deMan,  1906)  Goodey,  1932 

Plate  ].  Fig.  2 

?  :  0.96  -  1.24  mm  ;  a  ==  27-36  ;  b  =  S.7-7.?> ;  c  =  19-23  ;  \'  -  89-90. 
^ :  0.83  -  0.98  mm  ;  a  =  36^5  ;  b  =  6.3-7.7 ;  c  =  17.5-23. 

The  cap-like  lip  regicjn  is  set  off'  b}-  a  distinct,  thcjugh  slight,  con- 
striction. Two  parts  of  the  spear  are  about  equal  in  length,  the  shall 
bearing  very  small  basal  knobs.  Esophagus  in  all  respects  very  similar 
to  that  of  Neotylenchus  abulbosits,  definitely  set  off'  from  the  intestine. 
Ovary  reflexed  a  short  distance,  the  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file. 
Posterior  uterine  branch  absent.  Vulva  to  anus  distance  slightly 
greater  than  length  of  tail.  Spicula  and  gubernaculum  normally  de- 
veloped, tylenchoid.  Bursa  rising  a  little  anterior  to  the  spicula  and 
enveloping  the  tail.  Tlie  above  measurements  and  description  from 
Goodey   (14). 

Habitat:    Sandy  soil,  Holland,  Austria  and  South  Wales. 

Transfer  of  this  species  to  Ncotylenclms  has  l)een  made  on  the 
basis  of  its  very  close  resemblance  to  A^  abulbosits. 

Neotylenchus  consobrinus  is  readily  distinguished  from  A'',  abul- 
bosus,  its  nearest  relative,  by  the  set-off  lip  region,  longer  spear  with 
small  knobs  and  the  normal,  tylenchoid  spicula  and  gubernaculum. 

References:    6,  11,  12,  14,  16. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
42  GERALD   THORXl=:  \^ol.  1  1 ,  No.  2. 


Nkotylknciius  ACUTi'S  Thorne,  new  species 
Plate  I.  Fig.  3-3c 
$ :  0.8  mm ;  a  =  26 ;  h  =  4.4 ;  c  =  9 ;  V  —  ^o  83. 

Body  tapering  rather  uniformly  to  the  rounded  lip  region  which 
is  not  set  off  in  any  manner,  while  posteriorly  ending  in  a  conoid  acute 
terminus.  Transverse  striae  obscure,  more  distinct  on  subcuticle. 
Wing  area  a  smooth,  refractive  band  about  one-fourth  as  wide  as  the 
body.  En  face  the  head  region  is  found  to  have  the  usual  eight  sectors, 
the  lateral  ones  much  reduced,  similar  to  those  of  Ncotylcnchtis  latiis 
(fig.  4).  Anterior  portion  of  spear  conspicuously  set  off,  about  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  shaft  which  bears  small  but  distinct  basal  knobs. 
Corpus  of  esophagus  rather  cylindrical  narrowing  to  the  slender  isth- 
nms  which  passes  through  the  prominent  nerve  ring.  Basal  portion 
f)f  esophagus  made  up  largely  of  the  huge  dorsal  gland  which  extends 
back  over  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestine,  crowding  it  to  one  side, 
(fig.  3a).  Intestine  with  narrow  lumen  and  dense,  thick  walls.  Vulva 
a  broad,  depressed  slit.  Vagina  well  sclerotized.  Ovary  with  oocytes 
arranged  in  single  file  and  forming  a  double  flexure  (fig.  3c),  an  un- 
usual thing  in  this  group  of  nemas.  Male  unknown  and  the  single 
female  observed  contained  no  spermatozoa. 

Diagnosis:  Ncotylenchus  most  closely  related  to  A^.  coprophag%is 
Goodey,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  longer  neck,  more  cylindrical 
corpus  of  esophagus,  longer  isthmus,  more  posterior  position  of  the 
excretory  pore  and  the  tandem  arrangement  of  oocytes  in  the  ovary. 

Habitat:  Frass  of  a  bark  beetle,  Ips  Iccontei  Swaine,  from  pin- 
yon  pine,  Pinus  cdiilis  Engelmn.  near  Tabiona,  Utah,  collected  l)y  L.  J. 
Farmer,  U.  S.  Forest  Service. 

Neotylenchus  coprophagus  (Goodey,  1938)  new  combinatir-n 

Plate  IX,  Fig.  25 

? :  0.88-1.45  mm  ;  a  ^^  18.5-27 ;  I)  =  6.3-7 ;  c  =  8-10.4 ;  V  -  82-86. 

Body  tapering  anteriorly  until  the  lip  region  is  only  about  one- 
fourth  as  wide  as  the  neck  base,  while  posteriorly  ending  in  an  elon- 
gate-conoid pointed  tail.  Spear  11  -  12  m  long  with  small  but  definite 
knobs.  Anterior  conical  part  of  spear  only  half  as  long  as  shaft. 
Esophagus  with  spimlle-shaped  corpus  two-thirds  as  wide  as  neck, 
narrow  short  isthmus  and  lobed  basal  bulb.    Excretory  pore  opposite 


Tune  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenciiidae  43 

base  of  lobed  bulb.  Ovary  outstretched,  several  oocytes  in  diameter, 
probably  arranged  about  a  rachis. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  N'cotylcnchus  acntus,  but  differs 
in  shorter,  more  robust  corpus  of  the  esophagus,  the  more  posterior 
position  of  the  excretory  pore  and  the  multiple  rows  of  oocytes  wliicli 
probably  are  arranged  about  a  rachis. 

Transfer  of  this  species  to  Ncotyloichus  is  based  on  the  fact  that 
it  obviously  is  closely  related  to  A',  acutits,  which  is  without  doubt  a 
Ncotylenchus.  Unfortunately  the  figure  for  this  species  was  over- 
looked until  the  last  plate  was  being  assembled,  hence  its  allocation 
to  Plate  IX. 

Habitat:    Sheep  droppings,  Winches  Farm,  St.  Albans.  England. 

Reference:    14. 

Neotylenchus  latus  Thorne.  1935 

Plate  T.  Fig.  4,  4a 

?:  0.7-1.1  mm;  a  =  17;  b  =  6.3 ;  c  =  18 ;  V  —  ssgS-^ 
c? :  0.8  mm ;  a  =  31  ;  1)  =  4.7 ;  c  =  20 ;  T  -  65. 

Female  attaining  its  greatest  width  at  about  65  percent.  Neck 
tapering  uniformly  to  the  lip  region  which  is  not  set  ofif  in  any  manner. 
Wing  area  marked  by  four  refractive  lines.  Lateral  sectors  of  head 
greatly  reduced,  the  amphid  apertures  distinctly  elevated.  Spear  about 
7  M  long  with  well  developed  knobs.  Esophagus  with  broadly  cylindrical 
corpus,  narrow^  isthmus  and  w^ell  developed,  distinctly  set  off,  basal 
Inilb.  Dorsal  esophageal  gland  frequently  developed  until  it  rises  from 
the  contour  of  the  basal  bulb  but  not  usually  so  conspicuously  so  as 
in  the  specimen  figured  in  the  original  description. 

Oocytes  in  several  series,  perhaps  arranged  about  a  narrow  rachis. 
Posterior  uterine  branch  present.  Spicula,  gubernaculum  and  bursa 
tylenclioid,  the  bursa  extending  almost  to  the  end  of  the  small  but 
blunt  terminus. 

Ncotylenchus  latus  is  immediately  distinguished  l)y  the  presence  of 
a  posterior  uterine  branch. 

Habitat:  Small  lesions  on  roots  of  shadscale,  Atriplcx  confcrfi- 
folia  (Torr.  and  Frem.)  S.  Wats.,  and  in  the  soil  surrounding  them 
collected  in  the  desert  west  of  Utah  Lake  and  Richfield,  Utah.  Also 
from  soil  in  wheat  field  near  Taylorsville,  L'tah. 

Reference  :    22. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
44  GERALD  THORNE  Vol.  11,  No.  2, 

Neotylenchus  obesus  Thorne,  1934 
Plate  I,  Fig.  5,  5a 
?:  0.7-0.9  mtn ;  a  =  10-16;  b  =  5-6;  c  =  20-50;  V  -  95-99. 

The  obese  bod}'  varies  greatly  in  form  and  width.  Spear  length, 
7  M,  with  very  small  knobs.  Head  rounded  with  delicate  framework  in 
eight  almost  equal  sectors.  Esophagus  with  somewhat  spindle-shaped 
corpus,  narrow  isthmus  and  definitely  set  ofif  basal  bulb  but  the  latter 
generally  is  obscured  by  the  ovary.  Ovary  outstretched  to  opposite 
nerve  ring  or  even  further,  with  many  oocytes  in  a  circumference,  ap- 
parently arranged  about  a  rachis.  Vulva  transverse,  sometimes  almost 
terminal.    Male  unknown. 

No  other  known  Ncotylcnchus  has  such  an  obese,  almost  sausage- 
shaped  body  and  posteriorly  located  vulva. 

Habitat:  Eight  females  from  small  pit-like  lesions  on  alfalfa 
crowns,  Greely.  Colorado. 

Reference:    21. 

Neotylenchu.s  arcuatus  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  2,  Fig.  6  -  6d 

$  :  1.1  mm  ;  a  =  15  ;  b  =  9 ;  c  =  22.5  ;  V  —  ^2  §8. 
c^:  1.1  mm;  a=  39;  b  =  6.3 ;  c  =  17 ;  T  -  53. 

The  obese  body  of  the  female  usually  is  found  coiled  into  an  open 
"C".  The  wing  area  bears  six  refractive  lines  which,  on  the  male 
occupy  about  one-fifth  of  the  body  width.  Lip  region  divided  into  the 
usual  eight  sectors,  the  lateral  ones  which  bear  the  amphids  being 
much  reduced.  Spear  unusually  slender,  almost  devoid  of  basal  knobs. 
Corpus  of  esophagus  with  a  slight  basal  swelling;  basal  bulb  with  en- 
larged glands  extending  back  over  its  junction  with  the  intestine. 
Intestine  with  dense,  thick  cells  in  which  the  nuclei  are  plainly  visible. 
Ovary  sometimes  outstretched  but  generally  retlexed  a  short  distance. 
Posterior  uterine  branch  absent.  Eggs  slightly  longer  than  body  width 
and  half  as  wide  as  long.  Vulva  a  broad,  transverse  slit  with  elevated 
labia.  Male  tail  usually  bent  somewhat  dorsad.  Testis  outstretched. 
Spicula  and  gubernaculum  tylenchoid.  Bursa  crenate,  extending  from 
a  point  about  opposite  the  proximal  ends  of  the  spicula  to  near  the 
terminus  of  the  tail. 

Diagnosis:    Ncotylcnchus  with  six  lines  in  the  wing  area,  spear 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  45 

only   slightly   knobbed,   short    bknit    female   tail    and   a   longer,   more 
pointed  male  tail. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  roots  of  Larrca  Iridciitata  (D.  C. )  \'ail.. 
collected  near  I.ittlefield,  Arizona,  by  1*2.  W.  Davis,  LJ.  S.  Bureau  of 
Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine. 

Neotylenchus  intermedius  (Christie.  1938)  new  combination 
Synonym  :    Hcxaiylus  intermedius  Christie,  1938. 

Plate  III 

?:  1.46  mm;  a  =  36;  b  =  7;  c  =  21  ;  V  -  88-94. 
c^:  1.21  mm;  a  =  35;  b  =  8;  c  =  21. 

Head  rounded,  not  distinctly  set  off,  dorsal  and  ventral  sectors 
much  reduced.  Six  minute  papillae  closely  grouped  about  the  oral  en- 
trance. Spear  4  to  4.5  m  long  with  distinct,  somewhat  diverging  basal 
knobs.  Ovary  with  S-shaped  tlexure.  Other  characters  as  illustrated 
in  Christie's  illustration,  Plate  HI. 

Neotylenchus  intermedius  is  immediately  distinguished  by  the  very 
small  spear  and  the  subcylindroid,  blunt  female  tail. 

Habitat:    Decaying  citrus  fruit.  Riverside,  California. 

Regarding  its  habits.  Dr.  Christie  states:  "Neotylenchus  inter- 
medius was  kept  on  cultures  for  about  three  months.  At  two-week 
intervals  it  was  transferred  to  new  cultures  on  which  the  fungus 
Alternaria  citri  previously  had  been  established.  It  laid  eggs  freely, 
l)uilt  up  a  moderately  large  population  and  appeared  to  thrive  fairly 
well." 

The  writer  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Christie  for  the  loan  of  his  excellent 
plate. 

Reference  :    3. 

GENUS  DELADENUS  THORNE.   NEW   GENUS 

Neotylenchinae.  Esophagus  joining  intestine  immediately  be- 
hind nerve  ring,  the  esophageal  glands  lying  free  in  the  body.  A 
chamber-like  valvular  apparatus  sometimes  present  in  the  base  of  the 
corpus  of  the  esophagus.  Vulva  located  less  than  10%  from  terminus. 
Ovary  prevulvar.  Posterior  uterine  branch  absent.  Spicula  and  guber- 
naculum  tylenchoid.    Bursa  practically  enveloping  tail. 

Diagnosis  :  Neotylenchinae  with  the  above  general  characters. 
Especially  distinctive  because  the  intestine  joins  the  esophagus  imme- 
diately behind  the  nerve  ring. 

Type  Species:    Deladenus  durus  (Cobb)   new  combination. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
46  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Deladenus  durus  (Cobb.  1922)   new  combination 

Synonym:    Tyloiclnts  ditrus  Cobb,  1922. 

Plate  II,  Figs.  7-  7i 

? :  1.0  mm :  a  =  30-50 ;  b  =  8-10;  c  =  25  ;  V  -  ^n  93 
c^ :  1.0  mm ;  a  =  50 ;  b  =  8.0 ;  c  =  24.0 ;  T  -  65. 

Body  rather  uniformly  cylindrical  except  at  the  extremities  where 
it  tapers  distinctly  (figs.  7,  7f).  Cuticle  marked  by  transverse  striae 
about  1.5  m  apart.  Wing  area  elevated,  consisting  of  six  longitudinal 
elements.  Deirids  located  in  about  the  latitude  of  the  excretory  pore. 
Phasmids  not  seen.  A  single  papillae  was  observed  on  each  of  the 
four  rounded  lips.  Amphid  apertures  located  close  to  entrance  of 
vestibule.  En  face  the  head  framework  is  seen  to  be  divided  into  eight 
sectors  the  lateral  ones  being  much  reduced.  Spear  about  8  a^  long 
with  well  developed  basal  knobs.  Corpus  of  esophagus  with  a  fusi- 
form basal  swelling  which  contains  an  ovoid  valvular  apparatus,  which 
probably  is  similar  in  action  to  that  of  Hcxatylus  viviparus.  The 
narrow  isthmus  passes  through  the  conspicuous  nerve  ring  immedi- 
ately to  join  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestine.  Joining  the  dorsal  side 
of  the  isthmus  is  the  unusually  large  dorsal  esophageal  gland  which  is 
from  four  to  six  times  as  long  as  the  corresponding  body  diameter 
and  contains  a  conspicuous  nucleus.  The  ventrosubmedian  glands  and 
their  nuclei  were  not  observed.  Excretory  pore  with  heavily  sclerotized 
tube  which  soon  is  lost  to  sight  in  the  body  tissues  but  which  probably 
leads  to  a  conspicuous  gland  nucleus  about  10  body  widths  posterior 
to  the  pore.  Intestinal  lumen  very  narrow,  beginning  to  zig-zag  almost 
immediately  behind  the  esophagus  and  finally  becoming  twisted  and 
convoluted  in  a  most  amazing  manner  (fig.  7g).  Cells  of  intestine 
small,  the  nuclei  lying  between  the  bends  of  the  lumen.  In  some  speci- 
mens the  lumen  was  broad  at  is  junction  with  the  rectum  (fig.  7h )  in 
others  it  remained  narrow  (fig.  7f). 

Vulva  a  broad,  transverse  slit  from  which  the  heavily  sclerotized 
vagina  leads  in  and  forward  to  the  muscular  uterus.  Many  ova  may 
be  present  at  one  time.  At  first  the  oocytes  are  arranged  in  single  file 
but,  as  growth  takes  place,  the  ovary  is  distended  and  the  oocytes  lie 
in  four  rows.  No  rachis  was  observed.  Male  tail  bearing  a  bursa 
which  rises  a  little  in  front  of  the  spicula  and  envelopes  all  but  the 
extreme  tip  of  the  tail.  Spicula  tylenchoid,  resting  on  a  simple,  curved, 
trough-like  gubernaculum.    Testis  outstretched. 

Diagnosis:    Dcladcnus  with   an   avoid   valvular  apparatus   in   the 


Tune  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  47 

corpus  of  the  esophagus  and  greatly  developed  dorsal  esophageal 
inland.  Amphids  lying  deep  in  the  lateral  labial  axils.  Lumen  of  in- 
testine greatly  convoluted.  Wing  area  elevated  and  divided  into  six 
elements. 

Habitat:  Described  by  Cobl:>  from  galls  of  chestnut  oak,  Qiiercus 
prinus  L.,  near  Lebanon  Church  Postotttce.  Virginia.  Decaying  fungus, 
Plcurota  sp.,  and  under  dead  l)ark  of  cottonwood,  Populits  frcmonti, 
S.  Wats.,  on  which  the  fungus  was  growing.  Collected  by  C.  W. 
McBeth  near  Payson.  Utah.  Also  from  soil  about  alfalfa  crowns  near 
Manti  and  Murray.  L'tah,  and  Medford,  CJregon.  The  only  two  males 
found  were  in  the  Manti  collection.  The  specimens  from  soil  gener- 
ally had  slightly  longer  necks  and  the  excretory  pore  was  somewhat 
more  posteriad. 

Reference  :    4a. 

Deladenus  obesu.s  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  IV.  Figs.  8  -  8c 

$ :  1.0-1.5  mm ;  a  =  \(y-22 ;  b  =  ? ;  c  =  30;  V  -  ss  93. 

Distinct  striae  near  the  lip  region  are  about  1.5  m  wide  but  these 
become  obscure  on  the  neck  and  body,  sometimes  being  visible  only  on 
the  subcuticle.  Phasmids  and  derids  not  observed.  A  definite  wing 
area  is  not  visible  but  in  cross  section  there  is  a  sclerotized  band  about 
one- fourth  as  wide  as  the  body  which  is  not  set  ofl:"  in  any  manner 
and  this  may  be  marked  by  eight  or  ten  excessively  minute  striae.  Ex- 
cretory pore,  duct  and  gland  not  seen.  En  face  the  head  is  seen  to  be 
divided  into  8  sectors  the  lateral  ones  which  bear  the  amphids  being 
much  reduced.  Vestibule  a  refractive  tube.  Corpus  of  esophagus 
elongate,  spindle  shaped.  Lumen  of  esophagus  unbroken,  joining  with 
the  broad  lumen  of  the  intestine  close  behind  the  nerve  ring.  Esopha- 
geal glands  grouped  about  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestine  in  flattened 
lobes.  Lumen  of  intestine  at  first  broad,  then  narrowed  and  convo- 
luted, but  not  so  extremely  bent  as  in  Deladenus  durus.  A  short,  post- 
rectal  sac  was  present  in  one  of  the  two  specimens  examined.  Vulva 
a  broad  transverse  slit  with  prominent  labia.  Vagina  extending  in  and 
then  forward  to  the  conspicuously  cellular  oviduct.  Eggs  about  half 
as  wide  as  body  and  four  to  six  times  as  long  as  wide.  Great  numbers 
of  oocytes  are  arranged  in  eight  or  ten  lines  about  a  prominent  rachis. 
In  old  females  the  ovary  may  be  outstretched  past  the  nerve  ring  or  re- 
tlexed  a  short  distance,  the  terminus  lying  dorsad  in  the  body  while 
the  major  portion  of  the  ovary  is  ventrad.    Male  unknown. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
48  GERALD  THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Diagnosis:  Dcladcints-Wke  foi-m  without  an  ovoid  valvular  appa- 
ratus in  the  corpus  of  the  esophagus.  FLsophageal  glands  lobe-like, 
grouped  about  the  anterior  end  of  the  intestine..  Wing  area  an  ob- 
scure band. 

Placing  this  species  in  Dcladcints  is  a  questionable  procedure  be- 
cause it  lacks  the  characteristic  ovoid  valvular  apparatus  in  the  corpus 
of  the  esophagus. 

Habitat:  Frass  of  unidentified  beetles  under  bark  of  dead  white 
fir,  Abies  concolor  Lindl.,  near  Wolf  Creek  Summit,  South  Fork  of 
Provo  River,  Utah. 

GENUS  HEXATYLVS  GOODEY,  1926 

Diagnosis  Emended  :  Neoiylenchinac.  Esophagus  base  fused  with 
intestine.  Lumen  of  esophagus  with  a  distinct  break  near  the  base  of 
the  corpus  where  the  lumen  becomes  much  wider,  the  walls  heavier 
and  a  muscular  valvular  apparatus  apparently  is  present.  Pharynx 
slightly  sclerotized,  forming  several  minute  guiding  rings  for  the 
spear.  Spear  with  three  well-developed  basal  knobs,  each  of  which  is 
somewhat  duplex.  The  outer  surface  of  these  basal  knobs  is  unusu- 
ally refractive  and  conspicuous.  En  face  the  octagonal  lip  region  is 
observed  to  be  divided  into  12  approximately  ec[ual  sectors  with  four 
smaller  triangular  sectors  at  the  submedial  angles  through  which  the 
circlet  of  four  papillae  emerge.  (Plate  IV,  Fig  9).  The  basal  frame- 
work of  the  head  retains  the  octagonal  pattern  of  the  genus  (Fig.  9a), 
although  in  some  specimens  there  is  a  tendency  for  the  16-sector  pat- 
tern seen  at  the  surface  to  continue  back  to  the  basal  framework. 

Type  Species:    Hexatylus  viviparus  Goodey,  1926. 

The  above  emended  diagnosis  is  based  on  specimens  kindly  sent  to 
the  writer  by  Dr.  Goodey  from  Middlesex,  England.  Dr.  Steiner  also 
forwarded  specimens  from  potatoes  imported  from  Germany  which 
proved  to  be  identical  to  those  from  England.  Specimens  collected 
by  the  writer  from  Utah  and  California  were  also  compared,  lateral 
and  oi  face  examinations  being  made  of  specimens  from  all  four 
collections. 

KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  HEXATYLUS 

1.    $  length  near  3.0  mm,  tail  ventrally  arcuate 

fungoritm   (P.iitschli)    p.  49 

$  length  1.5  mm  or  less,  tail  straight.  .7'ivipar'ns  Goodey    p.  49 


June  30.  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  49 

Hexatylus  vivipakus  Goocky,  1926 
Plate  l\\  Figs.  9-9(1 
$:  1.0-1.5  mm;  a  =  15-35;  h  =  5-7;  c  =  17-20;  V  -  'f*  89. 

With  characters  of  the  genus.  The  great  variation  in  width  is 
found  between  females  which  have  reached  their  normal  length  but 
have  not  begun  egg  production,  and  those  approaching  senility.  Senile 
specimens  frequently  somewhat  shorter  than  the  younger  forms  asso- 
ciated with  them.  Phasmids  and  deirids  not  observed.  Wing  area 
marked  by  four  refractive  lines,  the  two  outer  ones  being  more  promi- 
nent. The  tissues  of  the  basal  portion  of  the  esophagus  are  somewhat 
less  dense  in  texture  than  those  of  the  intestine  to  which  they  are 
fused.  This  basal  portion  encloses  a  number  of  nuclei,  some  of  which 
appear  identical  to  those  of  the  intestine  while  others  are  probably 
the  nuclei  of  the  esophageal  glands.  Nuclei  of  intestinal  cells  less 
than  one  body  width  apart.  Intestine  probably  four  cells  to  a  circum- 
ference but  this  point  was  not  definitely  determined  as  cell  walls  were 
not  visible. 

Ovary  of  adults  reaching  as  far  forward  as  the  nerve  ring,  the 
anterior  portion  made  up  of  several  hundred  massed  oocytes  which, 
as  they  increase  in  size,  are  observed  to  be  grouped  about  a  prominent 
rachis.  Only  the  anterior  half  of  the  ovary  is  occupied  by  the  oocytes, 
the  remainder  being  a  long  tube  in  which  the  ova  develop.  A  short 
oviduct  leads  to  a  pouch-like  uterus.    Vulva  a  broad  transverse  slit. 

Habitat:  Described  by  Goodey  from  a  diseased  potato  tuber  and 
also  decaying  gladiolus  corms.  Cultures  from  the  corm  transferred  to 
2%  malt-extract  agar  gave  a  good  growth  of  fungus  mycelium  on 
which  these  nematodes  thrived  and  reproduced  in  great  numbers. 
Goodey  therefore  regards  the  species  as  saprophagous  rather  than  an 
obligate  parasite. 

References:    3,  6,  9,  10,  12.  13.  19.  20. 

Hexatylus  fungorum  (Bvitschli,  1873)  Goodey,  1932 

Synonyms:    Tylciicliiis  fiuujoriim  l^)Utschli,  1873. 

Ncotylcnchus  funcjorum    (Biitschli,    1873)    Filipjex, 
1936. 

Plate  IV,  Fig.  10,  10a 

? :  3.0  mm ;  a  =  21 ;  b  =  ? ;  c  =  30;  V  -  93.8. 
c^:  1.6-2.0  mm;  a  =  ?;  b  =  ?;  c  =  15. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
50  GERALD   THORNE  \'ol.  1 1,  Xo.  2, 

Spear  very  small,  0.0129  mm  in  full-grown  female.  Esophagus 
mdefinite  but  Biitschli  shows  a  eylindrical  corpus  narrowing  to  a 
slender  isthmus  which  apparently  joins  directly  to  the  intestine  as  it 
does  in  Hcxatylus  viviparus.  Ovary  outstretched,  very  broad  ante- 
riorly as  if  the  oocytes  were  arranged  about  a  rachis.  Several  of  the 
small  ova  are  arranged  in  single  file  in  the  long  oviduct.  Vulva  a  de- 
pressed slit.  Spicula  and  gubernaculum  of  a  most  extraordinary  form. 
Bursa  three  times  as  long  as  the  tail,  completely  enveloping  the  ter- 
minus. 

Habitat:    Dccayiiuj  finujus,  Germany. 

Goodey's  designation  of  this  species  to  Hcxatylus  perhaps  l)rings 
it  into  the  correct  subfamily  but  the  writer  feels  that  it  probably  be- 
longs to  an  unknown  genus.  However,  this  question  will  not  be  solved 
until  specimens  are  again  collected. 

References:    1,  3,  6,  11. 

loTONCHiUM  imperfectum  ( Biitschli,  1876)  Cobb,  1920 
Synonym:    Tylcnchiis  iuipcrfcctus  Biitschli,  1876 

Plate  IV,  Figs.  11  -lib 
?:  1.8  mm;  a  =  24 ;  b  =  7.2 ;  c  =  12.9;  V  -  88. 

Head  truncated,  set  oii'  by  expansion.  Spear  of  female  8  m  long 
while  in  the  male  it  is  reduced  to  a  mere  point.  Intestine  clear  and 
transparent.  Gonads  reaching  to  near  base  of  esophagus.  Eggs  slight- 
ly longer  than  body  width.  Males  smaller  than  females.  Spicula  yellow 
or  brown  in  color,  very  angular.  Gubernaculum  absent.  Bursa  rising 
one  body  width  anterior  to  spicula  and  completely  encompassing  the 
tail. 

Biitschli  states  that  in  general  structure  this  species  resembles 
Hcxatylus  fungorum  (Biitschli,  1873)  so  we  are  probably  safe  in  as- 
suming that  it  has  a  Hcxatyltis-Yike  esophagus. 

Habitat:    Decaying  mushrooms,  Germany. 

References:    2,  4,  6. 

Paurodontinae  Thorne,  new  subfamily 

Tylencitidae.  Basal  esophageal  bulb  possessing  a  stem-like  ex- 
tension. Intestine  often  enveloping  part,  or  even  all,  of  the  basal 
esophageal  bull).  Ovary  prevulvar,  outstretched.  Posterior  uterine 
branch  absent.  Spicula  tylenchoid.  Bursa  enveloping  tail.  Body  gen- 
erally very  dense  in  texture  and  details  frequently  difficult  to  observe. 


June  30.  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  51 

Diagnosis  :  The  subfamily  Paurodontinae  is  immediately  differ- 
entiated from  all  other  Tylenchidae  by  the  stem-like  extension  of  the 
esophageal  bulb. 

Type  Genus:    Paurodontiis  Thorne,  new  genus. 

KEY  TO  GENERA  OF  PAURODONTINAE 

Spear  knobs  symmetrical Paitrodoiitits  n.  g.    p.   51 

Spear  knobs  asymmetrical,  the  ventrosubmedian  much  larger 

than  the  dorsal Stic  I  yl  us  n.  g.    p.  54 

GEXUS  PAURODOXTUS  THORXE,    NEW  GENUS 

Paurodontinae.  Characters  of  the  subfamily.  Knobs  of  spear 
symmetrical,  or  nearly  so.  Tails  of  both  sexes  acute  or  subacute. 
!)ursa,  where  known,  not  enveloping  entire  tail. 

Diagnosis:  Paurodontiis  is  immediately  distinguished  from  Stic- 
lylus,  its  only  known  relative,  by  the  symmetrical  basal  knobs  of  the 
spear  and  the  pointed  tails  of  both  sexes. 

Type  Species  :    Paurodontiis  gracilis,  n.  sp. 

KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  FACRODOXTUS 

1.  Length  about  0.7  mm (jracUis  n.  sp.  p.  51 

Length  about  0.4  mm 2 

2.  Terminus  subacute,  tail  somewhat  arcuate,  .densus  n.  sp.  p.  52 
Terminus  acute,  tail  rather  straight 3 

3.  Head  about  half  as  wide  as  neck  base.  .  .  .apiticus  n.  sp.  p.  53 
Head  almost  as  wide  as  neck  base niger  n.  sp.  p.  54 

Paukodontus  gracilis  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  V,  Figs.  12-12d 

$  :  0.74  mm  ;  a  =  31  ;  b  =  7.2  ;  c  —  7.2  ;  V  -  S4  76  \ 
^ :  0.65  mm ;  a  =  35  ;  b  =  5.5  ;  c  =  6.5  ;  T  -  58. 

Cuticle  marked  by  transverse  striae,  which  are  about  1.3  m  apart 
at  their  widest  points.  Wing  areas  marked  by  four  ecjually  spaced, 
refractive  lines  occupying  about  one-third  the  body  width.  Deirids 
and  phasmids  not  seen.  Lip  region  low,  rounded.  Amphidial  aper- 
tures located  on  minute  elevations  of  the  lateral  lips.  Spear  slightly 
longer  than  width  of  head  with  distinct  basal  knobs.  Corpus  of 
esophagus  cylindrical,  narrowing  to  the  slender  isthmus  which  passes 
through  the  conspicuous  nerve   ring  and   then   enlarges  to   form  the 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
52  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

basal  bulb.  This  bulb  bears  an  elongated  tubular  valvular  apparatus 
by  which  it  is  connected  w^ith  the  intestine.  A  peculiar  chamber,  which 
apparently  is  formed  by  the  extended  walls  of  the  intestine,  surrounds 
the  bulb.  Nucleus  of  the  dorsal  esophageal  gland  easily  seen  but  the 
two  submedian  gland  nuclei  are  very  obscure.  Intestine  made  up  of 
large  thick  cells,  each  with  a  distinct  nucleus. 

Anterior  ovary  outstretched,  the  ova  arranged  in  single  file.  An- 
terior portion  of  oviduct  forming  a  spermatheca.  Vulva  a  transverse 
slit.  Posterior  uterine  branch  rudimentary,  about  as  long  as  width  of 
body.  Spicula  tylenchoid,  arcuate.  Gubernaculum  thin,  curver,  trough- 
like. Bursa  slightly  crenate,  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  anal 
body  diameter.    Testis  outstretched. 

Diagnosis  :  Paurodontus  with  the  above  measurements  and  gen- 
eral description.  Distinctive  because  of  the  slender,  acutely,  pointed 
tail,  four  wings  and  a  rudimentary  posterior  uterine  branch. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  cotton  roots,  collected  by  C.  W.  McBeth, 
Tifton,  Georgia. 

Paurodontus  densus  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  V,  Figs.  13 -13c 

? :  0.4  mm ;  a  =  25 ;  b  =  5.7 ;  c  =  12 ;  V  -  s?  82. 

Anteriorly  the  body  tapers  gradually  so  that  the  width  of  the  head 
is  about  one-half  that  of  the  base  of  the  neck.  Posteriorly  there  is  a 
rapid  tapering  from  the  vulva  to  the  subacute  terminus  of  the  slightly 
arcuate  tail.  Wing  area  one-third  as  wide  as  body  and  appearing  as 
six  bright  lines,  the  two  outer  ones  more  conspicuous.  On  the  neck 
and  tail  there  is  a  reduction  in  numbers  of  the  wing  lines  until  they 
practically  disappear  at  the  extremities.  Phasmids  not  seen  but  a  very 
indistinct  deirid  was  observed  on  one  specimen,  located  in  the  middle 
of  the  wing  area  about  opposite  the  esophageal  bulb.  En  face  the  head 
is  found  to  be  composed  of  six  sectors,  the  two  lateral  ones  which 
bear  the  amphids  being  much  narrower  than  the  four  submedian  on 
which  the  papillae  are  located.  Vestibule  a  sclerotized  tube.  Spear 
strongly  knobbed  but  the  knobs  and  the  shaft  are  generally  very  diffi- 
cult to  see  on  glycerin-mounted  specimens  because  of  their  refractive 
index.  Esophagus  beginning  as  a  rather  uniform  tul)e  about  one-third 
as  wide  as  the  neck,  narrowing  through  the  nerve  ring  and  then  ex- 
panding to  form  the  spindle-shaped  bulb  with  its  long  posterior  ex- 
tension (fig.  13a).  Esophageal  gland  nuclei  within  the  bulb,  apparently 
three  in  number  but  nothing  was  determined  concerning  their  outlets. 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  53 

Excretory  tube  strongly  scleroti/ced.  Intestine  almost  inlling  the  Ixjdy 
cavity,  without  distinct  cell  arrangement.  A  peculiar  structure  sur- 
rounds the  extension  of  the  esophageal  bulb,  resembling  the  tissues 
of  the  intestine. 

Vulva  a  broad,  depressed  slit.  Vagina  extending  inward  to  join 
llie  thin-walled  uterus.  Oviduct  elongated,  cellular,  but  apparently  not 
bearing  a  special  branch  like  that  of  Paurodontus  apiticus.  Ovary  com- 
posed of  very  small  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  In  the  distal  end 
of  the  oviduct  of  some  specimens  there  were  numbers  of  bodies  which 
appeared  to  be  spermatozoa  but  no  males  were  collected. 

DiAGNOSiss  Paurodontus  with  the  above  measurements  and  gen- 
eral characters.  Most  closel}'  related  to  P.  nigcr  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  stronger  spear,  slightly  arcuate  tail  with  subacute  terminus  and 
lIic  proportionately  greater  distance  between  the  vulva  and  anus. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  the  roots  of  date  palms,  AIcMillian  gardens, 
Indio,  California. 

Paurodontus  apiticus  Thorne,  new. species 
Plate  V,  Fig.  14-14d 
?:  0.42-0.7  mm;  a-16-22;  b-4.0-7.0;  c-8.2-12.0;  V-^-^  80-5^  85. 

As  the  above  formulae  show  there  is  a  great  diversity  in  size  and 
l)ody  proportions  in  this  species.  The  obese  body  tapers  anteriorly 
until  the  lip  region  is  only  about  two-fifths  as  wide  as  the  base  of  the 
neck  while  posteriorly  it  diminishes  rapidly  from  the  vulva  to  the 
spicate  terminus.  Usually  the  body  becomes  almost  straight  when  the 
nema  is  killed  by  gradual  heat.  Transverse  striae  are  easily  visible 
throughout  the  length  of  the  body.  Wings  very  obscure  except  on  the 
neck.  Phasmids  and  deirids  not  seen.  Head,  en  face,  in  6  sectors,  the 
four  submedian  ones  bearing  papillae  and  the  two  narrow,  protruding, 
lateral  ones  bearing  the  amphids.  Vestibule  a  sclerotized,  conoid  taper- 
ing tube.  Spear  about  as  long  as  width  of  lip  region  with  distinct, 
small  knobs.  Esophagus  a  somewhat  irregular  tube,  narrowing  as  it 
passes  through  the  nerve  ring  then  expanding  to  the  spindle-shaped 
bulb  which  bears  a  long  posterior  extension  reaching  back  to  the  in- 
testine. The  three  esophageal  gland  nuclei  lie  within  the  bulb.  Ex- 
cretory pore  usually  about  opposite  base  of  bulb.  Intestine  thin  walled, 
its  lumen  l)road.  In  many  specimens  the  tissues  surrounding  the  bulb 
extension  looked  very  much  like  those  of  the  intestine  and  it  may  be 
possible  that  they  form  an  anterior  chamber. 

The  single  out-stretched  ovary  rarely  reaches  to  the  base  of  the 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
54  GKKALD    T110KX1-:  Vol.  11,  Xo.  2, 

neck  and  is  made  up  of  oocytes  arranged  in  single  tile.  Vulva  a  broad 
iransverse  slit  from  which  the  vagina  extends  inward  a  short  distance 
to  join  the  thin-walled  uterus.  Oviduct  composed  of  many  protruding 
cells  giving  it  somewhat  the  appearance  of  a  bunch  of  grapes.  At- 
tached to  the  anterior  end  of  the  oviduct  is  a  short  branch  which  may 
function  as  a  spermatheca. 

Diagnosis:  Paurodontus  with  the  above  measurements  and  gen- 
eral description.  Distinctive  because  of  the  tapering  neck,  straight, 
pointed  tail,  and  the  short  branch  of  the  oviduct. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  the  roots  of  Larrca  tridentata  (D.  C.)  Vail., 
Littlefield,  Arizona,  U.  S.  A.  Also  from  soil  around  roots  of  barley, 
Yuma  Experiment  Station,  Bard,  California ;  and  cotton,  Arvin,  Cali- 
fornia. 

Paurodontus  niger  Thorne,  new  species 
Plate  VI.  Fig.  15,  15a 
$ :  0.4  mm  ;  a  =  24 ;  b  =  6.3  ;  c  =  8 ;  V  —  ^f"  80  \ 

liody  tissues  even  more  dense  than  is  usual  in  this  genus,  making 
observation  of  the  organs  very  difficult.  Neck  tapering  but  little  to 
the  rounded  lip  region.  Tail  conoid  to  the  pointed  terminus.  Wing 
area  marked  by  six  lines  occupying  about  one-fourth  the  body  width. 
Lips  apparently  arranged  like  those  of  Paurodontus  deiisus  (fig.  13). 
Spear  as  long  as  head  width,  slender  and  bearing  well-developed,  sym- 
metrical basal  knobs.  Esophagus  with  an  irregular  cylindrical  corpus, 
narrow  isthmus  and  greatly  variable  basal  bulb  wdiich  bears  an  elon- 
gated valvular  apparatus  attaching  it  to  the  intestine.  Lumen  of  esoph- 
agus very  obscure.    Intestine  with  dense,  irregular  sized  granules. 

Ovary  outstretched,  the  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  Eggs  fill 
the  body  cavity  and  are  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide.  Oviduct 
without  a  special  branching  spermatheca  as  in  Paurodontus  apiticus. 
Vulva  a  depressed  transverse  slit. 

Diagnosis:  Paurodontus  with  the  above  measurements  and  gen- 
eral characters.  Most  closely  related  to  P.  ap'iticus  from  w'hich  it 
differs  in  the  relatively  broader  lip  region,  conspicuous  wings  and 
absence  of  an  oviduct  branch. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  roots  of  shadscale,  .  I  triplex  confcrtifolia 
(Torr.  &  Frem.)  S.  Wats,  collected  west  of  Utah  Lake,  Utah,  above 
the  abandoned  Mosida  irrigation  project. 

GENUS  STICTYLUS  THORNE,  NEW  GENUS 
Paukoi)ont]nai:.    Characters  of  tlie  subfamily.    S])ear  with  asvm- 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylexchidae 


DD 


metrical  knobs,  the  ventrosuhmedian  ones  lieini,^  nuieli  lai;i;er  than  the 
dorsal  one.  Tail  blunt  and  rounded.  Bursa,  where  known,  enveloping 
almost  the  entire  tail. 

Diagnosis:  Stictylus  is  immediately  ditferentiated  from  Paiiro- 
doiitus,  its  only  known  relative,  by  the  asymmetrical  spear  knobs,  and 
blunt  tail. 

Tyfe  Species:    Stictylus  asDiiiiDictriciis  Thorne,  new  species. 

KEY  TO   SPECIES  OF  STICTYLUS 

1.    Vulva  a  depressed  slit obtusiis  n.  sp.    p.  .S5 

X'ulva  with  protuberant  labia asymmctricus  n.  sp.    p.  55 

Stictylus  asymmetricus  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  VI,  Figs.  16-16f 

$ :  0.8  mm ;  a  =  22 ;  b  =  5.1  ;  c  =  27 ;  V  ^o  9(). 
cT :  0.8  mm ;  a  =  27 ;  b  =  5.7 ;  c  =  23 ;  T  —  65. 

The  obese  body  of  the  female  generally  assumes  an  arcuate  form. 
The  four  lines  of  the  wing  area  occupy  from  one-fourth  to  one-third 
of  the  body  width.  Lip  region  low,  rounded,  not  set  off.  The  sub- 
median  knobs  of  the  spear  are  much  larger  than  the  dorsal  one  and 
at  first  the  lumen  of  the  esophagus  follows  ventrad  against  them.  The 
outlet  of  the  dorsal  esophageal  gland  appears  to  empty  directly  into 
the  base  of  the  spear.  Corpus  of  esophagus  generally  with  a  spindle- 
shaped  swelling.  Basal  extension  of  the  basal  bulb  variable  in  length 
(,fig.  16b,  16d).    Intestinal  cells  filled  with  dense,  coarse  granules. 

Ovary  outstretched  in  young  females  but  usually  reflexed  a  short 
distance  in  older  ones  with  an  occasional  specimen  in  which  it  is 
doubly  flexed.  Oviduct  cellular.  Vulva  a  broad  transverse  slit  with 
elevated  labia.  Spicula  and  gubernaculum  tylenchoid.  Bursa  envelop- 
ing the  tail  almost  to  the  terminus. 

Diagnosis:  Stictylus  with  the  above  measurements  and  general 
description.  Distinguished  from  S.  obtusus  by  the  form  of  the  basal 
esophagus  bulb,  the  shorter  tail,  and  elevated  labia  of  the  vulva. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  roots  of  desert  plants  near  the  U.  S.  Field 
Station,  Sacaton,  Arizona. 

Stictylus  obtusus  Thorne,  new  species 
Plate  VI,  Fig.  17,  17a 
? :  1.0  mm ;  a  =  25  ;  b  =  6.4 ;  c  =  18 ;  V  —  66  90. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
56  GERALD  THORNE  Vol.  Il.No.  2, 

Cuticle  with  tine  transverse  striae.  Neck  tapering  unifurnil}-  to  the 
low,  rounded  lip  region.  Posteriorly  the  body  tapers  to  the  I)lunt, 
rounded  tail  which  is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  anal  body  diameter. 
The  spear  is  slightly  longer  than  the  width  of  the  lip  region  and  is 
strongly  knobbed,  the  two  ventro-submedian  knobs  being  much  the 
larger.  Corpus  of  esophagus  with  an  elongated,  spindle-shaped  swell- 
ing slightly  less  than  one-third  as  wide  as  the  body.  Isthmus  slender, 
surrounded  by  a  very  distinct  nerve  ring.  Basal  bulb  of  esophagus 
ovate,  its  lumen  triquetrous.  Basal  extension  of  bulb  bluntly-conoid. 
Intestine  with  thin  walls  and  scattering,  variable-sized  granules.  At 
first  it  is  three-fifths  as  wide  as  the  body  but  almost  immediately  is 
crowded  to  one  side  by  the  ovary.  Excretory  pore  opposite  base  of 
esophagus. 

(3vary  reflexed  half  way  back  to  vulva  with  oocytes  arranged  in 
single  file.  Uterus  broad,  thin-walled.  Vagina  extending  about  one- 
third  the  distance  across  the  body,  then  turned  almost  at  right  angles 
to  form  an  elongated,  somewhat  funnel-shaped  portion  connection  with 
the  uterus.    Vulva  a  broad  depressed  slit. 

Diagnosis:  Stictyliis  with  the  above  measurements  and  general 
description.  Distinguished  from  its  closets  relative,  .S".  asynuuctriciis, 
by  the  longer  female  tail,  depressed  labia  of  vulva,  long  reflexed 
portion  of  ovary,  and  triquetious  lumen  of  the  basal  esophageal  bulb. 

Description  and  figures  from  notes  and  sketches  made  of  a  single 
specimen  collected  May  22,  1923,  from  soil  about  the  roots  of  sugar- 
beets  near  Lewiston,  Utah.  Due  to  the  writer's  inexperience  at  that 
time  it  may  be  possible  that  the  recording  of  a  triquetrous,  valvular 
lumen  in  the  esophageal  bulb  was  an  error. 

NoTHOTYLENCHiNAE  Thomc,  ucw  subfamil}' 

Tylenchidae.  In  general  form  and  appearance  these  nematodes 
closely  resemble  those  belonging  to  the  genera  TylLiwhits  and  Dity- 
lenchus.  Corpus  of  esophagus  either  cylindroid  or  bearing  a  fusiform 
basal  swelling  without  a  valvular  apparatus.  Head  framework  di- 
vided into  six  sectors.  Ovary  prevulvar,  posterior  uterine  branch  al- 
ways present.    Spicula  and  gubernaculum  tylenchoid. 

Diagnosis  :    Tylenchidae   without    a    valvular   median    esoi)hageal 
bulb.    Distinguished  from  N eotylenchinae  l)y  the  presence  of  only  six 
sectors  is  the  cephalic  framework.    From  Paurodontiiiae  it  is  imme 
diately  differentiated  by  the  absence  of  a  posterior  extension  of  the 
basal  esophageal  bulb. 

Type  Genus:    Notholyloiclius  Thorne.  new  genus. 


JuiK'  30,  1941  NKMATODKS   OF   THK    FAMILY    TYLICNCl  I  I DAF  57 

KEY  TO  GENERA  OF  NOTIIOTYLENCIIINAE 

1.  Cuticle  abnormally  thick  and  deeply  striated.  77;a(/(?  n.  o-.  p.  (,2 
Cuticle  not  abnormally  thick,  finely  striated 2 

2.  Spear  with  tylenchoid  basal  knobs. Notlwtylciichus  n.  ,<;.  j).  57 
Spear  with  Hange-like  basal  projections. /?c;/£Y)(/()r/(.s-  n.,^.  ]>.  59 

NoTiiOTYLENCHUs  Thorne,  new  genus 

Nothotylenchinae:  Cuticle  thin,  marked  by  fine  transverse 
striae  which  are  interrupted  on  the  lateral  fields  by  a  wing  area  marked 
by  four  or  more  bright  lines.  Cephalic  framework  in  six  sectors. 
Spear  with  rounded  basal  knobs.  Corpus  of  esophagus  cylindrical, 
with  or  without  a  fusiform  valveless  bulb.  Basal  bulb  of  esophagus 
distinctly  set  off  from  intestine,  sometimes  slightly  lobed.  Anterior 
ovary  outstretched,  the  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  Rudimentary 
posterior  uterine  branch  present.  Spicula  and  gubernaculum  tylench- 
oid. Bursa  rising  slightly  anterior  to  spicula  and  extending  to  near 
the  middle  of  the  tail. 

DiAGN0.si.s:  Nothotylenchinae  with  the  above  general  characters. 
Distinguished  from  Thada  by  the  thin,  finely-striated  cuticle  and  from 
Boleodorus  by  the  rounded  basal  knobs  of  the  spear. 

Type  Species:    Nothotylenchus  acris  Thorne,  new  species. 

To  the  uninitiated  this  group  of  names  presents  a  puzzling  prob- 
lem, for  unless  very  careful  examination  is  made  under  the  highest 
powers  of  the  microscope,  they  may  easily  be  mistaken  for  Ditylenchus 
dipsaci  (Kuhn)  Filipjev  or  D.  intermedins  (deMan)  Filipjev,  espe- 
cially since  they  are  so  frequently  associated  with  alfalfa  crowns 
where  these  two  species  often  are  found. 

KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  NOTHOLYLENCHUS 

1.  Basal  esophageal  bulb  elongate-cylindrical - 

cylindricoUis  n.  sp.  p.  59 

Basa  esophageal  bulb  tapering 2 

2.  Terminus  acute,  wings  4 acris  n.  sp.  p.  57 

Terminus  rounded,  wings  6 af finis  n.  sp.  p.  58 

Nothotylenchus  acrls  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  VII.  Figs.  18 -18c 

$ :  0.9  mm ;  a  =  33 ;  b  =  6.2 ;  c  =  15.5  ;  V  —  ^o  80. 
d' :  0.7  mm ;  a  =  35 ;  b  =  6.5  ;  c  =  9.5  ;  T  -  48. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

58  GERALD  thorm:  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Body  tapering  anteriorly  until  the  lip  region  is  only  about  one- 
fourth  as  wide  as  the  neck  base.  The  conoid  tail  ends  in  an  abruptly 
conoid,  pointed  terminus.  Wing  area  marked  by  four  lines  which  oc- 
cupy about  one-fifth  of  the  body  width.  Deirids  very  obscure,  located 
near  the  base  of  the  neck.  Phasmids  not  seen.  Spear  slender,  the 
apical  portion  occupying  only  about  one-third  of  its  length.  Basal 
knobs  of  spear  small,  distinct.  Corpus  of  esophagus  with  a  fusiform 
valveless  bulb.  Isthmus  long,  slender,  encircled  by  the  conspicuous 
nerve  ring.  Lumen  of  esophagus  exceedingly  fine  (exaggerated  in 
fig.  18),  passing  through  the  ventral  portion  of  the  basal  bulb.  Dorsal 
esophageal  gland  nucleus  large  and  conspicuous ;  submedian  gland 
nuclei  very  small,  often  invisible.  Basal  portion  of  esophageal  bulb 
slightly  lobed,  extending  back  over  the  conoid,  valvular  apparatus 
connecting  it  to  the  intestine.  Intestine  with  thick  walls  and  narrow 
lumen.  Ovary  outstretched  with  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  An- 
terior portion  of  oviduct  forming  a  spermatheca.  Posterior  uterine 
branch  two  to  three  times  as  long  as  body  width.  Spicula  practically 
identical  to  those  of  nemas  of  the  genus  TylencJius.  Gubernaculum 
thin,  trough-like.  Bursa  beginning  about  opposite  the  proximal  ends 
of  the  spicula  and  extending  slightly  past  the  middle  of  the  tail.  Testis 
outstretched. 

Diagnosis  :  N otJiotylenchus  with  wing  area  marked  by  four  lines 
and  tail  ending  with  an  abruptly  conoid,  pointed  terminus. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  alfalfa  crowns,  Medford,  Oregon,  red  clover 
roots,  Redmond,  Oregon,  and  sugar-beets,  Arvin,  California. 

NoTHOTYLENCHUS  AFFiNis  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  VII,  Figs.  19 -19c 

? :  0.65  mm ;  a  =  33 ;  b  =  5 ;  c  —  9 ;  V  -  41  71. 
<S :  0.64  mm ;  a  =  32 ;  b  =  6.4 ;  c  =  1 1  ;  T  -  70. 

Neck  tapering  rather  uniformly  throughout  its  length  until  the  lip 
region  is  about  one-half  as  wide  as  the  neck  base.  Posteriorly  the 
tails  of  both  sexes  taper  uniformly  to  the  small  rounded  terminus. 
Distance  from  vulva  to  anus  approximately  the  same  as  the  tail  length. 
Wing  area  marked  by  six  refractive  lines,  the  two  outer  ones  being 
the  most  prominent.  Spear  averaging  8  m  long  with  well  developed 
basal  knobs.  Esophagus  very  similar  to  that  figured  for  NothotyleJichus 
acris  (fig.  18c).  Ovary  outstretched.  Posterior  uterine  branch  shorter 
than  the  body  width.  Spicula  arcuate,  about  15  m  long.  Gubernaculum 
thin,  trough-like.    I'ursa  rising  about  opposite  the  anterior  end  of  the 


June  30.  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenciiidak  59 

spicula  and  extending  to  the  middle  of  the  tail. 

Diagnosis:  Notliotylencliinae  with  uniformly  tapering  neck,  six 
lines  in  wing  area,  small  rounded  tail  terminus,  very  short  posterior 
uterine  branch  and  distance  vulva  to  anus  equal  to  tail  length. 

Habitat:    Dying  alfalfa  crowns  near  Manti,  Utah. 

NoTHOTYLENCHUs  CYLiNDRicoLLis  Thome.  new  species 

Plate  VII,  Fig.  20,  20a 

$V :  0.7  mm ;  a  =  34 ;  b  =  5  ;  c  =  17 ;  V  —  5-5  90. 
c^ :  0.9  mm :  a  =  40;  b  =  5 ;  c  =  12 ;  T  -  40. 

Neck  cylindrical  except  in  the  anterior  third  where  it  becomes 
convex-conoid  and  tapers  rapidly  to  the  lip  region  which  is  only  about 
one- fourth  as  wide  as  the  neck  base.  Tails  of  both  sexes  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  pointed  terminus.  Vulva  to  anus  distance  only  about 
half  of  tail  length.  Wing  area  one-third  as  wide  as  body,  marked  by 
four  refractive  lines.  Spear  about  7  m  long  with  small  basal  knobs, 
the  width  at  the  knobs  being  only  one-eighth  of  the  head  width.  Corpus 
of  esophagus  cylindroid  without  any  indication  of  a  median  swelling 
or  valve.  Isthmus  about  as  long  as  neck  width.  Basal  esophageal  bulb 
cylindroid,  three  times  as  long  as  neck  width.  Ovary  outstretched. 
Vagina  extending  in  and  forward  from  the  depressed  transverse  vulva. 
Posterior  uterine  branch  about  as  long  as  the  body  width.  Spicula 
20  m  long,  slightly  arcuate.  Gubernaculum  thin,  trough-like.  Bursa 
rising  a  little  anterior  to  spicula  and  extending  to  middle  of  tail. 

Diagnosis:  Nofhotylenchus  with  basal  two-thirds  of  neck  nearly 
cylindrical,  distance  vulva  to  anus  only  half  the  tail  length,  and  cy- 
lindroid corpus  and  basal  bulb  of  the  esophagus. 

Habitat:  Soil  and  organic  debris  at  base  of  Ananas  sp.,  Para- 
guay. 

GENUS  BOLEODORUS  THORNE,  NEW  GENUS 

Nothotylenchinae:  Cuticle  thin,  marked  by  fine  transverse 
striae  about  1  m  apart  at  tehih  widest  points.  A  full  set  of  16  cephalic 
papillae  probably  present.  Cephalic  framework  in  six  sectors.  Spears 
of  known  species  about  12  m  long  with  three  prominent  basal  flanges. 
Corpus  of  esophagus  with  fusiform,  valveless  basal  swelling.  Basal 
bulb  of  esophagus  distinctly  set  off  from  intestine,  not  lobed,  joined 
with  intestine  by  a  well-developed  valvular  apparatus.  Vulva  a  trans- 
verse slit.  Ovary  outstretched.  Oviduct  made  up  of  large  cells  some 
of    which    may    form    a    pouch-like    spermatheca.     Posterior    uterine 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
60  GERALD  THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

hranch  less  than  half  as  long  as  hotly  width.  Spicula  and  guhernaculinn 
tylenchoid.    Bursa  only  al)out  twice  as  long  as  body  width. 

DiAt;No.sis:  Nothotylcncliinac  with  long  (12  m)  spears  bearing 
basal   tlanges  instead  of  rounded  knobs. 

Type  Species:    Bolcodorus  iliylactns  Thorne,  new  species. 

BoLEODORUS  THYLACTUs  Tliornc,  iicw  spccics 

Plate  VIII,  Fig.  21-21h 

$ :  0.6  mm ;  a  =  31  ;  b  =  5.5  ;  c  =  8.0 ;  V  —  ^^^  61  ^o. 
^ :  0.5  mm ;  a  =  33 ;  b  =  5.0 ;  c  =  7.2 ;  T  - 

Body  arcuate  when  relaxed  by  gradual  heat,  the  female  tail  almost 
always  somewhat  hooked,  male  tail  straighter.  Bodies  of  fixed  speci- 
mens always  twisted  until  the  head  and  tail  are  seen  from  a  slightly 
submedian  view.  Cuticle  and  subcuticle  marked  by  transverse  striae 
which  are  about  1.0  m  apart  near  the  middle  of  the  body.  Wing  area 
a  refractive  band  about  one-fifth  the  body  width,  bordered  by  two 
conspicuous  bright  lines  and  bearing  two  more  very  faint  lines  which 
divide  the  area  into  three  equal  spaces.  Deirids  slightly  posterior  to 
base  of  neck,  phasmids  about  one  body  width  posterior  to  anus.  Ex- 
cretory pore  with  heavily  sclerotized  tube.  Neck  tapering  gradually  to 
the  convex-conoid,  unstriated  lip  region  which  is  much  more  trans- 
parent than  the  adjacent  head.  En  face  the  lip  region  is  seen  to  be 
divided  into  six  sectors,  the  two  lateral  ones  being  very  much  re- 
duced. The  basal  portion  of  the  libial  framework  is  obscurely  hex- 
agonal. 

A  study  of  specimens  stained  intra  vitani  with  neutral  red  and 
gentian  blue  show  that  apparently  there  are  sixteen  cephalic  papillae. 
Six  of  these  are  grouped  closely  about  the  entrance  to  the  vestibule 
and  are  exceedingly  difficult  to  observe ;  four  distinct  ones  are  located 
near  the  margins  of  the  submedial  lips  and  six,  generally  very  ol)scure, 
are  found  at  the  base  of  the  lip  region.  Of  the  six  at  the  base  of  the 
lip  region,  the  two  laterals  are  somewhat  more  distinct  and  locatetl 
slightly  more  posteriod  than  the  submedian  ones.  Amphid  apertures 
minute,  oval,  located  one-third  the  way  back  on  the  lip  region.  Am- 
])ludial  tubes  and  pouches  especially  conspicuous  wlien  stained  by 
neutral  red   (fig.  21c). 

Vestibule  strongly  sclerotized.  Spear  12  m  long,  llie  distal  portion 
being  about  4  m  long.  I'asal  knobs  of  spear  distinctly  llange-like  and 
from  a  lateral  view  the  spear  frequently  has  a  tri  furcate  appearance. 
Outlet   of   dorsal   esophageal   gland   near  base   of    spear.    Corpus   of 


June  30.  1941  nematodes  of  tiii-:  family  tylenchidae  61 

esophagus  at  first  tuWular  then  expanchng  to  form  an  elongate-fusiform 
hulb  in  which  the  reservoirs  and  openings  of  the  two  suhmedian 
esophageal  glands  are  located.  Isthmus  slender,  gradually  exi)an(ling 
to  form  the  basal  bulb  which  contains  the  large  dorsal  gland  nucleus. 
The  submedian  gland  nuclei  were  not  definitely  observed.  A  small 
valvular  apparatus  connects  the  esophageal  lumen  with  the  thick- 
walled  intestine.  Intestine  two  cells  in  circumference,  containing  scat- 
tered, refractive  granules.  Rectum  slightly  longer  than  anal  body 
diameter,  ending  in  a  distinct  anus. 

Vulva  a  transverse  slit.  \'ag"ina  extending  half  way  across  body. 
Anterior  ovary  outstretched,  the  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  Pos- 
terior uterine  branch  rudimentary,  half  as  long  as  body  width.  Ovi- 
duct composed  of  columnar  cells.  Just  after  fertiization  the  sperma- 
toza  are  found  in  the  lumen  of  the  oviduct  but  soon  the  fifth  dorsal 
cell  from  the  uterus  enlarges  to  form  a  sac-like  spermatheca,  hence 
the  specific  name  thylactus  (pouch).  Testis  single,  outstretched.  Spic- 
ula  slender,  arcuate,  slightly  cephalated.  Gubernaculum  a  thin  curved 
trough.  Bursa  about  twice  as  long  as  anal  body  diameter  with  crenate 
border. 

Diagnosis:  Boleodorus  with  ventrally  arcuate  body  and  hooked 
female  tail  tapering  uniformly  to  an  acute  terminus. 

Habitat:  Cultivated  soil,  especially  about  alfalfa  crowns.  Salt 
Lake,  Utah  and  San  Pete  Counties  of  Utah,  Ft.  Collins  and  Grand 
junction,  Colorado,  Twin  Falls  and  Caldwell,  Idaho,  Fallon,  Nevada, 
and  Albion,  California. 

Boleodorus  clavicaudatus  Thorne,  new  species 
Plate  VIII,  Fig.  22 -22b 
$ :  0.7  mm ;  a  =  31  ;  b  =  5.7 ;  c  —  8.5 ;  V  -  ^o  60. 

Cuticle  marked  by  fine  transverse  striae  which  are  a1)out  1  m  apart 
at  their  widest  points.  Wing  area  about  one-third  as  wide  as  the  body, 
bordered  l)y  two  bright  refractive  lines  with  two  less  prominent  ones 
betw^een  them.  Body  tapering  rather  uniformly  until  the  lip  region 
is  only  about  one-third  as  wide  as  the  neck  base.  Tail  uniformly 
conoid  to  the  slightly  clavate  terminus.  vSpear  13  m  long  with  broad 
basal  flanges.  Details  of  esophagus  as  illustrated  (fig.  22b),  the  basal 
bulb  being  only  a  little  longer  than  the  neck  width.  Excretory  pore 
about  opposite  base  of  esophagus. 

Ovary  outstretched,  very  short  in  the  five  young  females  examined. 
Spermatoza  were  present  in  the  oviduct  of  two  specimens  and  it  ap- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
62  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

pearecl  as  if  a  spermatheca  was  forming  as  in  D.  tliylactus.  Vulva  a 
depressed  slit.  Posterior  uterine  branch  similar  to  that  of  B.  ihylactits 
(fig.  21g). 

Diagnosis:  Boleodorus  with  rather  straight  body  and  elongated 
clavate  tail  which  readily  distinguishes  it  from  B.  tliylactus. 

Habitat:  Soil  about  alfalfa  crowns,  Yuma  Experiment  Station, 
Bard,  California. 

GENUS  THADA   THORNE,  NEW  GENUS 

NoTHOTYLENCHiNAE.  Very  small  nemas  with  abnormally  thick 
cuticle  marked  by  deep,  transverse  striae  and  sometimes  also  by  similar 
longitudinal  ones.  Cephalic  framework  in  six  sectors.  Spear  with  or 
without  basal  knobs.  Esophagus  with  plain  cylindroid  corpus  and 
slender  isthmus.  Esophageal  gland  nuclei  within  the  definitely  set  off 
elongate  basal  bulb.  A  cap-like  valvular  apparatus  occupies  the  an- 
terior end  of  the  intestine,  connecting  it  with  the  esophagus.  Ovary 
outstretched,  the  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  Posterior  uterine 
branch  shorter  than  body  width.  Spicula  arcuate,  cephalated  by  avoid 
expansion.  Gubernaculum  thin,  trough-like.  Bursa  thick,  without  sup- 
porting ribs,  extending  an  equal  distance  before  and  behind  the  anus. 

Diagnosis:  N othotylenchinae  of  small  size  with  unusual  thick, 
deeply  striated  cuticle,  cap-like  valvular  apparatus  joining  intestine 
and  esophagus  and  ovate  cephalation  of  the  spicula. 

Type  Species  :    Thada  striata  Thorne,  n.  sp. 

The  name  Thada  has  no  significant  meaning,  merely  being  an  ar- 
bitrary combination  of  letters. 

KEY  TO  SPECIES  OF  THADA 

1.    Cuticle  marked  by  only  transverse  striae.  .  .  .striata  n.  sp.    p.  62 
Cuticle  marked  by  l)oth  transverse  and  longitudinal  striae 

cauc'cUaia  n.  sp.    p.  63 

Thada  striata  Thorne,  new  species 

Plate  IX,  Fig.  23  -  23e 

$ :  0.65  mm ;  a  =  30 ;  b  =  6.0 ;  c  —  9.0 ;  V  -  -^^  71  2. 
c^:  0.52  mm ;  a  =  26;  b  =  5.2 ;  c  =  8.0;  T  -  48. 

Body  practically  cylindrical  between  vulva  and  base  of  neck ;  an- 
teriorly tapering  rapidly  to  the  convex-conoid  head  until  the  lip  region 
is  about  one-fourth  as  wide  as  the  base  of  the  neck.  Posteriorly  the 
body  tapers  ratlu-r  uniformly  to  the  conoid,  bluntly  rounded,  tail.    ( ^n 


June  30.  1941  xematodf.s  of  the  family  tylenchidae  63 

Diany  specimens  there  was  a  slight  enlargement  or  swelling  of  the 
lail  near  its  middle  and  in  some  instances  this  condition  was  rather 
prominent  and  may  indicate  that  the  deformity  is  due  to  some  disease. 
The  thick  cuticle  is  cut  by  deep  transverse  striae  which  are  coarser 
on  the  female  than  on  the  male.  The  wing  area  is  marked  by  four 
conspicuous  refractive  wings  which  at  midbody  occupy  from  one-third 
to  three-fifths  the  body  width.  Anteriorly  the  wing  area  ends  in  two 
rows  of  plates  (Fig.  23c).  On  the  tail  the  wings  vary  greatly  in  their 
arrangement  from  the  symmetrical  form  (fig.  23d)  to  the  somewhat 
spiral  (fig.  23eJ.  The  latter  type  is  found  on  the  tails  which  bear 
swellings. 

There  are  six  lips,  the  lateral  ones  being  distinctly  smaller  than 
the  submedian.  Details  of  the  basal  knobs  of  the  slender  spear  are 
difficult  to  observe.  The  esophagus  and  its  valve  are  practically  iden- 
tical to  those  of  Thada  cancellata  (fig.  24e).  The  narrow  lumen  of 
the  intestine  is  about  as  wide  as  the  thickness  of  the  body  cuticle. 

Vulva  a  broad  transverse  slit.  Oviduct  forming  a  spermatheca 
in  its  anterior  portion.  Ovary  outstretched,  the  oocytes  arranged  in 
single  file.    Posterior  uterine  branch  shorter  than  body  diameter. 

Spicules  arcuate,  cephalated  in  a  typical  form  (fig.  23b).  Guber- 
naculum  a  thin  curved  plate.  Bursa  very  thick,  w^ithout  crenate  bor- 
ders except  near  body.  The  single  testis  is  reflexed  a  distance  equal 
to  one  or  two  body  widths. 

Diagnosis:  Thada  with  transversely  striated  cuticle,  not  marked 
by  longitudinal  striae  as  in  T.  cancellata. 

Type  Habitat:  Desert  soil  about  roots  of  shadscale,  A  triplex 
confertifolia  (Torr.  &  Frem.)  S.  Wats.,  collected  west  of  Utah  Lake, 
Utah,  above  the  abandoned  Mosida  irrigation  project.  Also  from  al- 
falfa crowns.  Brown's  Ranch,  Skull  Valley,  Utah. 

T  FT  ADA  cancellata  Thomc,  new  species 

Plate  IX,  Fig.  24-24e 

? :  0.52  mm  ;  a  =  25  ;  b  =  5.4 ;  c  =  8 ;  V  -  20  66  2. 

Body  practically  straight  when  relaxed  by  gradual  heat.  Cuticle 
marked  by  155  to  175  deep  transverse  striae.  At  midbody  there  are 
16  longitudinal  striae,  the  number  decresing  toward  the  extremities. 
There  are  four  prominent  wings  which  alter  on  the  neck  and  tail  as 
shown  in  figs.  24a,  b.  Deirids  and  excretory  pore  prominent,  located 
opposite  the  basal  esophageal  bulb.  Phasmids  not  seen.  The  numbers 
of  lips  and  papillae  on  the  low  rounded  head  could  not  be  determined 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
64  GERALD   TIIORNE  Vol.  II,  N(J.  2, 

from  a  lateral  view  but  are  prohaI)ly  the  same  as  in  Tliada  striata. 
\'estil)ule  and  pharynx  sclerotized.  Spear  exceedingly  slender,  its 
basal  portion  obscured  by  the  muscle  attachments  until  it  was  not 
possible  to  determine  if  basal  knobs  were  present.  Esophagus  as 
shown  in  fig.  24c.  Two  small  ampullae  in  the  corpus  apparently  mark 
the  outlets  of  the  submedian  esophageal  glands.  The  nucleus  of  the 
dorsal  esophageal  gland  is  easily  seen  near  the  middle  of  the  bulb 
but  the  submedian  gland  nuclei  are  very  small  and  obscure,  one  appar- 
enty  lying  back  near  the  base  of  the  bulb.  Anterior  end  of  intestine 
bearing  a  distinct  valvular  apparatus.  Ovary  only  4  or  5  body  widths 
long,  containing  about  a  dozen  oocytes  arranged  in  single  file.  An- 
terior portion  of  oviduct  serving  as  a  spermatheca.  The  short  uterus 
and  oviduct  combined  are  about  as  long  as  the  ovary.  Vulva  a  deep 
transverse  slit.  Posterior  uterine  l)ranch  vestigial,  half  as  long  as  the 
body  width.  Males  unknown  but  the  two  females  collected  l)oth  con- 
tained spermatozoa,  therefore  males  probably  exist. 

DiAGNCSis :    Tliada  with  longitudinal  as  well  as  transverse  striae. 

Type  Habitat  :  Soil  from  sugar-beet  field.  Fort  Collins,  Colorado  ; 
collected  by  John  O.  Gashill,  U.  S.  Sugar  Plant  Investigations. 

GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  DOUBTFUL  POSITION 
GENUS  HALENCHUS  COBB,  1933 

Tylenciiidae.  Junction  of  esophagus  and  intestine  indefinite. 
Terminus  of  tail  ventrally  hooked.    Spear  smaller  in  male.    Marine. 

Type  Specte.s:  Halcnchus  fiicicola  (deMan,  1892)  N.  A.  Cobb, 
1933. 

Synonym  :    TylcncJius  fiicicola  deMan,  1892. 

DeMan  very  plainly  figures  the  elongated  esophageal  gland,  with 
its  large  nucleus,  extending  back  beside  the  intestine  in  a  manner  simi- 
lar to  that  of  Dcladoiiis  durus.  The  position  of  this  genus  is  doubtful 
and  until  more  definite  information  is  available  it  is  deemed  best  to 
leave  it  directly  under  the  Tylenciiidae. 

Halenchus  fucicola   (deMan.   1892)    Cobb,   1933 

Plate  IX,  Fig.  26 

?:  1.25-1.45  mm;  a  =  45-50;  b  =  5-6;  c  =  11-13 ;  V  -  60-64. 
^:  1.10-1.25  mm;  a  =  45-60;  b  =  5-6;  c  =  11-13. 

With  characters  (jf  the  genus.  Cuticle  with  fine  transverse  striae. 
Spear  1/13  -  1/15  the  length  of  the  eso])ragus.   Excretory  pore  at  about 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenctudae  65 

12%.  Ovary  oulstrctchctl.  A  sliort,  rudimenlarv  uterine  l)ranch  pres- 
ent. \'ulva  with  slightly  elevated  lips.  Eggs  al)()ut  twice  as  long  as 
body  width.  Testes  outstretched.  I'ursa  rising  slightly  anterior  to 
spicula  and  extending  to  near  middle  of  tail. 

Host:    Fuciis  (Ascophyllnui)  nodosiis,  a  brown  seaweed. 

Distribution  :  East  and  west  coast  of  Scotland,  at  Stonehaven 
and  the  mouth  of  the  river  Clyde,  Ayshire  coast  and  at  Port  lu'in, 
Isle  of  Man.  Specimens  apparently  identical  but  with  slightly  shorter 
neck,    b  =  6.6,  collected  at  Woods  Hole,  Mass. 

References:    5,  15. 

Halenchus  mediterraneus  (Micoletzky,  1922)   Cobb,  1933 

Synonym:    Tylciichus  )ncditcrraiicits  Micoletzky,   1922. 

?:  0.81  mm;  a  =  40 ;  b  =^  7.8 ;  c  =  10.6;  V  —  69.5. 
cj^:  0.56-1.1  mm. 

Similar  in  many  respects  to  II.  fucicola  but  smaller  in  size.  Spear 
1/9-1/7  the  esophageal  length.  I'ursa  about  three  times  as  long  as 
anal  bod}-  diameter  extending  the  same  distance  in  front  of  the  anus 
as  behind  it. 

Habitat:  Free-living  among  algae  on  the  coasts  of  Mediterra- 
nean, Red  Sea  and  Sea  of  Marmora. 

References:    5,  18. 

Tylenciius  arboricolus  Cobb,  1922 

? :  0.7  mm  ;  a  =  20 ;  b  =  12.5  ;  c  =  ? ;  V  -  '« ^7. 
S :  0.7  mm  ;  a  =  24 ;  1)  =  ? ;  c  =-  23. 

Striae  plain,  about  1  m  apart  except  at  extremities  where  they  are 
closer  together.  Neck  to  the  amalgamated  lip  region  which  is  7  m  wide 
and  2.5  t^-  high  and  set  oiT  by  a  constriction.  Spear  faintly  knobbed. 
Esophagus  with  a  vestigial,  valveless,  median  swelling  about  half  as 
wide  as  the  neck.  Length  of  esophagus  questionable.  Intestine  thick 
walled.  Tail  of  female  straight,  convex  conoid  to  the  acute  symmetri- 
cal terminus.  Ovary  at  first  broad,  then  tapering  to  the  blind  end 
which  is  reflexed  a  short  distance.  Oocytes  generally  arranged  in  an 
irregular  manner. 

Male  tail  reseml^ling  that  of  female.  .Spicula  arcuate  distally. 
straight  in  proximal  part  where  they  are  two-fifths  to  one-third  as 
wdde  as  the  body.  Gubernaculum  faintly  developed  if  present  at  all. 
Bursa  without  ribs,  rising  two-thirds  of  body  width  in  front  of  anus 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
66  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  "II,  No.  2, 

and  enveloping  all  hut  the  very  tip  of  the  tail.  Testis  rellexed  ahout 
three  body  widths. 

Habitat:  Numerous  in  hlister-like  struetures  on  leaves  of  beech, 
Fagus  ohliqua  Mirb.,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Unfortunately  figures  were  not  published  with  the  description  of 
this  species.  The  indefinite  ending  of  the  esopliagus  and  the  apparent 
alisence  of  an  ovate  valvular  apparatus  in  the  corpus  of  the  esophagus 
indicate  that  it  may  be  near  to  Dcladcnus  obcsus. 

Anguillonema  pinguicauda  Fuchs,  1938 

Plate  IX.  Fig.  27,  27a 

$:  0.632  mm ;  a  =  27.5  ;  b  =  5.0;  c  =  22.5 ;  V  -  90.9. 
^•.  0.501  mm;  a  =  33.0;  b  =  5.0;  c  =  19.0. 

Spear  with  somewhat  divided  base.  Esophagus  with  a  large  gland 
lying  parallel  to  the  basal  bulb.  Female  tail  tapering  to  a  lilunt.  cy- 
lindrical or  slightly  clavate  terminus.  Spicula  and  gubernaculum  ty- 
lenchoid.    Bursa  enveloping  the  tail. 

Probably  this  species  belongs  in  Ncotylctichus  but  accurate  desig- 
nation is  impossible  without  specimens. 

ABBREVIATIONS  USED  IN  ILLUSTRATIONS 

•  al wings  oe  gl  op.  .  .  .esophageal  gland 

amph amphidial  apertures  opening 

br branch  ov  dct oviduct 

brs Inn'sa  on spear 

ch chaml)er  of  corpus  ovr ovary 

cor corpus  p  ex excretory  pore 

gl  sal  dal.  .  .dorsal  salivary  gland  ppl pai)illae 

gub gubernaculum  rud rudimentary 

jnc junction  of  intestine  sp spiculum 

and  esophagus  spthc spermatheca 

ncl nucleus  of  dorsal  ut uterus 

esophageal  gland  vlv vulva 

nrv  r nerve  ring 

LITERATURE  CITED 

1.  lUilschli.  ().,  1873.  I'eitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  freilebenden  Nema- 
toden.  Nova  Acta  leop.-car.  Akad.  Naturf.  36  (5)  :  1-124. 
pis.  17-27. 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylenchidae  67 

2 1876.    Untersuchungcn   uber    frcilebenden   Nematoden   und 

die  Gattung  Chactonotus.  Ztschr.  Wiss.  Zool.  26  (4)  :  363- 
413,  pis.  23-26. 

3.  Christie,  J.  R.,   1938.    Two  nematodes  associated   with  decaying 

citrus  fruit.   Proc.  Hehninth.  Soc.  Washington  5  (1)  :  29-33. 

4.  Cobb,  N.  A.,  1920.   One  hundred  New  Nemas,  Contrib.  to  a  Sci- 

ence of  Nematology.  9:  215-343. 

4a 1922.    Two  tree  infesting  nemas  of  the  genus   Tylciiclnts. 

Anales  de  Zoologia  x\pUcada  (Chile)  9:  27-35. 

5 1933.  (Edited  by  M.  V.  Cobb)  New  nemic  genera  and  spe- 
cies with  taxonomic  notes.    Jour.   Parasitol.  20  (2)  :  81-94. 

6.  Filipjev,  I.  N.,    1936.    On  the  classification  of  the   Tylcnchinac. 

Proc.  Helminth.  Soc.  Washington  3(2):  80-32. 

7.  Fuchs.  Anton  Gilbert,  1930.    Neue  an  Borken  -  und  Riisselkafer 

gebundene  Nematoden,  halbparasitische  und  W(jhnungsein- 
mieter.  Freilebende  Nematoden  aus  Moos  und  Walderde 
in  Rorken  -  und  Riisselkafergangen.  Zool.  Jahrb.  59  (5-6)  : 
505-646,  figs.  1-177. 

8 1938.    Neue  Parasiten  und  Halbparasiten  bei   Uorkenkafein 

und  einige  andere  Nematoden.    Zool.  Jahrb.  71   (1/2)  :  123- 
190,  figs.  1-111. 
9.    Goodey,  T.,  1926.    Hcxatylus  viviparus  gen.  et  sp.  nov..  a  nema- 
tode found  in  a  diseased  potato  tuber.    Jour.   Helminth.  4 
(1):  27-30. 

10 1926a.  A  invXhev  noit  on  He xatyhis  viviparus  Goodty,  1926. 

Jour.  Helminth.  4  (4/5)  :  183-184. 

11 1932.    The  genus  AnguiUulina  Gerv.  &  v.   Ben.,  1859.  vcl. 

Tylenchus.    Jour.  Helminth.  10  (2-3)  :  75-180. 

12 1933.     Plant    Parasitic    Nematodes   and    the   Diseases    they 

Cause.    London. 

13 1938.  Some  observations  on  the  Nematodes  Hcxatylus  vivi- 
parus Goodey,  1926.   Jour.  Helminth.  16  (2)  :  109-116. 

14 1938.    Observations  on  two  free-living  nematodes, //cxa/37H.y 

coprophagiis  n.  sp.  and  H.  consobriniis  (deMan,  1906) 
Goodey,  1932.  Livro  Jubilar  Prof.  Travassos.  Rio  de  Ja- 
neiro, Brazel,  3:  179-182. 

15.  deMan,  J.  G.,  1892.  Uber  eine  neue,  in  Gallen  einer  Meeresalge 
lebende  Art  der  Gattung  Tyl'cnchus  Bast.  Festschrift  zum 
Siebenzigsten  Geburstage  Rudolph  Leuckart  121-125,  PI. 
XVI. 

16 1906.    Observations  sur  quelcjues  especes  de  Nematodes  ter- 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
68  GERALD   THORXE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

restres  libres  de  I'Ue  de  Walcheren.   Ann.  Soc.  Zool.  IMalacol. 

r.elgique  41:  156-174. 
!7.    iMicoletzky,  H.,  1922.    Die  freilebcnden  Erd-Xemalodcs.    Arch.  f. 

Naturgesch.     Berlin.     87.    Jahr.    1921 — ausgegeben    March, 

1922,  Abt.  A,  (8-9)  :  1-650. 
18 1922    a.      Neue    freilebende    Nematoden    aus    Suez.     Sit- 

zungsberichle  der  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  in  Wien. 

lAIathem.-Naturw.  Klasse,  Abt.  1,  131,  (4/5)  :  77-103. 
19.    Sleiner,  G.,  1931.   Neotylenchus  abiilbosus  n.  g.,  n.  sp.    (Tylcnchi- 

dac,  Nematode).    The  causal  agent  of  a  new  nematosis  of 

various  crop  plants.    Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  21   (21)  :  536- 

538. 
20 1932.     The    male    of    the    nematode    species,    A'cofyleitclnts 

abitlbosiis  Steiner.  and  its  sexual  dimorphism.    Jour.  Wash. 

Acad.  Sci.  22  (16/17):  482-484. 
21.    Tliorne,  G.,  1934.    Some  plant-parasitic  nemas,  with  description 

of  three  new  species.   Jour.  Agr.  Research  49  (8)  :  755-763. 
22 1935.    The  sugar-beet  nematode  and  other  indigenous  nemic 

parasites  of  shadscale.    Jour.  Agr.  Research  51    (6)  :  509- 

514. 
23 and  Price,  C..  1935.   The  nematode  Neotylenchus  abulbosiis 

Steiner  (Anguillulidae)  as  a  parasite  of  sugar  beets.    Proc. 

Helminth.  Soc.  Washington  2  (1)  :  46. 

Plate  I  * 

Fig.  1,  la.  Neotyleiielnts  abulbosiis  Steiner.  1,  anterior  portion  of 
body,  X  400;  la,  posterior  portion  of  male,  x  600.  After  Steiner. 

Fig.  2.    Neotylenchus  coiisobrinus  (deMan).    2,  head.    After  Goodey. 

Fig.  3  -  3c.  Neotyleiiclius  apicnlatus  n.  sp.  3,  head;  3a,  anterior  por- 
tion of  body;  3b,  posterior  portion  of  female;  3c,  double  llexurc 
of  ovary. 

Fig.  4,  4a.  Neotylenchus  latus  Thorne.  4,  cephalic  framework  show- 
ing relative  positions  of  papillae  and  amphids ;  4a,  posterior  por- 
tion of  female,  x  375. 

Fig.  5,  5a.  Neotylenchus  obcsus  Tliorne.  5,  head,  x  1500;  5a,  female 
tail,  X  500. 


*  Unless  stated  otherwise  all  lateral  and  rii  face  figures  of  heads  and  cephalic 
frameworks  are  x  2000  and  other  portions  of  bodies  are  x  750. 
All   figures  are  original  unless  stated  otherwise. 


Tune  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tvlexchidae 


69 


Plati:  I 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
70  GERALD   THORNE  \"ol.  11,  Xo.  2, 


Plate  11 

Fig.  6-6d.  NcolylciicliHs  arciiatiis  n.  sp.  6.  head,  6a.  posterior  por- 
tion of  female,  x  500;  6b,  posterior  portion  of  male,  x  500;  6c, 
six  lines  of  wing  area ;  6d,  anterior  portion  of  body. 

Fig.  7-7i.  Deladenus  duriis  (Cobb).  7,  anterior  portion  of  body; 
7a.  en  face  of  lip  region ;  7b,  cephalic  framework ;  7c,  ventral 
view  of  posterior  portion  of  male,  x  500;  7d,  cross  section  of 
wing  area,  x  1000;  7e,  head;  7f,  posterior  portion  of  female  from 
Oregon  ;  7g,  portion  of  intestinal  lumen  ;  7h,  posterior  portion  of 
female  from  Pleurota  sp. ;  7i,  variations  in  termini  of  females 
from  Pleurota  sp. 


June  30,  1941 


XEMATODES   OF   THE    FAMILY    TYLEXCIIIDAK 


71 


Plate  11 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
11  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 


Plate  III 

Neotylcnchus  intcniicdiits  (Christie),  n.  combt. 

A  -  Female.    B  -  Head,   cii  face  view.    C  -  Tail  of  male,  lateral   and 
ventral  views. 


June  30,  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tylf.nc hidak 


/.) 


Plate  III 


The  Great  T5asin  Naturalist 

74  (;i:kai.i)  TiiokNK  XOl.  1 1,  Xo.  2, 


Plate  IV 

Fig.  8  -  8c.  Dclodcinis  ohcsus  n.  sp.  8,  head;  8a,  cephalic  framework 
showing  relative  positions  of  papillae  and  amphids ;  81),  anterior 
portion  of  body ;  8c.  posterior  portion  of  body. 

Fig.  9  -  9d.  Hcxatyius  znpipariis  Goodey.  9,  en  face  of  cephalic 
framework  pattern  ;  9  a.  cephalic  framework  ;  9b,  head ;  9c,  an- 
terior portion  of  body ;  9d,  posterior  portion  of   female,  x  500. 

Fig.  10 -10a.  llcxatylus  fiuuiorum  (Biitschli).  10.  posterior  portion 
of  female,  x  ?;  10a.  posterior  portion  of  male,  x  ?;  After 
lUitschli. 

Fig.  11-111).  lotonchium  hnpcrfectum  (Biitschli).  11,  head;  11a, 
posterior  portion  of  female;  lib.  spiculuni,  x  ?  on  all  figures. 
After  Biitschli. 


June  30.  1Q41 


NEMATODKS   OF   TITE    FAMTT.V    TVLRXCFI IDAF.  75 


Plate  I\' 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

^(i  CKRALD  THORN r:  Vol.  IJ,  No.  2, 


Plate  V 

Fi<?.  12 -12c.  Pourodoiitiis  gracilis  n.  sp.  12,  en  face;  12a,  anterior 
portion  of  body;  12b,  posterior  portion  of  male;  12c,  posterior 
portion  of  female;   12d,  cephalic  framework. 

Fif^.  Iv3-13d.  Paiirodonius  densus  n.  sp.  13,  en  face:  13a,  anterior 
portion,  x  1500;  13b.  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  1000;  13c, 
section  showing  wing  area,  x  1000. 

Fig.  14-14(1.  Paiirodonius  apiticns  n.  sp.  14,  anterior  portion  of 
body,  X  1(X)0;  14a.  reproductive  system  of  female  from  the  vulva 
through  the  oviduct;  14b,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  500; 
14c,  oviduct  of  very  young  female;  14d,  head. 


Tune  30.  1941 


NKMATODF.S    OF   Tlll^    FAMILY    TYI.KNCII  IDAF 


77 


Plate  V 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
78  GERALD   THORXE  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 


Plate  VI 

Fig-.  15,  15a.  Paurodontus  niger  n.  sp.  15,  anterior  portion  of  l)ody. 
x  1000;  15a,  posterior  portion  of  female. 

Fig.  16-16f.  Stictylus  asymmetricus  n.  sp.  16,  en  face;  16a,  head; 
16b,  variation  in  basal  esophageal  bulb;  16c,  posterior  portion  of 
body;  16  e,  posterior  portion  of  male;  16f,  section  showing  wing 
area. 

Fig.  17,  17a.  Stictylus  obtusus  n.  sp.  17,  anterior  portion  of  body; 
17a,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  500. 


Tune  30.  1941 


NEMATODES   OF  THE    FAMILY    TYLENCTTTDAE 


79 


Plate  VI 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
80  GERALD  THORN F.  Vol.  II.No.  2, 


Plate  VI T 

Fig.  18 -18c.  Nothotylcuchus  acris  n.  sp.  18,  anterior  portion  of 
body;  18a,  posterior  portion  of  female;  18b,  pcjsterior  portion  ot 
male;  18c,  body  section  showing  wing  area. 

Fig.  19 -19c.  Nothotylenchus  affinis  n.  sp.  19,  head;  19a,  cephalic 
framework;  19b,  posterior  portion  of  female;  19c,  posterior  por- 
tion of  male,  al,  adjacent  section  of  wing  area. 

Fig.  20,  20a.  Notliotylenclnis  cylindricnUis  n.  sp.  20,  anterior  portion 
of  body ;  20a,  posterior  portion  of  female. 


June  30.  1941 


NEMATODES   OF   THE    FAMILY    TYLEXCHIDAE 


81 


Plate  Vll 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
S2  GERALD   THORNE  Vol.Il.No.  2, 


Plate  Vlll 

Fig.  21-21h.  Bolcodonts  fliylactits  n.  sp.  21.  cephalic  framework; 
21a,  en  face;  21b,  head;  21c,  amphidial  system  in  profile  as  seen 
when  stained  by  neutral  red;  21d,  dorso-ventral  view  of  corpus 
showing  outlets  of  submedian  esophageal  glands;  21e,  section 
through  spear  base,  x  2000;  21  f,  anterior  portion  of  body,  x  1000; 
21g,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  500;  21h,  posterior  portion  of 
male,  x  1000. 

Fig.  22  -  22b.  Boleodorus  clavicaudatus  n.  sp.  22,  head  ;  22a,  female 
tail ;  22b,  portions  of  esophagus  and  intestine. 


June  30.  1941 


NEMATODES   OF   THE    FAMILY    TYLENCHIDAE 


83 


Plate  VIII 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
84  GERALD   THORNK  \'o!.  11,  Xo.  2, 


Plate  IX 

Fig.  23  -  23e.  Tliada  striata  n.  sp.  2i,  en  face;  23a,  head;  23b.  pos- 
terior portion  of  male,  x  1000;  23c.  anterior  portion  of  body, 
X  1000;  23d,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  1000;  23e,  posterior 
portion  of  diseased  female,  x  1000. 

Fig.  24 -24c.  Thada  caiicellata  n.  sp.  24,  head;  24a,  anterior  portion 
of  body,  X  1200;  24b,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  1200;  24c, 
esophageal  system,  x  1200. 

Fig.  25.  Neotylenchus  coproplia(/its  Goodey.  25,  anterior  portion  of 
body,  X  900.    After  Goodey. 

Fig.  26.  Halenchus  fucicola  (deMan).  26,  characteristic  hooked  ter- 
minus.   After  deMan. 

Fig.  27,  27a.  An(/uilloncina  pinguicauda  Fuchs.  27,  anterior  portion 
of  l)ody,  X  700;  27a,  posterior  portion  of  female,  x  700.  After 
Fuchs. 


Tune  30.  1941  nematodes  of  the  family  tyi.i.xi,  ii  idae  85 


Peate  IX 


Lesser  Yellow  Legs,  New  Record  for  Washington  County,  Utah 

Due  to  the  unusually  heavy  rainfall  this  spring  in  Washington  County  a 
ratlicr  large  playa  lake  developed,  four  miles  south  and  west  of  Hurricane,  Utah. 
Tliis  lake  was  visited  Tuesday  afternoon,  May  6,  1941  by  Mr.  Xelson  Snow, 
l>iology  instructor  in  the  Hurricane  High  School,  Mr.  Jay  King,  a  senior  student 
of  the  High  School  interested  in  zoology,  and  the  writer.  We  were  surprised 
to  find  the  following  large  number  of  shore  birds  feeding  in  this  lake.  With  the 
aid  of  field  glasses  we  were  able  to  count  the  numbers  of  the  various  species. 
I  was  uncertain  as  to  the  identity  of  two  species,  so  we  collected  specimens  with 
the  410-gauge  shotgun.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species  on  the  lake  on  the 
above  date : 

Plcgadis  (jiiaraiina  (L.).  White-faced  Glossy  Ibis.  A  flock  of  14  specimens 
were  around  the  shore.  They  were  quite  wild  taking  to  the  air  as  we  approached. 
The  other  species  of  this  list  were  too  busy  feeding  to  be  frightened  away. 

Capclla  dclicata  (Ord.).  Wilson  Snipe.  There  were  at  least  30  individuals  of 
this  species  feeding  in  various  parts   of  the  lake. 

Catoptrophonis  sciuipaluiatiis  iiioDiafits  (Brewster).  Western  Willct.  Tiiere 
were   15  specimens  of  this  species. 

Totanns  flavipcs  (Gmelin).  Lesser  Yellow-legs.  There  was  a  flock  of  20 
specimens  of  this  species.  Three  specimens  were  collected  and  are  now  in  tlie 
Brigham  Young  University  vertebrate  collection.  This  species  is  not  reported  by 
Mr.  Ross  Hardy  and  H.  G.  Higgins,  (An  Annotated  Check-list  of  the  Birds  of 
Washington  County,  Utah,  Proc.  Ut.  Ac.  Sci.  Vol.  17.  pp.  95-111,  1940)  in  their 
valuable  paper  on  the  birds  of  Washington  County.  This  appears  to  be  a  new 
record  for  this  county  of  Utah. 

lircunctcs  inaiirii  Cabanis.  Western  .Sandpiper.  There  were  30  to  40  sand- 
pipers on  the  lakes.  One  specimen  was  collected  and  is  now  in  the  Brigham  Young 
University  vertebrate  collection. 

Rcciirvirostni  aiiicricami  Gniebn.  .\vocet.  There  were  25  to  30  avocets  on 
the   lake. 

Iliiiiaiitopiis  iiuwicainis  (Muller).  Black-necked  Stilt.  Only  5  specimens  of 
this  interesting  wadder  were  on  the  lake. 

This  is  the  first  time  that  large  flocks  of  most  of  these  species  have  been 
observed  in  this  county.  Most  of  the  records  arc  based  upon  a  few  migrants 
observed  along  the  Virgin  River. — V.  M.  T. 


86 


THE  REPTILES  A\D  AAllTllBlAXS  OF  IDAHO  XO.  i  <i> 

WILMER  W.  TANNER 

In  charge  of  Biological  Scieuce 
Provo  High  School,  Provo,  Utah 

INTRODUCTION 

In  the  present  paper,  iirst  of  a  series  of  papers  on  Idaho  reptiles, 
an  attempt  has  been  made  to  bring  together  information  on  the  am- 
])hibians  and  reptiles  of  Idaho.  This  work  has  been  in  progress  for 
many  years  and  is  an  outgrowth  of  many  collecting  trips,  not  only  by 
the  author  but  by  many  of  the  Idaho  students  and  other  workers  who 
have  collected  reptiles  from  various  Idaho  localities  and  have  deposited 
them  in  the  Hrigham  Young  University  vertebrate  collection.  In  fact 
this  work  was  started  in  1928  when  Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner  and  a  group 
of  students  spent  several  weeks  in  southern  Idaho.  At  al)out  the  same 
time  Mr.  Richard  P.  Erwin  was  working  on  the  reptiles  of  western 
Idaho  and  sent  over  a  hundred  specimens  to  the  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity. During  the  past  few  years  additional  information  has  been 
added  and  it  now  seems  desirable  to  list  the  known  records  for  the 
state. 

Besides  those  specimens  found  in  the  Brigham  Young  University 
I  am  indebted  to  the  following  for  the  use  of  specimens,  notes  or  for 
suggestions :  Dr.  Victer  E.  Jones,  University  of  Idaho  Southern  Branch 
at  Pocatello;  Prof.  O.  H.  Smith,  College  of  Idaho  at  Caldwell;  Mrs. 
Ova  B.  Hawkins,  Historical  Society  of  Idaho  at  Boise;  Mr.  L.  M. 
Klauber,  Natural  History  Museum,  San  Diego;  and  to  Dr.  Vasco  M. 
Tanner  and  Dr.  D.  K.  Beck  at  the  I)righam  Young  University. 

The  writer  has  found  the  work  of  Mr.  Richard  P.  I'.rwin  very 
helpful,  in  studying  the  distribution  of  species  in  southwestern  Idaho. 

AMPHIBIA 

Ambystoma  mackodactylum  Baird.    The  Long-toed  Salamander 
Specimens  taken  by  Mr.  Erwin  were  mostly  from  Ada  County. 
Ambystoma  tigrinum  slateri  Dunn 

Published  Records:    Latah  and  Kootenai  counties,  (Dunn  1940). 
Remarks  :    Larval  taken  at  Island  Park  and  Warm  River,   Fre- 
mont County,  and  two  specimens  from  Madison  County  are  doubtful. 
It  is  more  likely  that  these  specimens  belong  to  tigrirnum  slateri. 


(1)     Contribution  No.  92 — from  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 
-Brigham  Young  University,   Provo,  Utah. 

87 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
88  WILMER    \V.    TAXXEK  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

AmBYSTOMA   TKIKIXLM    NEBULOSUM    Hallowell 

Plblished  Records:  McCammon,  Bannock  Co.,  (V.  M.  Tanner 
1931). 

Remarks:  Dr.  E.  R.  Dunn  in  his  recent  paper,  "Races  of  Aml)\- 
stoma  tigrinum."  suggests  that  this  species  should  occur  in  southern 
Idaho  and  possibly  larvae  from  "Snake  River"  and  one  from  Malad 
( (Jneida  Co.)  may  belong  here."  Specimens  collected  in  southern 
Idaho  are  two  few  in  number  to  make  a  careful  distributional  study 
at  this  time. 

Plethodon  idahoensis  Slater  &  Slipp.     The  Idaho  Salamander 

Five  specimens  were  collected  by  Prof.  James  R.  Slater  and  Mr. 
John  W.  vSlipp  from  the  northeast  corner  of  Coeur  D'Alene  Lake, 
Kootenai  County,  Idaho.  This  appears  to  be  the  first  amphibian  to 
be  described  from  an  Idaho  locality. 

DiCAMPTODON  EUSATUS  ( Eschscholtz  ) .  The  Pacific  Giant  Salamander 
Five  specimens  were  collected  in  Mannering  Creek,  near  Highway 
95 A,  12  miles  north  of  Harvard,  Benewah  County,  Idaho,  by  Prof. 
J.  R.  Slater  and  Mr.  J.  W.  Slipp.  These  specimens  are  believed  to 
be  th.e  first  reported  for  Idaho. 

AscAPHUS  TRUEi  Stcjneger.     The  American  Bell  Toad 

Published  Records:  One  mile  north  of  Health,  Cuddy  Mts., 
Washington  Co. ;  and  one  half  mile  east  of  Black  Lake,  Adams.  Co. ; 
( Linsdale  1933).  Mannering  Creek,  near  Highway  95A.  12  miles 
north  of  Harvard,  Benew^ah  County.    (Slater  &  Slipp  1940). 

ScAPHiopus  iNTERMONTANUs  Copc.     The  Spade  Foot  Toad 

Published  Records:  Blackfoot  Fork,  (Cope  1871);  Boise  and 
Kauna  Cave.  Ada  Co.;  (Erwin  1928)  ;  Boise,  Ada  Co.,  (V.  M.  Tan- 
ner 1939). 

Remarks:  This  species  occupies  the  southern  parts  of  Idaho  and 
n(jrth  to  the  vicinity  of  Benewah  County.  The  status  of  the  specimens 
tf)  the  north  is  in  doubt.  Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner  in  his  recent  paper 
"A  Study  of  the  Genus  vScaphiopus"  indicates  the  possible  occurrence 
of  Scaphiopus  hammondii  in  Kootenai  and  Bonner  Counties.  Dr. 
Tanner  assured  me  that  specimens  collected  in  northwestern  Montana 
and  northeastern  Washington  were  liaiiiiiioiidii.  The  extension  of  this 
species  into  Montana  indicates  that  it  may  l)e  found  in  northern  Idaho. 
BuFO  BOREAS  BOREAS  (Baird  &  Girard).  The  Northwestern  or  Moun- 
tain Toad 
Published  Records:  Clark's  Fork,  lower  Kootenai  River.  Bon- 
ner Co. ;  Blue  Lake,  Mount  Carlton.  Kootenai  Co. ;  Pavette  Lake  and 


June  30,  1941  kkptilks  axd  amphibians  (if  idaho  89 

]\IcCalI.  \alley  Co.;  Uoise.  Ada  Co.;  Atlanta,  Elmore  Co.;  Alturas 
Lake  and  Sawtooth,  Custer  Co. ;  between  lUue  Lake  and  Shoshone 
Falls.  Jerome  Co.;  Mink  Creek  near  I'ocatello,  Bannock  Co.;  Deep 
Lakes  and  Bloomington  Canyon.  Bear  Lake  Co..  (Slevin  1928).  Fair- 
field.  Camas  Co.  i\Y.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

New  Record.s  :  Madison  County,  George  Marler  Sept.  9.  1926. 
Three  miles  south  of  Cascade,  \'alley  Co.,  Wilmer  W.  Tanner  Aug. 
16.  1940. 

Remarks:  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  reports  this  species  as  "very  com- 
mon" in  southwestern  Idaho.  This  toad  is  common  in  nearly  all  parts 
of  Idaho. 

Pseudacris  nigrita  trisertata  (Wied).  The  Three-striped  Tree  Frog 
Published  Records:    Nampa.  Canyon  Co.;   Boise.  Ada  County; 

(Slevin  1928).    Driggs.  Teton  County;  (V.  M.  Tanner  1931).    Delco. 

Cassia  County;  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

Remarks:    I   have   ol)served   this  little   frog  all  along  the   Snake 

River  from  Kimberly,  Twin  Falls  County,  to  Burley,  Cassia  County. 

fIvLA  regilla  Baird  &  Girard.     The  Pacific  Tree  Frog 

Published  Records:  Payette  Lake  and  Lardo.  Boise  Co.;  Boise, 
Ada  Co.;  (Slevin  1928). 

Remarks:  In  reporting  this  species  for  southwestern  Idaho  in 
1928  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  regards  it  as  "very  common"  and  adds.  "Found 
scattered  all  over  the  country,  even  in  the  mountains  or  anywhere  the 
ground  is  moist  or  there  is  sufficient  moisture  in  the  atmosphere." 
That  this  species  is  numerous  in  and  around  Boise,  Ada  Co.,  1  have 
no  doubt;  last  summer  (Aug.  17,  1940j  three  specimens  were  col- 
lected in  a  flower  garden  and  others  could  be  heard  in  all  the  ad- 
joining lots  and  fields. 

Rana  catesbeiana  Shaw.     Bull  Frog 

Reported  as  common  in  and  around  Boise.  Ada  County,  by  both 
Erwin  and  Slevin  1928.  Mr.  Erwin  sa}'s  that  this  frcjg  was  "intro- 
duced irom  the  east  into  Idaho  in  1890  by  W.  H.  Ridenbough.  of 
lioise. 

Rana  pifiens  Schreber.     The  Leopard  Frog 

Published  Records:  Sand  Point  and  Hope.  Bonner  Co.;  Weiser. 
Washington  Co. ;  Caldwell,  Canyon  Co. ;  Boise,  Ada  Co. ;  Mountain 
Home.  Elmore  Co. ;  Spring  Branch  just  above  Shoshone  Falls.  Jerome 
Co. ;  Black  Foot  &  Fort  Hall,  Bingham  Co. ;  American  Falls,  Power 
Co.;  Deep  Lake  and  Bloomington  Canyon,  Bear  Lake  Co.;  (Slevin 
1928).    Warm   River,   Island    Park   and   Big   Springs,   Fremont   Co.; 


Tlie  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
90  WILMKR    \V.   TANXRR  Vol.  lI.No.  2. 

Rexhurg,  Madison  Co. :  Rigby,  Jefferson  Co. ;  Malta  and  ( )akley. 
Cassia  Co. ;  Twin  Falls  and  Shoshone  Falls.  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Mc- 
Camnion,  I'annock  Co.;  and  Paris,  Rear  Lake  Co.;  {W  M.  Tanner 
1931  ).    Delco,  Cassia  Co.;  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

LIZARDS 

Crotophytus  collarts  batleyi  (Stejneger).  The  Western  Collared 
Lizard 

Published  Records  :  Mouth  of  Rruneau  River.  (3wyhee  Co.; 
(Van  Denburgh  1922).  P)elow  Melba.  Snake  River  Canyon.  Ada 
County;   (Erwin  1928). 

Remarks:  In  reporting  this  species,  Mr.  Erwin  regards  it  as  "not 
common,"  and  adds  that  it  is  "generally  found  on  large  boulders  even 
during  the  hottest  days." 

Crotophytus  wislizenii  (Baird  &  Girard).     The  Leopard  Lizard 

Published  Records:  Snake  River  near  Fort  Jioise,  (Cooper  1860). 
Plains  across  river  from  Glenns  Ferry  and  mouth  of  Burneau  River, 
Ovvhyee  Co. ;  Blue  Lakes  to  Shoshone  Falls,  Jerome  Co. ;  Twin  Falls 
and  south  side  of  Snake  River  near  Salmon  Falls,  Twin  Falls  Co. ; 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Cassia  Co. ;  Plains  north  side  of  Snake  River  be- 
tween upper  Salmon  Falls  and  Bliss  and  between  Bliss  and  Snake 
River,  Gooding  Co. ;  Glenns  Ferry  and  Mountain  Home,  Elmore  Co. ; 
Boise,  Ada  Co. ;  Weiser.  Washington  Co. ;  Fort  Hall.  Bingham  Co. ; 
(Van  Denburgh  1922). 

Remarks:  Mr.  Erwin  refers  to  this  species  as  "fairly  common," 
in  southwestern  Idaho.  In  my  collection  are  several  specimens  col- 
lected at  Fort  Hall.  Bingham  Co..  by  Dr.  V.  E.  Jones  in  May  1936 
and  one  specimen  from  Owyhee  Co.,  collected  in  1938. 

Uta  stansburiana  stansburiana  (Baird  &  Girard).  Stansbury 
Lizard 
Published  Records:  South  side  of  Canyon  between  Shoshone 
Falls  and  Twin  Falls,  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Blue  Lake  to  Shoshone  Falls. 
Jerome  Co. ;  Plains  and  Snake  River  bottom  near  Bliss.  Gooding  Co.. 
(Van  Denburgh  1922).  Seventy-three  specimens  of  this  species  col- 
lected from  the  following  localities.  Swan  Falls  (Snake  River),  Snake 
River  below  Melba  and  Ten  Mile  Creek,  15  miles  south  of  Boise. 
Ada  Co. ;  Indian  Cone,  near  Snake  River  and  4  miles  south  of  Cleft, 
Elmore  Co. ;  Sucker  Creek  near  Oregon  Line  south  of  Homedale, 
Bruneau  River  Canyon  15  miles  south  of  Bruneau,  and  Reynolds 
Creek   west  of   Murphy,   Owyhee   Co.;  were  collected    by   Mr.   R.    P. 


June  30.  1941  reptiles  and  amphibians  of  idaho  91 

Erwin  and  sent  to  the  r)righam  Young  University.  In  his  report  of 
southwestern  Idaho  he  refers  to  this  species  as  common  in  tlie  rock\' 
desert  areas. 

New  Records:  Near  Shoshone  Falls,  Cassia  Co.;  Dr.  D.  V..  neck- 
June  1928;  near  Wilder.  Canyon  Co.,  \V.  W.  Tanner  Aui^ust   1940. 

Remarks:  This  species  is  apparently  common  in  southwestern 
Idaho.  I  found  it  to  he  numerous  from  Wilder,  northwest  aloni;-  the 
Snake  River  to  Adrian,  Oregon.  August  1940. 

ScELOPORUS  cRACiosus  GRACiosus  ( Baird  &  Girard  ) .     The  Sagebrush 
Swift 

Published  Records:  Fort  Hall,  Bingham  Co.;  and  from  Salt 
Lake  to  Oregon  (Cope  1871).  Blackfoot,  Bingham  Co.;  Big  Lost 
River,  Butte  Co. ;  Lemhi  Indian  Agency,  Lemhi  Co. ;  (Stejneger  1891  ). 
Pocatello,  Bannock  Co. ;  Idaho  Falls,  Bonneville  Co. ;  Plains  near 
Conant,  Cassia  Co. ;  plains  between  Shoshone  and  Blue  Lakes  and 
Blue  Lakes  Canyon,  Jerome  Co. ;  Bliss  and  Plains  between  Bliss  and 
.Snake  River,  Gooding  Co. ;  Plains  across  river  from  Glenns  Ferry, 
Owyhee  Co.;  Boise,  Ada  Co.;  Weiser,  Washington  Co.;  (Van  Den- 
burgh  1922).    Rexburg,  Madisen  Co.;  (W.  W^  Tanner  1940). 

New  Records:    Oakley,  Cassia  Co.;  V.   M.  Tanner  June   1928; 
Stone  and  Holbrook,  Oneida  Co.,  G.  F.  Knowlton. 
.Sceloporus  occidentalis  biseriatus    (Hallowell).     The  Western 
Blue-bellied  Lizard 

Published  Records:  The  sage  brush  plains  between  Shoshone 
and  Blue  Lakes,  Blue  Lakes  Canyon,  on  Canyon  Walls  at  .Shoshone 
Falls  north  of  ferry,  Jerome  Co.;  and  Boise,  Ada  Co.;  (\'an  Den- 
burgh  1922). 

Remarks:  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  lists  this  species  for  southwestern 
Idaho  with  the  comment  that  they  are  "very  common."  I  have  seen 
specimens  from  Ada  and  Owyhee  Counties. 

Phrynosoma  DOUGLASSii  ORNATissiMUM  (Girard).  The  .Short-Horned 
Horned  Lizard 

Published  Records  :  "  Found  on  the  plains  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  as  far  west  as  the  Cascade  Range.  One  was  caught  in 
September  near  the  Snake  River,  Oregon  territory."  (Cooper  1860). 
Fort  Hall,  Bingham  Co.,  (Cope  1871).  Clearwater  River  7  miles 
above  Lewiston  and  at  Lewiston,  Nez  Perce  Co. ;  Boise,  Ada  Co. ; 
Big  Butte,  and  Aero,  Butte  Co. ;  Shoshone.  Jerome  Co. ;  Sage  Brush 
plains  near  Conant,  and  Cottonwood  Creek,  Cassia  Co. ;  Blackfoot, 
Bingham  Co. ;  American  Falls,  Power  Co. ;  and  Pocatello,  Bannock 
County.  (Van  Denburgh  1922). 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
92  W'lI.MF.R    W.   TANNF.R  \'()1.   ll.Xo.  2, 

Rkmakks:  The  exact  range  of  this  species  is  not  known;  it  ap- 
pears certain,  however,  to  cover  most  of  southern  and  central  Idaho. 
Mr.  l^rwin  comments  as  follows:  "We  have  found  this  lizard  only 
occasionally  in  sandy  places  in  rock-strewn,  semi-arid  country." 

In  assigning  Pliryiiosonia  doiiglassii  ornatissimum  to  Idaho,  I  real- 
ize that  this  is  as  yet  quite  an  unsolved  question.  Few  groups  of  rep- 
tiles are  in  such  dire  need  of  study  as  the  short  horned  lizards. 
Probably  the  best  summary  of  this  group  is  that  given  by  Dr.  Van 
Denburgh  in  his  "Reptiles  of  Western  North  America  Vol.  I.  pp. 
371-376.  As  it  now  stands  one  is  not  sure  whether  to  refer  to  the 
Great  Basin  and  Southern  Idaho  forms  as  P.  d.  ornatissimum  or  P.  d. 
ornatum  or  if  two  distinct  groups  exist.  Until  more  information  is 
available  I  choose  to  use  P.  d.  ornatissimum  for  the  Idaho  specimens. 

Ptiyknosoma  platyrhinos  Girard.    The  Desert  Horned  Lizard 

Published  Records  :  Mouth  of  Bruneau  River,  and  plains  across 
river  from  Glenns  Ferry,  Owhyee  Co. ;  Lava  Plains,  Shoshone  and 
.Snake  River  and  Sage  plains  between  Shoshone  and  Blue  Lakes, 
Jerome  Co. ;  Plains  between  Bliss  and  Snake  River,  Gooding  Co. ; 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Cassia  Co. ;  reported  by  Cope  for  Sandpoint,  Bon- 
ner Co.,  (Van  Denburgh  1922). 

Remarks  :  I  have  specimens  collected  from  near  Bliss  by  Dr. 
V.  F.  Jones,  and  two  specimens  collected  from  Owyhee  County.  Mr. 
Irwin  reports  this  species  as  "fairly  common."  "Found  in  sandy, 
gravelly  places  in  semi-arid  areas."  Its  complete  range  in  Idaho  is 
unknown. 

Gerrhonatus  coervleus  prtncipts  (luiird  &  Girard).    The  Northern 
Alligator  Lizard 
Published  Records:    A   few   miles   south   of   Sandpoint,   Bonner 
Co.,  (Slipp  1940). 

Cnemidophorus  tessellatits  tessellatus  (Say).  Desert  Whiptail 
Lizard 

PiTRLisHED  Records:  Between  Shoshone  Falls,  Twin  Falls  and 
LTpper  Salmon  Falls,  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Conant,  Cassia  Co. ;  Bliss,  Good- 
ing Co. ;  Glenns  Ferry,  Elmore  Co. ;  Boise,  Ada  Co. ;  Payette,  Payette 
Co. ;  (Van  Denburgh  1922).  Snake  River  Canyon  southeast  of  Melba, 
and  Swan  Falls,  Ada  Co. ;  Given's  Hot  Springs  in  the  Snake  River 
Valley,  Canyon  Co. ;  Snake  River  across  from  Given's,  18  miles  south 
of  Bruneau,  Bruneau  River  Canyon,  South  of  Nampa,  and  south  of 
Walter's  ferry,  Owyhee  County  (Burt  1931). 

New  Records:    This  species  was  numerous  in  the  willows  on  both 


June  30,  1941  RRPTILES   AND   AMPHIBIANS   OF   IDAHO  93 

sides  of  Snake  l\iver  soutliwesl  of  Wilder,  Canyon  and  (  )\v\liee  Conn- 
lies,  Ans^nst  17.  1940. 

laMi:CF.s  .SKILTONIANFS  SKTLTONiANi's  (  I'aird  &'  Givard).  Tlie  West- 
ern Skink 

r'uHi.isHF.D  Records:  Boise,  Ada  Co.;  and  Fort  Hall,  llini^ham 
County,  (Van  Denburgh  1922).  Pocatello,  luinnock  Co.;  Lewiston. 
Xez  Perce  Co..  (Taylor  1935). 

Remarks:  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  lists  this  species  as  "rare"  in  south- 
western Idaho.  Intensive  collecting"  from  Ada  County  north  will  un- 
doubtedly extend  the  range  of  this  species  in  Idaho. 

SNAKES 

CiiARiNA  BOTTAE  ( Blainvillc) .     The  Rubber-Snake 

Published  Records  :  Blue  Lake  and  Hood's  Valley,  Kootenai  Co. ; 
Hope.  Bonner  Co. ;  and  Fish  Haven  Creek,  Bear  Lake  Co..  (Van  Den- 
burgh 1922).    Paris.  Bear  Lake  Co.,  (V.  M.  Tanner  1933). 

New  Records:  Jarbridge  Canyon,  Owyhee  Co.,  1936,  J.  W.  As- 
dale. 

Remarks:  Mr.  Erwin  refers  to  this  species  as  "fairly  common" 
and  as  "usually  found  in  moist  shadv  places,  and  especially  in  rotten 
logs." 

Diadophis  amabilis  occtdentalis   Blanchard.     The   Western   Ring- 
neck  Snake 
One   specimen   was   collected   five   miles   southwest   of   Horseshoe 
Bend.  Boise  County,  by  Mr.  Joe  Webster,  November  1937,  (Reported 
by  Uhler  1940). 

Diadophis  regalis  regalis  (Baird  8z  Girard).    The  Thimble  Snake 

A  specimen  was  collected  in  the  mountains  east  of  Preston.  Frank- 
lin Co.,  by  a  student  who  later  gave  it  to  Dr.  J.  S.  Stanford  of  the 
Utah  State  Agricultural  College  at  Logan.  Utah,  (Reported  by  W.  W. 
Tanner  1940). 

Coluber  constrictor  mormon   (Baird  &  Girard).     Blue  Racer 

Published  Records:    Big   Butte,    Butte   Co.,    (Stejneger    1890). 

Coeur  D'Alene.  Kootenai  Co. ;  Boise,  Ada  Co. ;  Atlanta.  Elmore  Co. ; 

the  mouth  of  the  Bruneau  River,  Owyhee  Co. ;  and  Upper  Salmon 

Falls,  Gooding  Co.,    (Van  Denburgh    1922).    Caldwell,   Canyon   Co.. 

(W.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

New  Records:    Clifton,  Franklin  Co.,  Douglas  Merrill  1933.    Mt. 

Idaho,  Idaho  Co.,  W.  W.  Tanner  1940. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
94  WILMER    \V.   TANNER  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Coluber  taentati's  taeniatus  (Hallowell).  The  Western  Striped 
Racer 

Published  Records:  Bliss.  Gooding  County,  and  r>oise,  Ada 
County,  Van  Denburgh  1922). 

Remarks:  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  reports  this  species  as  "common"  in 
southwestern  Idaho.  I  have  seen  several  of  the  specimens  collected 
l)v  Mr.  Erwin  from  Ada  and  Owyhee  Counties. 

PiTuoPHis  catenifer  deserticola  Stejneger.     The  Desert  Gopher 
Snake 

Published  Records:  Fort  Boise,  Canyon  Co.,  (Cooper  1860); 
Big  Butte  and  Arco,  Butte  Co.,  (Stejneger  1891).  Boise,  Ada  Co.; 
Blue  Lakes,  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Indian  Valley,  Adams  Co. ;  Bear  Lake 
Co.,  (Van  Denburgh  1922)  ;  Colson  Creek,  Salmon  River,  Lemhi  Co.; 
.Swan  Lake,  and  Pocatello,  Bannock  Co.,  (W.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

New  Records:  Two  miles  west  of  Boise,  Ada  Co.,  R.  P.  Erwin; 
Fairfield.  Camas  Co.,  Cleo  Pond  1939;  Jump  Creek,  Owyhee  Co.; 
and  a  specimen  from  Moores  Creek. 

Rhinocheilus  lecontei  Baird  &  Girard.     The  Long-nosed  Snake 

One  specimen  was  reported  by  Dr.  John  Van  Denburgh  for  Glenns 
Ferry,  Elmore  Co.,  Idaho.  This  area  is  dry  and  provides  an  environ- 
ment very  similar  to  that  of  southern  and  western  Utah  where  several 
specimens  of  this  snake  have  been  collected.  Careful  collecting  will 
surely  produce  more  specimens  from  Idaho. 

Sonora  miniata  miniata  Stickel 

Published  Records  :  Snake  River  Canyon  near  Guifey,  Ada 
County,  (Erwin  1925-28). 

Remarks:  One  specimen  in  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Idaho 
(No.  7)  must  be  referred  to  this  species.  This  specimen  was  collected 
by  Mr,  R.  P.  Erwin  on  the  north  rim  of  the  Snake  River  near  Guffey, 
Ada  Co.,  April  1924.  Other  specimens  were  collected  at  tliis  same 
time  and  deposited  in  other  collections. 

The  scale  counts  and  measurements  on  this  specimen  are  as  fol- 
lows: Scale  rows  15-15-14,  ventrals  174,  caudals  49.  upper  labials 
7-7,  lower  labials  6-6,  oculars  1-2,  loreal  1-1.  temporals  1-2,  anal 
divided,  total  length  270,  tail  length  51,  the  color  was  uniform  brown. 

Sonora  semianulata  semianulata  Baird  &  Girard.  Bicolor  Ground 
Snake 

Published  Records:  Northern  bank  of  the  Snake  River.  Ada 
County  and  Bruneau  River.  Owyhee  County.  (Erwin  1925-28). 

Ri:marks:    Two   specimens   collected   by    Mr.   Richard    !'.    Erwin 


I 


Tune  30,  1941  reptiles  and  amphibians  of  idaho  95 

have  been  studied  1)\'  tlie  writer.  One  specimen  in  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Idaho  (Xo.  4)  was  collected  along  with  several  other  speci- 
mens on  the  north  rim  of  the  Snake  River  near  Guffey.  Ada  County. 
April  1924.  A  second  specimen  in  the  reptile  collection  of  the  College 
of  Idaho  (No.  645)  was  collected  at  Hot  Springs  on  the  l')runeau 
River.  Owyhee  County.  Idaho.  Dr.  Smith  at  the  College  of  Idaho  also 
reported  that  a  specimen  had  been  taken  along  the  Snake  River  south 
of  Caldwell.  Canyon  County.  Idaho. 

Hypsiglena  ochrorhynchus     ochrorhynchus.    The  Night  Snake 
Three  specimens  of  this  species  were  collected  by  Mr.  Erwin.  at 
Lucky  Peak  7  miles  east  of  Boise.  June  29.  1919;  Swan  Falls.  Snake 
River.   September   17.   1824;  and  Ten   Mile  Creek  Canyon,   15   miles 
south  of  Boise,  Ada  County,  Idaho,  (Erwin  1925-28). 

Thamnophis  ordinoides  vagrans  Baird  &  Girard 

Published  Records:  Fort  Boise(  Cooper  1860)  between  Copen- 
hagen, Utah  and  Fort  Hall.  Idaho,  (Cope  1871)  ;  Salmon  River  Moun- 
tains, Lemhi  Co. ;  Challis  Valley,  Custer  Co. ;  Birch  Creek,  Clark  Co. ; 
and  Trail  Creek,  Idaho.  (Stejneger  1891).  Sand  Point  and  Hope. 
Bonner  Co. ;  Kootenai  County ;  Wardner,  Shoshone  Co. ;  Lewiston. 
Nez  Perce  Co. ;  Weiser,  Washington  Co. ;  Payette  Lakes,  Valley  Co. ; 
Boise.  Ada  Co. ;  Malad  River  Canyon,  Camas,  Kelchum,  and  Guyer 
Hot  Springs,  Blaine  Co. ;  Arco,  Butte  Co. ;  Shoshone  Falls,  Jerome  Co. ; 
Salmon  Falls,  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Albion  and  Cottonwood  Creek,  Cassia 
Co. ;  Fort  Hall.  Bingham  Co. ;  Malad.  Oneida  Co. ;  and  Bear  Lake, 
Bear  Lake  Co.;  Idaho  (Van  Denburgh  1922).  Mr.  Henry  S.  Fitch 
in  his  recent  paper  on  the  Ordinoides  group  lists  specimens  from  the 
following  localities:  Troy,  Latah  Co.;  Castle  Rock  Ranger  Station, 
south  fork  of  Clear  Water  River,  Idaho  Co. ;  ^  mile  east  of  Black 
Lake.  1  mile  north  of  Bear  Ranger  Station  Mount  Smith,  Adams 
Co.;  Heath,  Cuddy  Mountains,  Crane  Creek,  15  miles  east  of  Mid- 
vale.  Washington  Co. ;  Island  Park,  Snake  River  near  Yellowstone 
National  Park,  inlet  to  Henry's  Lake,  Sheridan  Creek,  Fremont  Co. ; 
Idaho  City,  Boise  Co. ;  Pass  Creek,  Butte  Co. ;  3  miles  southwest  of 
Victor,  Teton  Co. ;  Petit  Lake,  Alturas  Lake,  Blaine  Co. ;  7  miles  west 
of  Idaho  Falls,  Bonneville  Co. ;  2  miles  southwest  of  Aberdeen,  Bing- 
ham Co. ;  Homedale.  .Snake  River  north  of  Murphy.  Reynolds  Creek 
12  miles  south  of  Snake  River.  Castle  Creek  8  miles  south  of  Oreana. 
and  Indian  Creek  2  miles  south  of  Riddle,  Owyhee  Co. ;  Little  Wood 
River,  Lincoln  County;  Elba,  Cassia  Co.;  (Fitch  1940);  Lewston. 
Ketchum,  Fort  Hall.  Idaho.  (Ruthven  1908). 

New  Records:    Jefferson  Co..  George  Marler  July  1926;  Madison 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
96  WILMER    W  .   TANNER  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

County,  George  Maiier  June  1926;  Oakley.  Cassia  Co..  \\  M.  Tanner 
1928;  Delco,  Cassia  Co..  W.  W.  Tanner  July  1939;  Warm  River 
Crossing,  Fremont  County,  George  Marler  1926;  Clifton,  Franklin 
Co.,  Douglas  Merrill  July  1933;  Shoshone  Falls,  Jerome  Co.;  V.  M. 
Tanner  &  D.  E.  Beck,  June  1928;  Fairtield,  Camas  Co.,  Cleo  Pond. 
July  1938 ;  Pocatello.  V.  E.  Jones.  Bannock  Co. ;  Whitebird.  Idaho 
Co.,  W.  W.  Tanner.  August  1940;  Belvidere.  Valley  Co..  W.  W.  Tan- 
ner August  1940. 

Remarks:  Many  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  from 
southwestern  Idaho  are  in  the  State  Museum  at  Boise.  Idaho.  In 
commenting  on  this  species  Mr.  Erwin  refers  to  it  as  "very  common." 

Thamnophis  sirtalis  PARiETALis  (Say).     The  Prairie  Garter  Snake 
Published  Records:    Bear  Lake,  Bear  Lake  Co.;  Weiser,  Wash- 
ington Co. ;  Boise,  Ada  Co. ;  Payette  Lake,  Boise  Co. ;  and  Blue  Lake, 
Jerome  Co.,  (Van  Denburgh  1922). 

New  Records:  Dagget  Creek,  Boise  Co.,  R.  P.  Erwin  Aug.  1925; 
Caldwell,  Canyon  Co.,  (no  date  or  collector  listed)  ;  Clark  Co.,  George 
Marler  Sept.  1926;  Clifton,  Franklin  Co.,  Douglas  Merrill.  1933; 
Delco,  Cassia  Co.,  W.  W.  Tanner,  July  1939. 

Remarks  :  Mr.  R.  P.  Erwin  lists  Sirtalis  concinnus  for  south- 
western Idaho.  This  was  undoubtedly  a  misidentification,  since 
concinnus  is  limited  to  the  Cascade  area.  Specimens  examined  from 
the  Ada-Canyon  Co.  areas  appear  more  like  the  parictalis  group  both 
in  color  and  scale  counts,  than  to  those  of  Northern  Idaho  and  Wash- 
ington. Unfortunately  too  few  specimens  are  available  to  make  a  care- 
ful separation  at  this  time. 

TiTAMNOPHIS   SIRTALIS   TETRATAENIA    (Copc) 

Two  specimens  collected  at  a  small  stream  just  west  of  Coeur 
D'Alene  Lake,  Kootenai,  Co.,  are  referred  to  this  subspecies.  The 
scale  counts  are  identical  with  specimens  from  southern  Idaho  but  the 
color  pattern  is  much  darker.  In  color  they  are  more  like  the  speci- 
mens of  Yakima,  Washington.  Here  again  too  few  specimens  are  at 
hand  to  state  with  certainty  to  which  subspecies  they  should  be  re- 
ferred. Because  of  their  close  resemblance  to  the  Washington  speci- 
mens it  seems  more  likely  that  they  belong  to  this  subspecies. 

Crotalus  viridis  lutosus  (Klauber).  The  Great  Basin  Rattlesnake 
Published  Records:  Snake  River,  (Cooper  1860);  Blue  Lake 
Canyon,  Jerome  Co. ;  Twin  Falls,  Twin  Falls  Co. ;  Big  Butte  and  Little 
Lost  River,  Butte  Co.,  Idaho,  (Van  Denburgh  1922).  Black  Creek 
Canyon  15  miles  south  of  Boise,  Ada  County,  (Erwin  1925).    Melba. 


June  30,  1941  reptiles  and  ampiiihiaxs  of  idaho  97 

Canyon  Co. ;  Rcgena  and  Cleft.  IClmore  Co. ;  Madison  Co. ;  and  Teton 
Co.;   (Klauber  1930).    Fairtield.  Camas  Co.,   (W.  W.  Tanner  1940). 

New  Records:  Clifton.  Franklin  Co.;  Douglas  Merrill  July  1933; 
near  Bannock,  Power  Count}',  \V.  \\  .  Tanner  1939;  Pocatello,  \'ic- 
tor  E.  Jones,  May  1936. 

Remarks:  Mr.  L.  M.  Klauber  informs  me  that  "littosiis  occupies 
the  southern,  part  of  the  state  from  Fremont  and  Clark  Counties  on 
the  east  to  Southern  Valley  County  and  Payette  County  on  the  west, 
and  from  these  south,  although  there  is  a  section  in  the  central  area 
where  they  apparently  do  not  go  quite  so  far  north  as  a  straight  line 
drawn  between  the  counties  mentioned." 

Crotalus  viridis  viridis  (  Ratinesque  ).     The  Prairie  Rattlesnake 
Published  Records:    Lemhi   Valley   near   Indian   Agency    (Stej- 

neger  1891). 

Remarks:    Mr.  L.  M.  Klauber  reports  tlie  range  for  this  species 

U)  be,  "along  the  Salmon  and  Lemhi  Rivers   from  Horse  Creek  east 

and  southeast  at  least  to  the  town  of  Lemhi." 

Crotalus  viridis  oreganus  Holbrook.     The  Pacific  Rattlesnake 

This  subspecies  is  reported  by  Mr.  L.  M.  Klauber  to  occur  "along 
the  western  edge  of  Idaho  from  Weiser  and  Council  on  the  south  to 
Riverdale,  Kootenai  Co.  on  the  north,  and  to  penetrate  eastward  up 
tlie  river  valleys,  especially  up  the  Salmon  and  Clear  Water  Rivers." 

SUMMARY 

1.  In  this  report  12  species  of  amphibia  and  26  species  of  Reptiles 
are  listed  for  Idaho. 

2.  Notes  on  the  general  distribution  within  Idaho  and  published 
records  available  to  the  writer  are  listed. 

3.  Many  of  the  species  are  based  upon  comparatively  few  records, 
and  several  by  only  one  specimen.  Careful  collecting  will  surely  pro- 
duce interesting:  distributional  records  for  Idaho. 


Gull  Banding  Notes  at  Utah  Lake 

The  California  gull.  Lanis  Califoniicus  Lawrence  was  first  banded  at  Rock 
Island  in  Utah  Lake  on  June  14,  1940.  The  banding  party  consisted  of  Reed 
Biddulph,  Dr.  W.  B.  Hales.  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck,  James  Bee,  Cluff  Hopla,  Blair 
Carlson,  Dwight  Taylor,  Vasco  Jordan  Tanner,  and  Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner.  Band- 
ing began  at  7:00  A.  M..  and  by  11:50  A.  M.  1,000  gulls  had  been  banded  with 
three  bands  ;  a  yellow  band  over  a  red  one  on  the  right  leg  and  an  aluminum 
Biological  Survey  band  on  the  left  leg.  The  survey  bands  were  numbered  680,001 
to  681,000. 

This  banding  was  undertaken  for  tiie  purpose  of  ascertaining  something  about 
the  migratory  movements  of  the  gulls.  We  are  especially  anxious  to  learn  if  the 
birds  return  to  this  island  and  if  they  select  the  territory  on  the  island  in  which 
they  were  reared. 

At  this  writing  we  have  received  reports  from  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
and  Mrs.  Grace  Sargent,  chairman  of  Pacific  Gull  Project  on  twenty-seven  of 
the  banded  gulls.  One  no.  680,997  was  found  dead  by  W.  R.  Creer  on  July  1, 
1940  at  Spanish  Fork,  Utah  ;  while  seventeen  were  found  dead  by  the  writer  and 
Dr.  Beck  on  Rock  Island  on  July  16,  1940.  Apparently  many  of  these  were 
injured  by  the  adult  gulls  at  the  time  of  banding.  On  July  29,  1940  one  was 
found  sick  and  unable  to  fly  by  Miss  Delia  Barney  at  Spanish  Fork ;  one  was 
caugh  near  Fallen,  Nevada  on  July  30  by  Edwin  Harrigan  ;  one  was  found  dead 
by  Elizabeth  Aureiter  at  Wecoma  Beach,  near  Ocean  Lake,  Oregon  on  August  3 ; 
one  was  found  injured  and  killed  by  George  Hummer  at  Santa  Cruz,  California, 
on  August  4.  Buster  Hammond  of  Newport,  Oregon  found  one  dead  on  August 
24 ;  and  Mr.  V.  T.  Wilson  on  August  26  found  one  dead  on  the  Bear  River 
Refuge.  Two  different  gulls  were  sighted  at  La  Jolla,  California  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  A.  E.  Hutchinson ;  one  on  February  2,  1941  and  the  other  one  on  Febru- 
ary 24.  Mr.  P.  Stoddard  saw  one  on  February  8,  on  the  University  of  California 
Campus  at  Los  Angeles. 

For  the  second  year  1,000  gulls  were  banded  on  Rock  Island  on  June  17,  1941. 
The  members  of  the  party  this  year  were  Ted  Johnson,  Harry  Chandler,  E.  C. 
Draper,  Dr.  D.  E.  Beck,  J.  C.  Dement,  Jordan  Tanner,  Carmela  Tanner,  and 
Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner.  Three  bands  a  red,  then  aluminum  survey  band  and  finally 
a  yellow  one  were  put  on  the  left  leg.  The  aluminum  bands  were  numlx'red 
649,001   to  650,000. 

After  banding  we  estimated  that  one  out  of  every  fifteen  or  sixteen  of  the 
young  gulls  was  banded.  There  are  about  ten  to  twelve  thousand  nests  on  the 
island  this  year  and  barring  fatality,  due  to  cold  stormy  weather,  the  infertility 
of  the  eggs,  and  starvation,  there  will  be  at  least  fifteen  to  sixteen  thousand  young 
gulls  reach  flight  maturity.  Dr.  Beck  has  made  a  rather  careful  study  of  the 
gulls  since  they  came  to  the  island  last  spring  and  we  believe  there  are  at  least 
twenty-four  to  twenty-five  thousand  adult  gulls  in  the  colony. 

We  are  surprised  at  being  unable  to  find  any  of  the  1940  banded  gulls  in  the 
colony.  Considerable  care  and  time  has  been  spent  in  observing  the  gulls  on  the 
island  and  in  the  fields  this  spring,  but  as  yet  we  have  failed  to  find  any  banded 
birds.— V.M.T. 


98 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  COLEOPTERA  FROM   UTAH  *i' 
(Omophronidae  and  Dytiscidae) 

HARRY  P.  CHANDLER 

While  collectiiii,^  on  the  Escahmte  River  in  the  Colorado  River 
region  a  large  series  of  light  colored  Omophronidae  were  obtained. 
These  proved  uniformly  different  from  our  more  common  southern 
Utah  form  in  the  Genus  Homophron.  When  the  latter  w^as  checked 
it  was  found  not  to  agree  with  any  of  the  descriptions  of  this  genus. 
r>oth  forms  are  closely  related  to  illustrc  and  various  subspecies  of 
aiiicricaiiitiii,  but  have  the  maculations  more  restricted. 

KEY  TO  THE  UTAH  SPECIES  OE  OMOPHRONIDAE 

1.  Elytra  15  striate Homophron  2 

Elytra   14  striate Prosccon  4 

2.  Pale  areas  of  the  dorsal  surface  predominating,  no  rom- 

boidal    maculation  on  the  suture  of  the  elytra  near 

the  apex    ^ 

Dark  areas  of  the  dorsal  surface  about  equal  to  the  pale 
areas,  elytra  shining,  with  bright  dark  metallic  green 
luster,  suture  usually  with  a  romboidal  maculation 
near  the  apex illustrc  Csy. 

3.  Tips  of  mandibles  short  and   stubby    (Fig.  7),  ground 

color  testaceous,  maculations  black,  only  faintly  me- 
tallic, ambulatorial  setae  on  the  fifth  abdominal  ster- 

nite   tanncri  sp.  nov. 

Tips  of  mandibles  long  and  pointed  (Fig.  6U  ground 
color  cream,  maculations  more  confined,  bright  me- 
tallic green  in  color,  rarely  with  ambulatorial  setae  on 
fifth  abdominal  sternite tanncri  proximiun  subsp.  nov. 

4.  Dark  areas  predominant,  maculations  black  or  with  very 

faint  metallic  color,  striae  deep  and  rather  coarsely 

and  deeply  punctured oblitcrafum  utensc  Csy. 

General  color  of  upper  surface  pale,  the  dark  markings 
small  without  metallic  color,  or  color  very  faint,  luster 
dull gilac  pallidum  Csy. 


(1)      Contribution  No.  93  from  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology, 
13righam  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

99 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
100  HARRY    P.    CHANDLb:R  Vol.  II,  Xo.  2, 

HoMOPHRON  TANXERi  Chandler,  sp.  nov. 

Female:  Length  5.8-7.0  mm.  Width  .x6-4.2  mm.  General  color, 
ground  color  of  the  upper  surface  testaceous,  maculations  black  with 
faint  metallic  green  tint,  becoming  stronger  anteriorly,  pale  area  pre- 
dominating but  less  so  than  in  Fig.  8,  under  surface  dark  piceous  red. 
Head  with  angular  pale  smooth  frontal  area,  metallic  green  basal  area 
with  punctures  and  sculpturing,  the  posterior  side  of  the  clypeus  is 
somewhat  paraboloid,  the  lateral  edges  being  darkened  so  as  to  make 
the  curve  seem  more  even.  Mandibles  (Fig.  7)  are  short  and  stubby 
as  in  H.  americaniim,  dorsal  ridge  evenly  curved  to  join  the  lateral 
edge  of  the  mandible.  Eyes  black,  and  prominent ;  antenna  slender, 
flavo  testaceous,  basal  four  joints  glaberous,  distal  joints  pubescent. 
Pronotum  predominantly  dark,  faint  metallic  green  with  pale  lateral 
edges ;  posterior  and  anterior  arms  of  pale  extend  inward  becoming 
quite  dark  in  color.  The  lateral  edge  tinely  emarginate.  Elytra  15 
striate,  striae  finely  impressed,  intervals  moderately  convex,  flatly  so 
behind  the  posterior  maculations.  Body  beneath,  prosternum  margi- 
nate  along  the  sides  of  the  posterior  process.  Metasternum  marginate 
along  the  anterior  and  lateral  edges  of  the  disk.  Ambulatorial  setae 
on  segments  4,  5,  and  6  of  the  abdomen. 

Male:  Length  5.2-5.9  mm.  Width  3.3-3.6  mm.  I'rothoracic  tarsi 
with  the  first  segments  enlarged  and  widened  having  a  brush  under- 
neath, second  joint  with  small  brush. 

Type  Locality:    Moab,  San  Juan  Co.,  L^tah. 

Besides  the  female  holotype  and  male  allot\i)e  which  are  from 
Moab,  Utah,  there  are  also  35  females  and  20  males  from  Moab,  Utah, 
collected  by  the  following:  James  Kartchner.  Anson  Call  Jr.,  Irwin 
Rasmussen  and  Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner.  Other  localities  represented 
are  La  Sal,  Utah  (Anson  Call)  ;  Blanding,  Utah  (Vasco  M.  Tanner)  : 
Marysvale,  Utah  (Vasco  M.  Tanner)  ;  and  Vernal.  Utah  (Rowland 
Rigby).  The  holotype  and  allotype  along  with  about  50  paratypes  are 
in  the  Brigham  Young  L^niversity  Collection.  Paratypes  will  be  de- 
posited at  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  and  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum. 

Habitat:  This  species  is  found  in  a  sandstone  desert  area  along 
the  banks  of  rivers  on  the  sandy  banks. 

Remark:  This  species  is  related  to  Hoiiiopliroii  ilhtstrc,  and  //. 
americanum  texanimi  but  is  less  broadly  oval  and  smaller,  especially 
in  the  male.  The  maculations  are  more  restricted  and  the  upper  sur- 
face less  glassy  without  the  prominent  metallic  dark  green  luster. 


NEW    UTAH    COLKOPTERA 


June  30,  1941 

Ne^  Species  of  Coleopiera  from  Ufah    by  Harry  R  Chandler 


101 


Fh>sttm3l  epimemn-  — 
Mesos^emil  epiitemim- 
Mescsfernil  epimeron-. 

Mtiaiitrml  episivrtn- 

Metasiermm  ~ f -jj. 
MeUsfvnal  epimerori  - 
AnttCMs/  piece- 

Mthcoxi—  - 


Ventral  segmmh' 


1 0  Venfral  vifw of  H.  finnerl  proximum      HydroporuS.  frampuncfafus 


aedeagus 


Figures  1  to  16 


The  Great  Basin  Xaturalist 
102  HARRY    P.    CHANDLER  Vol.  11,  No.  2, 


HoMOPHRON  TANNERi  PROxiMUM  Chandler,  subsp.  nov. 

Female:  (Fig.  8  &  10).  Length  6.1-6.5  mm.  Width  3.7-4  mm. 
General  color,  base  color  of  the  upper  surface  is  cream  with  bright 
metallic  green  maculations,  pale  area  predominating,  under  surface 
reddish  brown.  Head  with  angular  pale  impunctate  frontal  area, 
metallis  green  basal  area  with  punctures  and  sculpturing ;  antenna 
(Fig.  9)  ;  mandibles  large  with  long  sharp  tips  (Fig.  6),  the  dorsal 
ridge  sharply  bent  on  fusing  with  the  lateral  edge ;  mouth  parts 
(Fig.  2,  3,  &  4).  Pronotum  predominantly  bright  metallic  green  with 
pale  lateral  edges  finely  marginate.  Elytra  15  striate,  striae  weakly 
impressed,  faintly  extending  beyond  the  posterior  dark  spot ;  intervals 
flatly  convex ;  punctures  small  and  deep,  not  impressed  behind  the 
posterior  dark  spot,  except  rarely  very  faintly.  Ambulatorial  setae 
(Fig.  10)  on  segments  4  and  6  of  the  abdomen,  rarely  on  the  fifth. 
Genitalia  Fig.  1. 

Male:  Length  5.7-6.1  mm.  Width  3.3-3.7  mm.  Prothoracic  tarsi 
with  basal  2  joints  enlarged  (Fig.  5). 

Type  Locality:  Box  Canyon  near  the  junction  of  Calf  Creek 
and  the  Escalante  River  in  Garfield  Co.,  Utah,  (the  first  right  hand 
canyon  on  the  Escalante  River  above  Calf  Creek). 

Habitat:  A  large  number  of  this  subspecies  were  taken  at  the 
head  of  a  box  canyon  near  an  isolated  pool,  which  was  about  30  feet 
in  diameter  with  a  small  stream  running  out  of  it  for  about  100  feet. 
They  were  quite  numerous  and  were  found  hiding  in  cracks  and  under 
the  leaves  rather  than  burrowing  holes  in  the  sand.  This  pool  is  about 
2  miles  from  the  Escalante  River  and  has  no  water  connections  except 
possibly  for  a  brief  period  during  the  spring  runoff  or  thunder  showers. 
Tt  appears  that  the  species  may  have  developed  around  these  isolated 
shaded  still  water  pools  at  the  head  of  the  box  canyons  of  the  vicinity. 
On  the  Escalante  River  proper  the  form  seems  to  be  very  variable, 
approaching  H.  tanneri  with  various  combinations  of  the  characters 
of  each  type.  The  individual  characters  do  not  seem  to  intergrade. 
Some  specimens,  seemingly  hybrids,  are  larger  and  more  broadly  oval 
than  either  tanneri  or  tanneri  proxinmm. 

The  holotype  and  allot^'pe  will  be  placed  in  the  P>righam  Young 
University  collection.  I'esides  the  holotype  and  allotype  there  are  30 
paratypes  all  from  the  type  locality. 


June  30,  1941  nkw  utah  coleoptera  103 

FAMILY  DYTISriDAK 

Hydroporus  transpunctatus  Chandler,  sp.  nov. 

Length,  male  5  mm. ;  female  4.8  mm.  Width,  male  2.4  mm. ;  fe- 
male 2.35  mm.  General  form  evenly  elyptical  (Fig.  11)  ;  integuments 
shining  alutaceous,  elytra  of  male  less  alutaceous.  Ventral  side  almost 
entirely  black.  Head  black  except  for  a  sharply  defined  transverse 
rufous  patch  on  the  vertex,  underside  black.  Antennae  and  mouth 
parts  piceous,  a  little  less  so  on  the  under  side  and  at  the  base  of  each 
segment.  Pronotum  alutaceous  with  disk  finely  and  sparcely  punc- 
tured, margins  more  closely  and  coarsely  punctured  especially  in  the 
male,  lateral  edges  finely  but  distinctly  margined.  Elytra  a  clear  pice- 
ous brown ;  the  suture  black ;  the  inflexed  edge,  which  covers  the  black 
side  pieces  of  the  ventral  segments,  appearing  black;  a  faint  longitudi- 
nal row  of  coarser  punctures  about  a  third  of  the  width  of  the  elytra 
from  the  suture.  Punctures  of  the  elytra  small  arranged  in  trans- 
versely elongate  reticulate  rows,  (Fig.  12),  the  distance  between  the 
rows  about  2-2^  times  the  distance  between  the  punctures  in  the  same 
row.  Pubescence  fine,  about  twice  the  distance  between  the  rows  of 
punctures  in  length.  Prosternum  and  epipleura  black.  Metasternum 
and  coxal  plates  finely  and  sparsely  punctured,  punctures  coarser  at 
sides,  less  so  in  female.  Ventral  segments  faintly  and  sparsely  punc- 
tured except  the  sides  of  the  first  and  second  segments  of  the  male 
which  are  coarsely  and  closely  punctured  as  is  also  the  posterior  half 
of  the  last  segment ;  the  female  with  obscure  rufous  spots  at  sides. 
Legs  black  except  the  inner  sides  of  the  tibia  tarsus  and  trochanters 
which  may  be  obscurely  rufous.  Pro-  (Fig.  13)  and  mesotarsi  of  male 
broadly  expanded ;  the  second  segment  of  the  protarsus  slightly  wider 
than  the  first  segment  which  is  slightly  wider  than  the  third,  the  sec- 
ond segment  twice  as  wide  as  long,  the  third  with  the  lobes  as  long 
as  the  basal  part,  the  claws  large  the  anterior  one  shorter,  stouter  and 
more  curved  at  tip.  Male  mesotarsus  with  joints  1  to  3  slightly  de- 
creasing in  width,  general  form  similar  to  protarsi,  claws  small,  a 
little  larger  than  those  of  the  hind  tarsi. 

Female  protarsi  (Fig.  14)  resembling  somewhat  the  male  in  gen- 
eral form  but  much  reduced,  the  fourth  segment  completely  reduced, 
the  fifth  united  with  the  bilobed  third,  so  that  the  third  appears  tri- 
lobed,  the  posterior  lobe  somewhat  reduced.  Only  one  claw  is  devel- 
oped, it  is  stout,  small  and  evenly  curved.  Female  mesotarsus  not 
widely  expanded.    Male  genitalia  (Fig.  15  and  16). 

Type  Locality  :    The  author  collected  both  the  male  Holotype  and 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
104  HARRY    P.    CHANDLER  \'()1.  I T.  Xo.  2. 

the  female  Allotype  on  Aui^-.  1,  1938  at  Salamander  Lake  (pond),  Mj. 
Timpanogos,  Ut.  Co..  Utah. 

The  holotype  is  labeled  "Aspen  Grove  Ut.,  No.  A534,  8/1/38." 
It  will  be  deposited  in  the  collection  at  the  Brigham  Young  University. 
The  allotype  is  labeled  "Aspen  Grove  Ut..  No.  A535,  8/1/38";  it 
W'ill  remain  in  the  author's  personal  collection. 

The  arrangement  of  the  punctures  of  the  elytra  in  lines  is  more 
evident  if  a  source  of  light  from  above  is  used.  The  punctures  are 
quite  small  but  are  evident  if  a  good  magnification  is  obtained.  This 
species  would  likely  be  run  to  axillaris  in  Fall's  key.  It  may  easily  be 
separated  by  the  greater  amount  of  piceousness  of  the  under  surface 
and  mouthparts,  and  the  arrangement  of  the  punctures  of  the  elytra. 
The  modification  of  the  female  protarsus  is  quite  unique  if  it  proves 
constant. 


Painted  Lady  Butterfly  in  Migration 

Again  we  wish  to  record  the  migratory  movements  of  the  Painted  Lady 
Butterfly,  Vanessa  cardnii  L.  While  on  a  collection  and  study  trip  through  south- 
western Utah  and  Clark  County,  Nevada,  the  writer  encountered  large  numibers 
of  this  species  at  Kanarraville,  Iron  County,  Utah,  on  April  27,  1941.  They  were 
flying  northward  along  highway  91.  I  continued  to  pass  through  hundreds  of 
specimens  flying  from  three  to  ten  feet  high,  down  to  Anderson's  Ranch  in  Wash- 
ington County,  Utah.  From  here  to  Hurricane  and  St.  George  there  was  about  the 
normal  number  of  specitnens  of  this  species,  flitting  about  in  the  fields  and  along 
the  highway.  On  April  30  I  again  encountered  this  species  in  migration  north- 
ward over  the  Mormon  Mesa  in  Nevada.  This  same  species  was  common  around 
Boulder  City  and  Hemenway  Wash  and  on  Horseshoe  Island  in  Mead  Lake  on 
May  L,  2,  and  3.  Mr.  Russell  K.  Grater,  Zion  Park  Naturalist  and  Dr.  A.  M. 
Woodbury  of  the  University  of  Utah,  reported  to  the  writer  a  heavy  migration 
northward  in  Sevier  and  Sanpete  valleys  of  central  Utah  from  April  30  to  May  5, 
1941.  Several  specimens  were  collected  at  these  various  localities  which  makes 
certain  the  identification  of  this  species. — V.  M.  T. 


THREE  NEW  MAMMALS  (MTCROTUS  AND  OCHOTONA) 

FROM  UTAH(i) 

E.  RAYMOND  HALL 

Associate  Professor  of  Vertebrate  Zoology 

University  of  California 

and 

C.  LYNX  HAYWARD 

Assistant  Professor  of   Zoology 
Brigham  Young  University 

Recognition,  several  years  ago,  of  the  distinctive  characters  of 
specimens  of  Microtus  montanus  from  central  Utah  led  to  the  saving 
of  additional  specimens  for  the  collections  of  the  Zoology  Department 
of  Brigham  Young  University.  Study  and  comparison  of  these  speci- 
mens with  topotypes  and  other  pertinent  materials  in  the  Museum  of 
Vertebrate  Zoology  of  the  University  of  California  reveals  the  ex- 
istence of  two  hitherto  unnamed  geographic  races  of  meadow  mice. 
Also,  specimens  of  the  pika  from  south-central  Utah  are  found  to 
belong  to  a  previously  unrecognized  race.  Descriptions  and  names 
for  these  three  new  subspecies  are  offered  below : 

Microtus  montanus  amosus  Hall  and  Hayward,  subsp.  nov. 

Type:  Female,  adult,  skin  and  skull;  no.  95272,  Mus.  Vert.  Zool. ; 
Torrey,  Wayne  County,  Utah;  June  18,  1938;  collected  by  James  W. 
Bee ;  original  no.  705. 

Range  :    Fremont  River  drainage  in  south-central  Utah. 

Diagnosis:  Size  large;  tail  long  (25  to  27  per  cent  of  total 
length)  ;  color  reddish;  skull  with  short  palate  and  short  nasals; 
hraincase  wide  across  mastoidal  region ;  auditory  bullae  large. 

Comparisons:  Individuals  of  this  race  are  larger  than  those  of 
nanus,  nexus,  fiisus  or  micropus  and  apparently  are  larger  even  than 
ariconensis.  The  size  is  about  as  in  fucosus  and  rivularis.  The  red- 
dish color  of  the  upper  parts  distinguishes  amosus  from  nanus,  mi- 
cropus, fucosus  and  in  lesser  degree  from  nexus,  but  resembles  that 
of  fusus,  arizonensis  and  rivularis.  From  rivularis, .  seemingly  the 
closest  relative  of  amosus,  it  is  distinguished  by  smaller  skull,  with, 
nevertheless,  much  larger  auditory  bullae.  Individuals  of  arizonensis, 
which  is  the  second  closest  relative  of  amosus,  are  smaller  bodied. 


(1)  Contribution  from:  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology.  University  of 
California,  and  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young 
University. 

105 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
106  E.   RAYMOND   HALL,   C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Remarks  :  Specimens,  not  at  this  writing  available  for  examina- 
tion, from  Jensen,  Uintah  County,  Utah,  were  previously  commented 
upon  (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  51,  p.  132)  as  intermediate 
in  some  respects  between  the  small  reddish  race  fustis  from  Colorado 
and  the  larger,  more  blackish  race  micropus  from  Nevada.  These 
specimens  from  Jensen  possess  several  characters  which  give  basis 
for  thinking  that  when  the  geographic  ranges  of  the  subspecies  of 
Microtus  montaniis  in  Utah  are  more  thoroughly  worked  out,  the  race 
amosus  will  be  found  to  have  an  extensive  range  in  the  Colorado 
River  drainage  in  that  State. 

Measurements  :  Average  and  extreme  measurements  in  milli- 
meters of  3  adult  males  from  Steep  Creek,  Garfield  County,  and  5  adult 
females  from  Torrey,  Wayne  County,  are:  Total  length,  J^,  174 
(170-179),  ?,  180  (175-185)  ;  length  of  tail,  44  (41.5^6),  48  (40- 
54)  ;  length  of  hind  foot,  20.2  (20.0-20.5),  20.7  (20.0-21.5)  ;  weight 
in  grams,  62.0  (57-67),  67.0  (58-76)  ;  condylobasal  length,  29.2  (28.9- 
29.5),  29.9  (29.0-30.3);  occipitonasal  length,  27.8  (27.4-28.1),  28.4 
(27.4-29.4);  nasal  length,  8.4  (8.2-8.5),  8.6  (8.3-8.9);  zygomatic 
breadth,  16.9  (16.5-17.3),  17.3  (17.0-17.6);  interorbital  breadth,  3.6 
(3.6-3.6),  3.7  (3.5-3.9);  mastoidal  breadth,  13.8  (13.2-14.6),  13.6 
(13.3-13.9)  ;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  7.1  (7.0-7.2),  7.4 
(7.1-7.7)  ;  breadth  of  rostrum  measured  between  ventral  margins  of 
infraorbital  canals,  5.3  (5.2-5.3),  5.5  (5.4-5.7);  palatilar  length,  14.9 
(14.5-15.2), 15.6  (15.0-16.0)  ;  width  of  tympanic  bulla  between  ante- 
rodorsal  face  of  external  auditory  meatus  and  posterior  opening  of 
stapedial  canal,  6.3  (6.2-6.3),  6.4  (6.2-6.5). 

Specimens  Examined:  Total  number,  25,  as  follows:  WAYNE 
CO.:  Torrey,  6,500  ft.,  15.  GARFIELD  CO.:  Steep  Creek,  8,500  ft., 
10.  With  the  exception  of  the  type,  all  specimens  are  in  the  collection 
of  the  Department  of  Zoology,  Brigham  Young  University. 

Microtus  montanus  nexus  Hall  and  Hayward,  subsp.  nov. 

Type:  Female,  adult,  skin  and  skull;  no.  95271,  Mus.  Vert.  Zool. ; 
West  Canyon,  Oquirrh  Range,  Utah  County,  Utah;  August  3,  1939; 
collected  by  James  W.  Bee;  original  no.  19-8-3-39. 

Range  :  Valleys  and  mountains  of  central  Utah  from  Ogden  south 
to  Fish  Lake  Plateau ;  limits  of  range  undetermined. 

Diagnosis:  Size  medium;  tail  relatively  long  (averaging  28  per 
cent  of  total  length)  ;  upper  parts  with  some  reddish  and  some  black- 
ish ;  skull  small ;  palate  and  nasals  short ;  braincase  relatively  narrow 
across  mastoidal  region ;  tympanic  bullae  large. 


Tune  30,  1941  new  utah   mammals  107 

Comparisons  and  Remarks:  Individuals  of  this  race  are  small 
and  in  that  respect  approach  nanus  and  fusus.  M.  ni.  nexus  is  less  red- 
dish and  more  blackish  than  fiistis,  blacker  and  less  grayish  than  nanus 
and  less  blackish  than  the  larger  micropus.  Although  this  subspecies 
is  smaller  than  micropus,  the  auditory  bullae  are  more  inflated  and  ac- 
tually are  larger.  The  shorter  palate,  relatively  shorter  nasals,  and 
relatively  narrower  braincase,  as  measured  across  the  mastoidal  proc- 
esses, are  other  features  differentiating  nexus  from  micropus.  The 
large  bullae  is  a  feature  found  also  in  oniosus  but  it  and  rivularis  can 
be  differentiated  readily   from  nexus  by  larger  size. 

The  specimens  from  Fish  Lake  come  from  within  the  Colorado 
River  drainage  and  therefore  might  be  expected  to  be  referable  to 
amosus.  Nevertheless  they  have  more  of  the  characters  of  nexus  al- 
though they  are  not  typical  of  that  race. 

Measurements:  Measurements  of  3  adults,  J^  no.  1728,  5  "O- 
1730,  and  the  type  are:  Total  length,  172,  168,  155;  length  of  tail,  42, 
46,  41  ;  length  of  hind  foot,  21,  20.3,  20;  weight  in  grams,  57,  70,  50; 
condylobasal  length,  27.8,  27.5,  27.2;  occipitonasal  length,  26.5,  26.2, 
26.2;  nasal  length,  8.0,  7.5,  7.3;  zygomatic  breadth,  16.0,  15.9,  15.6; 
interorbital  breadth,  3.7.  3.6,  3.6;  mastoidal  breadth,  12.3,  12.3,  12.0; 
alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  6.4,  6.7,  6.5  ;  breadth  of  ros- 
trum measured  between  ventral  margins  of  infraorbital  canals,  5.2, 
5.3,  5.0;  palatilar  length,  14.3,  14.4,  14.2;  width  of  tympanic  bulla  be- 
tween anterodorsal  face  of  external  auditory  meatus  and  posterior 
opening  of  stapedial  canal,  5.9,  6.4,  6.3. 

Specimens  Examined:  Total  number,  16,  all  from  Utah,  as  fol- 
lows :  WEBER  CO. :  Ogden,  4293  ft.,  3  (M.V.Z.)  ;  UTAH  CO. :  West 
Canyon,  Oquirrh  Range,  8  (7  in  B.Y.U.),  Provo,  4510  ft.,  1  (M.V.Z.)  ; 
SEVIER  CO.:  10  mi.  N.  Fish  Lake,  Fish  Lake  Mts.,  10,000  ft.,  4 
(M.V.Z.). 

OcHOTONA  PRiNCEPS  UTAHENSis  Hall  and  Hayward,  subsp.  nov. 

Type:  Male,  adult,  skin  and  skull;  no.  95273,  Mus.  Vert.  Zool. ; 
2  miles  west  of  Deer  Lake,  Garfield  County,  Utah;  June  25.  1938; 
collected  by  George  Stanton  Cannon ;  original  no.  73. 

Range:    Known  only  from  the  type  locality. 

Diagnosis  :  Size  large ;  hind  foot  of  medium  length  ;  color  dark 
grayish  above;  anteroposterior  extent  of  palatal  bridge  equal  to  or 
more  than  transverse  width  of  crown  of  last  upper  molar;  interptery- 
goid  space  only  slightly  spatulate  or  parallel  sided ;  tympanic  bullae 
large ;  nasals  broad  posteriorly. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
108  E.   RAYMOND   HALL,   C.   LYNN   HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  2, 

Comparisons:  Among  named  kinds  of  pikas  this  subspecies  most 
closely  resembles  Ochotona  princcps  saxatilis  from  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains of  Colorado  in  cranial  characters.  The  tympanic  bullae  are 
larger  in  utahensis  and  this  is  the  only  distinguishing  feature  noted 
between  skulls  of  the  two.  The  hind  foot  of  utahensis,  if  we  may  re- 
ly on  collectors'  measurements,  is  shorter  and  it  is  easily  recognizable 
by  the  grayer  color.  The  upper  parts  (June-taken  specimens)  are 
dark  gray  and  lack  the  buiify  or  cinnamon  color  of  saxatilis  in  comp- 
arable pelage ;  the  underparts  are  darker  cinnamon  on  the  chest. 

From  O.  p.  cinnamomca  and  O.  p.  fuscipes  which  occur  nearby  to 
the  westward,  utahensis  dififers  in  larger  size,  grayer  (less  cinnamon) 
color,  wider  (anteroposteriorly)  palatal  bridge,  and  more  nearly 
straight  sides  on  the  incisive  foramina.  The  tympanic  bullae  of  utah- 
ensis are  smaller  than  in  fuscipes  and  larger  than  in  cinnamomea. 

Remarks  :  Specimen  labels  bear  the  notation  "Private  Lake,  SE 
Aquarius  Plateau."  We  have  not  found  this  name  on  any  map.  The 
place  where  the  specimens  were  taken  is  2  miles  west  of  Deer  Lake, 
shown  on  the  United  States  Forest  Service  map  of  Powell  National 
Forest.  Neither  has  a  land  survey  been  located  for  the  area  in  ques- 
tion but  it  is  judged  that  the  locality  lies  in  Sec.  9,  R.  5E,  T.  32S, 
Salt  Lake  Meridian. 

Measurements:  Average  and  extreme  measurements  of  5  in- 
dividuals (  3  (^(^  and  2  $$)  from  the  type  locality  are:  Total  length, 
191  (180-200);  length  of  hind  foot,  29.2  (28-30);  occipitonasal 
length,  45.5  (42.8-47.4)  ;  zygomatic  breadth,  22.1  (21.5-23.1)  ;  breadth 
of  braincase,  18.5  (18.0-18.9)  ;  postorbital  breadth,  14.6  (14.4-14.8)  ; 
interorbital  breadth,  5.4  (5.0-5.7)  ;  width  of  palatal  bridge,  2.4  (2.1- 
2.8);  length  of  nasals,  15.3  (14.8-16.3);  alveolar  length  of  upper 
toothrow,  9.1   (8.8-9.5). 

Specimens  Examined:  Five  from  the  type  locality,  four  of  which 
are  deposited  in  the  vertebrate  collection  at  Brigham  Young  University. 


BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 


Largest  private  institution  of  higher  learning  in  the  Intermountain 
Region,  Brigham  Young  University  is  organized  into  five  colleges,  three 
divisions,  and  the  graduate  school.  Four  quarters  of  instruction  are 
provided  annually. 


Colleges  of  Applied  Science 
Arts  and  Sciences 
Commerce 
Education 
Fine  Arts 


Divisions  of  Religion 
Research 
Extension 

Graduate  School 

Summer  School 


Departments  of  Instruction 


Accounting  and  Business 

Administration 
Agricultural  Economics 
Agronomy 
Animal  Husbandry 
Art 

Bacteriology 

Bible  and  Modern  Scripture 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Church  History 
Church  Organization  and 

Administration 
Economics 

Educational  Administration 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Finance  and  Banking 
Geology  and  Geography 
History 
Home  Economics 


Horticulture  and  Landscape 

Architecture 
Journalism 
Library 
Marketing 
Mathematics 
Mechanic  Arts 

Modern  and  Classical  Languages 
Music 

Office  Practice 
Physical  Education 
Physics 

Political  Science 
Philosophy  of  Education 
Psychology 
Secondary  Education 
Sociology 
Speech 
Theology  and  Religious 

Philosophy 
Zoology  and  Entomology 


NATIONALLY  ACCREDITED 


For  further  information,  write 

The  President 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

Provo,  Utah 


NEW  CENTURY  PRINTINS  CO.,  PROVO,  UTAH 


Volume  II 


Number  3 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

November  29,  1941      y^^^%, 

rutc  \b  1841  ; 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Some  Observations  on  Amphibia  At  and  Near  Las  Vegas,  New 

Mexico,  Arthur  N.  Bragg 109 

Two  New   Species  of  Aphaenogaster    (Hymenoptera:    Formi- 

cidae,  Marion  R.  Smith 118 

New  Bird  Records  from  Zion  National  Park 121 

Antarctic  Birds  Contributed  by  Dr.  Russell  G.  Frazier     .     .     .     122 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology  of 

Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Editor 
C.  Lynn  Hayward,  Assistant  Editor 

A  journal  published  four  times  a  year  by  the  Department  of 
Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts.  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will  be 
accepted.     Manuscripts  are  subjected  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations.  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  Journal  are 
to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the 
cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints.  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription.  The  annual  subscription  is  $1.50,  (outside  the 
United  States,  $2.00).     Single  number,  50  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Great   Basin   Naturalist,   Brigham  Young  University,   Provo,   Utah. 

Reprint  Schedule  of  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Each 

Additional 

2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

8  pp. 

10  pp. 

12  pp. 

2  pp. 

50  copies 

$2.00 

$3.50 

$4.50 

$5.50 

$6.50 

$7.50 

.95 

100  copies 

3.50 

4.50 

5.50 

6.50 

7.50 

8.50 

200  copies 

4.75 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

300  copies 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

10.75 

Covers:   $5.00  for  first  100  copies;  $2.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Published  by  the 


^         Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology     NT^  Zeotegy     *ff^ 
\^\d\s>o  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah     (     0£C  15  194] 


i<a«AKt 


\oLrMK  II  NOVEMBER  29,  1941 


SOME  OBSERVATIONS  ON  AMPHIBIA  AT  AND   NEAR 
LAS  VEGAS.  NEW  MEXICO 

ARTHUR  N.  BRAGG  (1) 

The  summer  of  1940  (June  6  to  August  25)  afforded  opportunity 
for  the  study  of  amphibians  and  reptiles  in  and  about  Las  Vegas,  San 
Miguel  County,  New  Mexico.  Field  trips  were  taken  ahiiost  dail\  : 
pools,  ponds,  and  streams  investigated  at  every  opportunity,  for  the 
presence  of  tadpoles ;  and  several  breeding  congresses  of  Amphibia 
observed.  Representative  collections  of  the  herpetological  fauna  were 
made,  tadpoles  of  several  species  of  Anura  were  reared  and  studied 
in  the  laboratory,  and  copeous  notes  taken  concerning  ecological  rela- 
tions and  habitats.  Specimens  have  been  deposited  in  the  L^niversity 
of  Oklahoma  Museum  of  Zoolog}'. 

Las  Vegas  is  located  in  the  A^alley  of  Gallinas  Creek,  a  tributary 
of  the  Pecos  River,  in  the  short-grass  plains.  To  the  north  and  west, 
however,  the  elevation  increases  rapidly  to  the  Aspen  Zone  of  the 
Sangre  de  Christo  Mountains  within  twenty  miles  up  the  Gallinas 
Valley.  The  elevation  at  Las  Vegas  is  approximately  6,400  feet;  at 
the  edge  of  the  Transition  Zone,  seven  miles  northwest  of  the  city. 
it  is  6,767  feet ;  and  the  Aspen  Zone  occurs  at  about  8,000  feet.  The 
greater  part  of  the  rainfall  occurs  in  July  and  August  (mean  over  a 
period  of  seventy  years,  just  over  three  inches  for  each  of  these 
months).  From  late  June  on  through  the  summer,  afternoon  and 
evening  showers  are  frequent,  a  circumstance  which  makes  the  dry 
hills  and  mesas  of  the  region  suitable  habitats  for  some  of  the  noc- 
turnal.  terrestrial  Amphibia.  Mean  temperatures  for  June,  July,  and 
August  are  given  by  the  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau  as  68.6.  67.1,  and 
60.7°  F..  respectively.  It  is  a  region  of  warm  days  and  cool  nights 
during  the  summer. 


(1)     Contrilnitinn  from  the  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Oklahoma, 
No.    231. 

109 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
110  ARTHUR    N.    BRAGG  \'o].  2.  X< ).  .\ 

Possible  breeding  sites  for  Amphibia  in  this  region  include  (1) 
permanent  streams  (principally  the  Gallinas  and  its  tributary,  the 
Arrovo  de  Pecos,  the  former  passing  through  the  center  of  the  city, 
the  latter  skirting  Las  Vegas  on  the  East)  ;  (2  )  irrigation  ditches,  of 
which  one  large  one  and  many  small  ones  occur;  (3)  ponds,  formed 
b\-  dams  across  streams,  holding  water  for  irrigation;  (4)  cattle-tanks 
in  short-grass  pastures;  (5)  temporary  pools  and  ditches;  (6)  seepage 
l^ools  from  irrigation  ditches,  especially  on  the  sides  of  mesas;  (7) 
ponds  and  pools  formed  in  shallow  sandstone  quarries  on  the  hillsides 
just  south  of  Romeroville,  some  seven  miles  south  of  Las  Vegas;  (8) 
beaver  ponds  in  the  Aspen  Zone  of  the  mountains,  especially  in  the 
upper  reaches  of  the  Gallinas  \''alley ;  and  (9)  Alpine  pools,  formed 
by  showers  and  melting  snow\  in  the  higher  altitudes  to  the  north. 
In  most  of  these,  the  water  is  muddy  with  suspensions  of  a  gray  clay, 
some  of  which  appears  to  be  in  a  colloidal  condition.  In  the  beaver 
ponds,  in  very  few  of  the  temporary  pools,  and  in  seepage  pools,  the 
water  may  be  temporarily  or  permanently  clear.  In  the  Alpine  pools 
and  beaver  ponds,  the  water  is  always  clear.  In  the  lower  reaches  of 
the  streams  and  in  the  pools  formed  by  them  here,  turbidity  depends 
essentially  upon  the  violence  of  the  local  or  mountain  rains,  since  after 
heavy  rainfall  the  runofif  from  the  steep,  sparsely  vegetated  slopes  is 
very  fast. 

AMPHIBIA  OBSERVED 

(1)  Ambystoma  tigrinum  mavortium  (Bairtl).  One  adult  was 
collected  from  wet  pavement  adjacent  to  a  muddy  temporary  pond, 
one  mile  north  of  Las  Vegas  at  night  in  June ;  another  was  taken  in 
the  basement  of  a  house  in  Las  \^egas  in  Juh'.  Larvae  were  numer- 
ous in  muddy  temporary  pools  of  large  extent  in  and  near  Las  \'egas 
in  June  and  July  and  in  clear  quarry-pools  most  of  the  summer.  They 
were  also  found  in  numbers  in  alpine  pools  near  the  snow-line  at 
about  11,000  feet  elevation  near  the  Taos  County  line,  some  fort\' 
miles  north  of  Las  Vegas.  Those  in  the  quarry-pools  were  of  vari- 
ous sizes  but  those  in  the  temporary  and  alpine  pools  were  small  and 
individuals  varied  Init  little  in  length.  It  seems  probable  that  some 
specimens  in  this  region  are  paedogenic,  but  the  collection  of  adults 
proves  that  others  are  not. 

(2)  Bufo  woodhousii  woodhousii  (GirardL  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tain toad  is  almost  certainly  the  only  Bufo  in  the  region.  At  least. 
under  conditions  of  moisture  and  temperature  known  to  be  the  most 
favorable  for  other  species  in  Oklahoma  (Bragg,  1940.  1940a.  1940b) 
none  were  found  even  with  thorough  search.     Neither  were  tadpoles 


•  Nov.  29.  1941         AMPHIBIA  AT  LAS  VEGAS,  NEW   MEXICO  1  1  1 

of  other  species  present  at  any  time  during  the  summer  in  any  of  the 
waters  of  the  region. 

B.  zv.  zuoodhoiisii  is  very  abundant  all  about  Las  Vegas.  They 
were  especially  prevalent  in  the  valley  of  the  Gallinas  at  6,767  feet 
elevation  and  below  and  in  the  valley  of  the  Arroyo  de  Pecos  within 
the  city  limits ;  but  they  also  occurred  high  on  the  short-grass  mesas 
and  on  the  wooded  mountain  sides  both  at  Montezuma  and  in  Taos 
County  to  the  north.  Considering  their  prevalence  in  such  situations 
in  Oklahoma  (Bragg,  1940a),  it  is  interesting  that  none  were  ever 
found  under  street-lights  at  Las  Vegas  although  actively  searched  for 
at  several  times,  when  they  were  known  to  be  out.  Since  there  was 
a  relative  scarcity  of  insects  frequenting  lights  here  as  compared  with 
Oklahoma,  it  seems  proabbly  that  whenever  these  toads  are  attracted 
to  streetlights,  it  is  the  prevalence  of  food  rather  than  the  presence 
of  the  lights  per  sc  which  attracts  them.  These  toads  also  feed  abun- 
dantly among  the  pines  on  the  steep  hillsides  at  Montezuma  (in  the 
edge  of  the  Transition  Zone).  Since  few  of  them  were  found  here 
before  late  June,  but  were  found  almost  every  night  thereafter  when 
looked  for.  it  seems  probable  that  the  frequent  afternoon  showers  at 
rhis   season  provided   sutificient   moisture  on   the   otherwise  dry  hills. 

Tt  is  probably  well  to  note  that  specimens  were  brought  to  me  from 
Taos  County  and  from  the  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande  near  Chimayo, 
Rio  Arriba  County,  the  latter  collected  by  Ezequiel  Sandoval,  one  of 
my  students. 

The  breeding  habits  in  this  habitat  differ  somewhat  from  those 
of  the  same  species  in  Oklahoma  (Bragg,  1940a).  Many  tadpoles 
were  present  in  flowing  streams  upon  my  arrival  in  the  region  in 
June.  They  were  especialh^  abundant  in  the  Gallinas  both  at  Las 
Vegas  and  at  Montezuma,  six  miles  to  the  northwest,  as  well  as  in 
the  Arroyo  de  Pecos  at  the  eastern  edge  of  the  city.  In  all  of  these 
locations  they  occurred  only  in  the  flatter  areas  of  the  stream  beds 
where  the  water  was  flowing  with  a  gentle  current.  They  were  not 
found  in  spring-fed  pools  on  the  flood  plains  of  these  streams  adjacent 
to  the  selected  breeding  sites  in  the  main  streams  themselves.  No 
tadpoles  were  found  at  any  time  in  the  muddy  cattle  tanks  in  the 
short-grass  pastures  of  the  region,  although,  basing  judgment  upon 
knowledge  of  the  habits  of  B.  w.  zvoodhousii  in  Oklahoma,  these  were 
the  first  places  investigated.  Late  in  August,  several  young  tadpoles 
were  taken  from  shallow,  clear  water,  grassy  quarry-pools  south  of 
Romeroville.  Judging  from  the  size  ranges,  these  had  come  from 
three  clutches  of  eggs  laid  at  different  times,  two  of  them  in  one  pool. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
112  ARTHUR    N.    BRAGG  Vol.  2,  Xo.  3, 

tlic  other  in  an  adjacenl  pool.  ( )tht.T  llian  the  frequent  light  showers, 
tliere  had  been  no  rain  since  Aui,rust  6.  and  the  tadpoles  were  too 
small  to  have  been  produced  on  or  near  this  date.  iMales  were  heard 
callini,^  all  alonj^  irriijatif)n  ditches  as  well  as  in  the  Gallinas  (lurin,t; 
several  nii^hts  in  fune  wlien  tliere  liad  been  no  signihcant  rain.  ( )n 
the  other  hand,  none  were  seen  or  hard  about  suitable  breeding  sites 
after  an  0.80  inch  rain  on  July  12  or  after  heavy  rain  on  August  5 
and  (\  both  of  which  brought  (jut  Scaphiopus  in  large  numbers  (see 
beyond).  />'.  w.  ivoodhousii  was  never  found  lireeding.  nor  any  evi- 
dence of  its  having  bred,  in  roadside  ditches  in  this  region. 

These  observations  confirm  two  conclusions  drawn  from  a  stud} 
of  tliese  toads  in  Oklahoma  (IJragg,  1940a)  :  (  1  )  that  tlie}-  l)reed  more 
or  less  independently  of  rain  and  (2)  that  this  is  a  very  adjustable  and 
versatile  species  whose  habits  are  not  so  fixed  that  they  cannot  l)e 
changed  considerably  in  adaptation  to  various  habitats. 

(3)  Pseudacris  triseriata  Wied.  This  little  hylid  was  found  on 
one  night  only,  l)reeding  in  considerable  numbers  in  grassy,  clear- 
water,  shallow  pools  after  the  rain  of  2.04  inches  on  .August  5  and  6. 
Many  males,  a  few  females,  and  one  clasping  pair  were  taken  in 
one  place  on  the  north  edge  of  the  cit}'.  a  very  few  from  the  edge 
of  another  Hooded  area  nearl)y  ;  and  (jne  calling  male  from  an  overtiow 
of  a  ditch  four  miles  to  the  south.  The  clasping  pair  produced  a  few 
eggs  in  the  laboratory  but  these  did  not  develop.  Thorough  sampling 
of  these  pools  with  a  dipnet  at  two  diliferent  times  later  failed  to  reveal 
tadpoles.  It  seems  probable  that,  of  the  many  presumal)!}-  produced, 
most  fell  prey  to  the  predaceous  larvae  of  Scapliiopus  honibifrons  which 
were  very  numerous  in  the  pools. 

(4)  Scaphiopus  hammondii  Baird.  T  wish  to  emphasize  that 
the  western  spadefoot  occurs  abundantly  about  Las  Vegas.  It  is  not 
limited  to  California  and  areas  immediately  adjacent  as  implied  by 
Stejneger  and  Barbour  (1939).  It  bred  twice  during  the  summer, 
first  during  the  evening  of  July  12  after  a  downpour  of  0.80  inch 
in  one-half  hour  late  in  the  afternoon  and  again,  on  the  night  of 
August  6,  after  just  over  two  inches  of  rain.  Both  times,  many  eggs 
were  laid  and  tadpoles  develo]:)ed  in  many  pools,  every  one  of  them 
muddy  and  temporary  in  nature. 

The  voice  of  this  species  has  been  adeciuately  described  by  Orten- 
burger  (1924)  as  like  the  loud  purr  of  a  cat  but  with  the  metallic  sound 
of  grinding  gears.  It  is  (|uite  different  from  that  of  the  closely  related 
.V.  honibifrons  and  an\-  experienced  person  upon  hearing  the  two  species 
calling  together  could  not  possibly  mistake  the  one  for  the  other.     The 


Nov.  29,  1941       AMPiiiruA  at  las  vegas,  nkw  mkxico  1 1.^^ 

reactions  ol  tho  males  in  sccuriiii^  males  also  (litter  from  those  of  -S". 
hoinbifroiis.  According'  to  Trowbridj^e  and  Trowhridj^e,  19.v,  I  and 
often  confirmed  by  my  own  observations),  the  male  of  the  latter  species 
calls  with  little  moving"  about,  apparently  depending  upon  the  call  to 
attract  the  female.  In  contrast,  the  male  of  S.  Iiaiiuiiondii  swims  ac- 
tively while  calling  (cf.  Ortenburger,  1924)  and  investigates  any  other 
spadefoot  that  comes  near.  Ten  different  times  1  watched  two  males 
swim  actively  toward  each  other,  meet  head  on  and  struggle  for  the 
clasping  position.  In  each  case,  when  one  has  been  successful,  the  other 
uttered  its  breeding  cry  within  a  few  seconds.  \vhereu])on  it  was  re- 
leased immediately,  ."^ince  none  were  released  before  uttering  the  call, 
it  seems  probable  that  voice  plays  a  part  in  sex-recognition  in  this  spe 
cies.  I  was  not  successful  in  seeing  a  mating  between  a  female  and 
male. 

These  differences  in  the  calls  and  in  the  mating  behavior  confirm  the 
results  of  Smith  (1934)  and  of  Tanner  (1939)  who  concluded,  ])rin- 
cipally  upon  diiferences  in  the  bony  structure  at  the  top  of  the  head, 
that  S.  hammondii  and  .S'.  homhifrons  are  specifically  distinct.  The 
specific  status  of  these  two  forms  is  further  confirmed  by  the  constant 
dift'erences  in  their  tadpoles  (Smith,  1934;  Bragg,  1941).  those  of 
Iianinwndii  having  a  prominent  beak  and  notch  in  the  jaws  and  over- 
developed jaw-muscles,  whereas  those  of  S.  homhifrovs  lack  these 
structures. 

(5)  Scaphiopus  bombifrons  (Cope).  The  plains  spadefoot  ap- 
peared in  numbers,  breeding  in  all  sorts  of  temporary  pools  of  both 
muddy  and  clear  water,  during  and  after  the  rains  already  mentioned 
in  July  and  August.  Whereas  S.  hmnmoudii  appeared  only  upon  the 
nights  immediately  following  the  rains.  S.  bombifrons  called  in  di- 
minishing numbers  for  two  nights  after  the  rain  in  July  and  f<jr  three 
nights  in  August.  Most  of  the  eggs  were  laid  during  the  first  night 
in  each  case,  however.  A  small  chorus  was  also  heard  and  individuals 
seen  during  the  afternoon  of  August  6  in  a  deep  roily  ditch  wherein 
eggs  had  been  laid  during  the  rain  the  night  before. 

These  facts  do  not  support  the  common  idea  that  .S".  bnuihifrDus 
appears  but  once  during  a  season  to  breed  (cf.  Trowbridge  and  Trow- 
bridge, 1937)  ;  and  it  adds  one  more  to  the  comparatively  few  records 
of  these  spadefoots  having  breeding  activities  in  the  daytime. 

Breeding  of  both  species  of  spadefoots  was  observed  in  many  dif- 
ferent pools.  Some  of  these  contained  only  S.  bombifrons,  others  had 
only  or  mostly  5".  hammondii,  and  still  others  had  about  equal  num- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
114  ARTHUR    N.    BRAGG  Vol.  2,  No.  3, 

hers  of  each  species.     I  could  find  no  prc^hahle  reason  why  this  should 
be  so. 

In  one  pool  which  was  very  extensive  but  exceptionally  shallow 
and  very  muddy,  Scaphiopus  hombifrons  bred  alone  I)Oth  in  July  and 
in  August  (determined  not  only  by  calling  males  but  also  l)y  the  tad- 
poles later  collected).  The  eggs  produced  here  in  July  were  not 
seen  but  those  laid  in  August  were  produced  in  an  exceptional  manner. 
Each  t^g  in  more  than  fifty  masses  found  was  on  a  stalk  of  jelly 
almost  exactly  like  those  figured  by  Ortenburger  (1924)  for  the  eggs 
of  5".  harnmondii  in  Arizona,  except  that  the  egg-masses  were  smaller. 
There  were  often  as  few  as  ten  or  twelve  eggs  in  one  mass  and  seldom 
more  than  thirty,  the  masses  close  together  near  the  bank  and  fixed 
to  very  low  vegetation  at  the  edge  of  the  water.  F.ach  tgg  was  at- 
tached separately  to  a  plant  so  that  the  stalk  did  not  occur  on  the 
edge  of  a  jelly-mass  as  is  indicated  by  Wright  and  Wright  (1933) 
that  they  sometimes  may  be.  This  is  probably  the  result  of  the  small- 
ness  of  the  masses  produced.  Since  other  small  masses  of  eggs  of 
this  species  have  been  found  which  did  not  have  stalks,  both  in  New 
Mexico  and  in  Oklahoma,  and  since  no  eggs  observed  in  other  pools 
have  had  this  appearance,  it  seems  probable  that  the  stalked  eggs 
were  produced  as  a  result  of  some  factor  or  factors  in  the  environ- 
ment rather  than  some  property  intrinsic  to  the  organisms.  I  have  no 
idea  as  to  what  this  factor  may  be ;  but  it  should  be  noted  that  this 
pool  was  very  much  more  shallow  (nowhere  more  than  two  to  four 
inches  deep)  than  I  have  ever  before  seen  used  by  S.  hombifrons  for 
breeding. 

As  was  observed  by  Gilmore  (1924)  for  one  of  them,  tadpoles  of 
both  S.  bombifrons  and  S.  hanunondii  vary  much  in  developmental 
rates,  even  in  the  same  pool.  They  also  have  an  independent  difference 
in  average  size  at  the  same  age  in  different  pools.  The  variation  in 
size  of  individuals  in  a  single  pool  is  more  marked  in  6*.  Jiammondii 
but  the  difference  in  individual  sizes  in  any  two  pools  is  more  notice- 
able in  S.  bombifrons.  Seventy-one  tadpoles  of  the  latter  species  from 
one  pool  varied  between  13.0  and  39.0  mm.  in  total  length  about  an 
average  of  27.4  mm.,  whereas  thirty-five  of  the  same  age  from  another 
pool  were  just  entering  metamorphosis  at  an  average  length  of  45.6 
mm.  with  a  range  of  42  to  51  mm.  Since  it  was  noted  that,  in  general, 
the  deeper  the  pools,  the  smaller  the  tadpoles,  a  temperature  factor 
may  explain  the  differences  of  average  sizes  of  tadpoles  of  6".  bombi- 
frons taken  at  the  same  age  from  different  pools.  This  will  not  ex- 
plain the  individual  variations  noted  in  the  same  pools  for  this  species 


Nov.  29,  1941         AMPHIBIA  AT  LAS  VKGAS,  NKW   MEXICO  1  1 -^ 

nor  the  much  greater  variations  noted  for  ^.  liammondii,  some  indi- 
viduals of  which  have  a  developmental  rate  so  fast,  when  compared 
with  that  of  their  sisters  of  the  same  age  and  in  the  same  pool,  as  to 
be  truly  remarkable. 

In  most  pools  observed  carefully,  the  numbers  of  tadpoles  of  .V. 
hammondii  (but  not  of  S.  bombifrons)  were  comparatively  fewer 
than  expected  on  the  bases  of  calling  males  previously  noted  and  of 
eggs  seen.  Because  of  this  and  also  because  tadpoles  of  .V.  Jiammondii 
are  known  to  be  cannibalistic,  I  am  inclined  to  interpret  the  individual 
differences  in  developmental  rates  as  an  adaptation,  some  individuals 
forging  ahead  of  their  fellows  in  development  and  feeding  upon  them. 
1  have  no  direct  evidence  that  this  is  the  case,  however,  and  1  have 
no  idea  as  to  how  such  favored  individuals  might  be  produced. 

Twenty-one  larvae  of  .9.  bombifrons  were  reared  through  meta- 
morphosis and  kept  for  about  three  weeks  in  a  pail  of  moist  sand  to 
note  their  behavior,  especially  as  regards  feeding.  They  were  fed  daily 
(often  several  times  a  day)  upon  small  insects  and  spiders.  Their  re- 
actions and  food  were  essentially  as  described  by  Trowbridge  and 
Trowbridge  (1937),  with  the  following  exceptions  and  additions.  They 
were  often  out  in  the  daytime  and  some  individuals  burrowed  only 
when  direct  sunlight  fell  upon  them  or  wdien  the  surface  of  the  sand 
was  allowed  to  become  dry.  In  the  early  morning,  nearly  all  would  be 
out.  In  late  afternoon,  a  few  of  the  larger  individuals  were  always  in 
evidence.  In  feeding,  some  were  more  aggressive  than  others  and  these 
grew  at  a  faster  rate.  The  following  types  of  organisms  were  eaten 
at  least  once  (some  many  times)  :  gnats,  small  flies,  small  ants  of 
several  species,  (large  ones  were  offered  but  never  eaten),  thrips,  col- 
lembolans,  leaf-hoppers,  aphids,  several  types  of  small  beetles,  crab- 
spiders,  and  other  small  spiders.  Individuals  of  a  species  of  small 
black  ant  were  once  taken  by  each  of  two  of  the  larger  toads,  where- 
upon the  toads  hopped  frantically  about,  clawing  at  their  mouths,  and 
thereafter  refused  to  attack  this  insect.  These  small  toads  gave  no 
evidence  of  negative  phototaxis  but  remained  active  and  feeding  under 
an  electric  lamp.  This  observation  is  like  that  of  Trowbridge  and 
Trowbridge  (1937)  and  differs  from  the  findings  of  Smith  (1934). 
However,  as  the  Trowbridges  noted,  it  does  not  follow  that  the  be- 
havior in  captivity  necessarily  is  the  same  as  in  nature. 

(6)  Rana  pipiens  pipiens  (Schreber).  The  common  leopard 
frog  was  the  only  Rana  found  in  the  region.  It  was  very  abundant 
along  the  water-courses  and  around  all  of  the  larger  temporary  pools 
and  ditches  to  an  elevation  of  at  least  6,800  feet;  but  neither  it  nor 


The  Great  IJa.siii  Xaturalist 
116  "  ARTHUR    N.    BRAr,(;  Vol.  2,  No.  3, 

its  tadpoles  occurred  in  and  about  the  beaver  ponds  in  the  higher 
readies  of  the  GalUnas  Valley,  nor  was  it  found  in  the  alpine  pools 
higher  in  the  mountains.  Alost  of  its  tadpoles  were  found  in  the  per- 
manent water  of  the  region,  principally  because  its  breeding  season  had 
passed  before  the  temporary  pools  had  formed  during  the  present 
season.  Its  tadpoles  were  found  in  one  shallow  quarry-pool,  however. 
One  adult  specimen  and  several  larvae,  were  presented  to  me  from 
Chimayo,  Rio  Arriba  County,  by  their  collector,  Mr.  Ezequiel  Sand- 
oval. 

In  view  of  the  question  as  to  how  many  species  of  frogs  of  the 
pipiens  group  should  be  recognized  in  North  America,  the  following 
characteristics  of  this  form  may  be  of  interest :  This  frog  had  already 
bred  upon  my  arrival  in  June,  its  tadpoles  metamorphosing  from  late 
June  to  mid-July.  I  found  no  real  evidence  of  its  breeding  after  June 
6  although  one  mated  pair  was  seen  on  the  bank  of  a  temporary  pool 
during  a  warm  afternoon  in  mid-August.  As  contrasted  with  the 
common  leopard  frog  of  central  Oklahoma,  it  did  not  call  after  the 
rains  in  July  and  August  while  Scaphiopus  was  breeding,  as  could 
have  been  expected  of  the  Oklahoma  form ;  it  was  relatively  easy  to 
catch  by  hand  in  the  daytime,  something  which  is  decidedly  not  true 
of  the  Oklahoma  form ;  and  it  seldom  emitted  a  call  as  it  plunged 
to  the  water  when  alarmed,  something  very  characteristic  of  the  com- 
mon frog  of  Oklahoma.  Structurally,  it  is  a  short-headed  (or  at 
least  not  a  long-headed)  type,  and  it  does  not  usually  have  the  white 
spot  in  the  center  of  the  tympanum,  a  characteristic  of  its  Oklahoma 
counterpart. 

While  differences  in  characteristic  behavior  are  of  no  help  to  a 
taxonomic  worker  w^ith  a  series  of  alcoholic  specimens  before  him, 
these  differences  should  be  taken  into  account  whenever  possible.  After 
observing  the  two  forms  in  the  field,  I  feel  certain  that  the  frog  about 
Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico  is  ver}-  similar  to,  if  not  identical  with,  the 
grass-frog  of  New  England  (Rami  brachycephala  of  the  recent  check- 
list) and  the  leopard  frog  of  Wisconsin  and  different  from  that  of 
Oklahoma  which  I  call  Raiia  sphcitoccphola   (Cope). 

SUMMARY 

In  summary,  one  Bufo,  one  Rana,  one  Pseudacris,  two  Scaphiopus 
and  one  Ambystoma  apparently  constitute  the  amphibian  fauna  of  the 
Las  Vegas  region.  The  Bufo  and  Rana  typically  breed  in  the  spring- 
time, the  Rana  before  the  Bufo,  if  one  may  judge  from  this  one  sea- 


Nov.  29,  1941         AMPHIBIA  AT  LAS  VECAS,  NKW   MEXICO  1  17 

son's  observations.    11k-    I'scudacris  and  both   species  of   Scaphiopus 
lireed   following-  rains  later. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

liragg,  Arthur  X.,  194().  Observations  on  the  ecolog}-  and  natural 
history  of  Anura.  I.  Habits,  habitat,  and  breeding  of  Bufo 
cognatus  Say.     Amer.  Nat.  74 :  322-349  and  424-438. 

,  ,  1940a.     Observations,  etc.     11.  Habits,  habitat  and  breed 

ing  of   Bufo    zi'oodlioiisii   zi'oodliousii    ( Girard )    in    Okla.    Amer. 

Midi.  Nat.  24:  306-321. 
,  ,  1940b.     Observations,  etc.     111.  The  Ecological  distribu- 
tion of  Anura  in  Cleveland  Count}-,  Oklahoma,  with  notes  on  the 

habits  of  several  species.     Amer.  Midi.  Nat.  24:  322-335. 
,  ,   1941.     The  Tadpoles   of   Scaphiopus  boDibifroiis  and  .S'. 

hammondii.     The  Wasmann  Collector  4 :  92-94. 
Gilmore,  R.  J.,  1924.     Notes  on  the  Life  History  and  Feeding  Habits 

of   the   Spadefoot   Toad  of   the   Western   Plains.     Colo.   College 

Publ.  (Sci.  Ser.)   13:  12  pp.  7  figs. 
Ortenburger,   A.    L,    1924.     Life   History   Notes  —  Scaphiopus  —  the 

Spadefoot  Toad.     Proc.  Okla.  Acad.  Sci.  4:  19-20.  ps.  2  and  3. 
Smith,  Hobart  M.,  1934.     The  Amphibians  of  Kansas.     Amer.  Midi. 

Nat.  15:  277-528. 
Stejneger,  Leonard  and  Thomas  Barbour.  1939.     Checklist  of  North 

American   Amphibians    and    Reptiles,    ed.    4,    XVI    +    207    pp. 

Harvard  University  Press. 
Tanner,   Vasco   M.,    1939.     A   Study   of   the   genus   Scaphifjpus :    the 

Spadefoot  Toads.     Great  Basin  Nat.  1  :  3-20,  pis.  1-3. 
Trowbridge,  Albert  H.  and  Minnie  S.  Trowbridge,   1937.     Notes  on 

the  cleavage  rate  of  Scaphiopus  boinbifroiis  Cope,  with  additional 

remarks  on  certain  aspects  of  its  life  history.     Amer.  Nat.  71  : 

460-480. 
Wright,  A.  A.  and  A.  H.  Wright,   1933.     Handbook  of   Frogs  and 

Toads,  XI  +  231  pp.,  82  pis.    Comstock  Publ.  Co.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
Wright.  A.  PL.  1929.     Synopsis  and  Description  of  North  American 

Tadpoles.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  74  (art.  11)  :  1-70,  pis.  1-9. 


TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  APHAENOGASTER 
(HYMENOPTERA:    FORMICIDAE) 

MARION  R.  SMITH 

Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine 

United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 

The  worker  of  each  of  the  33  previously  described  forms  of 
.  Iphaeiiogastcr  occurring  in  the  United  States  is  characterized  by  a 
pair  of  epinotal  protuberances  commonly  known  as  "spines."  These 
may  vary  from  well-defined  spines  in  some  species  to  structures  which 
might  more  properly  be  called  tubercles  in  other  species.  Aphaeno- 
(jastcr  niutica,  described  by  Pergande  from  Lower  California  and 
listed  by  Wheeler  at  present  at  Terlingua,  Tex.,  has  a  worker  in  which 
these  structures  are  greatly  reduced  but  are  nevertheless  present  as  a 
pair  of  very  short  but  distinct  tubercles.  Recently  I  have  seen  two 
undescribed  species  in  which  the  tubercles  are  so  vestigial  that  they 
can  be  detected  only  by  the  most  careful  examination.  One  of  the 
species  is  from  Florida,  the  other  from  Arizona. 

The  tubercles  on  the  Florida  worker  are  so  feebly  developed  that 
they  can  be  seen  only  under  high  magnification  (61.2  times),  whereas 
those  of  the  Arizona  form  are  scarcely  more  evident.  Although  the 
worker  of  each  species  has  a  slender  body  and  slender  appendages, 
a  head  greatly  narrowed  posteriorly,  and  large  and  proturberant  eyes. 
I  believe  both  species  should  be  referred  to  the  subgenus  Attomyrnia 
Emery  rather  than  the  subgenus  Dcrotuyrma  Forel,  since  in  each  case 
there  is  lacking  the  remarkable  collar-like  constriction  of  the  posterior 
part  of  the  head,  and  the  very  pronounced,  reflexed  occipital  flange 
characteristic  of  Deromyrma. 

The  two  forms  may  be  distinguished  as  follows : 

.\nterior  surface  of  petiolar  node,  in  profile,  almost  in  the  same  plane  as  that  of 
the  dorsal  surface  of  pedicel :  pt>stpetiolar  node  long,  k)w  and  moderately 
convex  ;  Florida floridana.  new  species 

.\nterior  surface  of  petiolar  node,  in  profile,  meeting  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
pedicel  in  a  very  pronounced,  obtuse  angle ;  postpetiolar  node  short,  rather 
high,  and  strongly  convex  ;   Arizona houldcrriisis.  new   species 

Aphaenogaster  (Attomyrma)   floridana    Smith,  n.  sp. 

WoKKKR. — Length  4.5-5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  one  and  one-fourth  to  one   and  one- 

118 


Xov.  29,  1941  XFAV   SPECIES   OF  APHAENOGASTEk  119 

half  times  as  long"  as  broad;  including  mandibles,  subelliptical ;  much 
broader  anteriorly  than  posteriorly;  sides  very  strongly  converging 
posteriorly  behind  the  eyes.  Occipital  flange  present  but  weakly  de- 
\  eloped.  Mandible  large,  elongate,  triangular,  the  masticatory  border 
with  four  prominent  apical  teeth,  and  a  numbr  of  smaller  and  less 
distinct  basal  teeth.  Clypeus  approximately  twice  as  broad  as  long, 
convex,  with  a  very  feeble  emargination  in  middle  of  anterior  border. 
ICye  prominent,  strongly  convex,  with  approximately  15  facets  in  its 
greatest  diameter;  about  one  and  one-half  times  its  greatest  diameter 
from  base  of  mandible.  Antennal  scape  slender,  long,  approximately- 
one  and  one-fifth  times  as  long  as  head  not  including  mandibles; 
noticeably  enlarged  toward  apex.  Dorsal  surface  of  prothorax  and 
anterior  half  of  mesothorax,  in  profile,  forming  a  regular  but  not 
strongly  convex  arch.  Posterior  half  of  mesonotum  weakly  depressed. 
Mesoepinotal  constriction  distinct,  not  so  deep  as  broad.  Base  of 
epinotum  feebly  convex,  distinctly  longer  than  declivity  and  meeting- 
declivity  in  an  obtuse  angle ;  epinotal  tubercles  so  feebly  developed  as 
to  be  visible  only  under  high  magnification  (61.2  times).  Petiolar 
node  about  one  and  one-fourth  times  as  long  as  pedicel ;  anterior  sur- 
face of  petiolar  node,  in  profile,  so  weakly  declivous  that  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  pedicel  and  the  anterior  surface  of  the  petiolar  node 
appear  in  almost  the  same  plane ;  posterior  surface  not  strongly  con- 
vex, slightly  longer  than  the  anterior  surface  and  meeting  the  latter 
at  an  angle  of  approximately  90  degrees.  Postpetiole  about  one-third 
longer  than  broad ;  from  above,  sides  subparallel  throughout  the  pos- 
terior half  and  converging  in  the  anterior  half;  postpetiolar  node,  in 
profile,  longer  than  high,  low  and  moderately  convex.  Legs  long  and 
slender.     Gaster  from  above  elliptical. 

Frontal  area,  posterior  part  of  head,  prothorax,  anterior  part  of 
mesothorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster  rather  smooth  and  shin- 
ing. Antennae  and  tibiae  opaque.  Mandibles  finely  striated.  Cheeks 
and  region  of  head  anterior  to  eyes  with  a  few  small,  longitudinal 
rugulae.  Head,  except  for  areas  mentioned,  mesothorax,  and  epi- 
ncjtum  with  granulation-like  shagreening. 

Hairs  yellowish,  sparse,  suberect  to  erect,  moderately  long  on  head, 
thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  gaster  and  ventral  surfaces  of  the  coxae, 
trochanters,  and  femora.  Appressed  hairs  on  antennae  and  legs  short 
])Ut  fairly  abundant  and  conspicuous. 

Light  yellowish  brown,  with  slightly  lighter  mandibles  and  clypeus. 

Type  Locality. — Gretna,  Fla. 

Described  from  two  workers,  holotype  and  paratype,  collected  July 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
120  MARION    R.    SMITH  Vol.  ll.No.  3, 

15,   1906,  by  A.  W.   Morrill.     Both,  in  the  collection  of  the   United 
States  National  Museum,  hear  U.  S.  X.  M.  No.  55660. 
No  information   is   available   concerning-   the   biology. 

Aphaenogaster  (Attomyrma)   boulderensis  Smith,  n.  sp. 

WoKKKR. — Length  4.5-5.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  one  and  three-tenths  to  one  and  four- 
tenths  times  as  long  as  broad ;  sides  appearing  somewhat  subparallel 
up  to  the  posterior  border  of  each  eye,  from  which  points  they  very 
gradually  converge  to  form  rounded  posterior  corners  and  a  rounded 
occipital  border ;  occipital  border  with  a  weakly  developed  Hange. 
Mandible  large,  triangular,  with  approximately  8-10  teeth  of  variable 
size.  Clypeus  about  twice  as  broad  as  long,  with  a  rather  distinct 
emargination  in  middle  of  anterior  l)order.  Frontal  carinae  subparal- 
lel throughout  almost  the  posterior  half  of  their  length.  Eye  promi- 
nent, strongly  convex,  with  approximately  15  facets  in  its  greatest 
diameter ;  eye  about  one  and  one-half  times  its  greatest  diameter  from 
base  of  mandible.  Antennal  scape  slender,  long,  about  one  and  one- 
fourth  times  as  long  as  head,  not  including  mandibles.  Dorsal  sur- 
face of  prothorax  and  anterior  third  of  mesothorax,  in  profile,  form- 
ing a  regular  but  not  strongly  convex  arch.  Posterior  two-thirds  of 
mesonotum  noticeably  depressed,  in  profile  forming  a  rather  straight 
line.  Mesoepinotal  constriction  distinct,  broader  than  deep.  Base  of 
epinotum  feebly  convex,  meeting  the  declivity  at  an  obtuse  angle ; 
vestigial  tubercles  scarcely  more  evident  than  those  of  fioridana. 
Petiolar  node  distinctly  longer  than  pedicel ;  anterior  surface,  in  pro- 
file, meeting  dorsal  surface  of  pedicel  in  a  very  distinct  obtuse  angle; 
dorsal  surface  of  petiole  somewhat  rounded,  as  is  also  the  sloping 
posterior  declivity,  the  two  areas  ill  defined  at  the  point  where  they 
merge  into  each  other.  Postpetiolar  node  scarcely  longer  than  high, 
anterior  surface  forming  a  long  slope,  posterior  surface  more  convex, 
declivous  and  short.  From  above,  gaster  subelliptical,  broader  than 
head. 

Frontal  area,  posterior  part  of  head,  prothorax,  anterior  coxae, 
dorsal  surface  of  petiole  and  postpetiole,  and  the  gaster  rather  smooth 
and  shining.  Anterior  two-thirds  of  head,  including  mandibles,  the 
antennae,  and  tarsi,  more  opaque;  mandibles  somewhat  coarsely  and 
longitudinally  striated.  Clypeus  and  genae  longitudinally  rugulose, 
the  former  bearing  a  distinct  median  carina ;  frontal  area  with  one  or 
several  longitudinal  rugulae.  Mesothorax,  epinotum,  and  under  sur- 
faces  of   petiole   and   postpetiole    with    granulation-like    shagreening; 


Nov.  29,  1941  NEW  SPECIES  of  apitaenogaster  121 

cpinotum  also  fineh'  and  transverse)}-  ru.i,ail()se.  Coxae,  femora,  and 
g-aster  with  exceedingly  fine  reticulae. 

Hairs  yellowish,  moderately  long  but  sparse,  suberect  to  erect,  on 
liead,  thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  coxae,  trochanters,  gaster,  and  also 
on  ventral  surfaces  of  femora.  Antennae,  tibiae,  and  tarsi  with  short, 
appressed  hairs,  these  especially  abundant  and  noticeable  on  the  an- 
tennae. 

Light  yellowish  brown,  often  witli  darktr  mandibles,  anterior  por- 
tion of  head,  antennae,  legs,  and  gaster. 

Type  Locality. — Horseshoe  Island  in  Mead  Lake  of  the  Boulder 
(Ariz.)   Dam. 

Described  from  21  workers,  collected  May  2,  1941.  by  Professor 
Vasco  M.  Tanner.  Holotype  and  13  paratypes  in  collection  of  the 
L^nited  States  National  Museum  liear  U.  S.  N.  M.  No.  55661.  The 
other  seven  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  Professor  Tanner. 

Professor  Tanner  stated  that  the  ants  were  collectd  from  beneath 
a  "la\-a  rock,  on  the  top  of  Horseshoe  Island." 


New  Bird  Records  from  Zion  National  Park 

During  the  past  few  months  bird  observations  in  Zion  National  Park  have 
added  new  species  to  the  park  list.  In  addition,  records  of  more  than  usual 
interest  were  obtained  for  other  species  known  to  occur  within  the  park.  All  of 
the  following   records  are  for   1941  : 

On  January  31,  the  second  winter  record  of  a  Hermit  Thrush  Hylocichia 
(luttiita  sspf  was  obtained  when  one  was  noted  in  Oak  Creek  Canyon.  This  liird 
stayed  around  the  small  stream  and  adjacent  slopes  for  several  days. 

On  April  25,  a  male  albino  wookpeckcr  was  observed  in  Pine  Creek  Canyon. 
For  some  time  the  bird  was  followed  to  learn  more  regarding  its  identity.  Fin- 
ally it  was  joined  by  a  female  White-breasted  Woodpecker  Dry  abates  villosus 
Irucofhorcctis.  and  both  birds  then  moved  on  up  the  slope  together.  The  male 
bird  was  entirely  white  except  for  a  red  crown  patch,  dark  bill  and  very  light 
gray  wings.  I  was  not  able  to  get  close  cnougli  to  definitely  determine  the  color 
of  the  eyes. 

On  April  .50.  while  following  up  Parunuweap  Canyon,  a  Western  Sandpiper 
Ercunetcs  maiirU  was  found  along  the  stream.  Although  I  covered  over  four 
additional  miles  of  the  river,  no  others  were  noted.  This  constitutes  the  first 
record  of  this  bird  from   Zion. 

The  Western  Lark  Sparrow  Clwiidcstcs  grainiuacus  sfrigatus  was  listed  by 
Presnell  (The  Birds  of  Zion  National  Park.  Proc.  Ut.  Ac.  Sci.,  Arts  &  Letters, 
1935)  as  being  a  rather  uncommon  summer  visitor  in  the  canyons.  However,  on 
July  20  a  pair  of  Lark  Sparrows  were  observed  feeding  young  near  the  resi- 
dential area  in  Oak  Creek  Canyon.  This  is  the  first  breeding  record  of  this  bird 
in   Zion  and  definitely  establishes  the  species  as  a  summer  resident. 


122 

On  October  18,  while  in  Refrigerator  Canyon  en  route  to  Angels  Landing, 
I  obtained  the  first  record  of  the  Western  Goshawk  Asliir  africapillus  striatulus 
for  the  park.  The  hawk  was  in  rapid  pursuit  of  a  small  bird  which  managed  to 
escape  in  a  dense  grove  of  evergreens.  No  effort  was  made  to  flush  the  bird 
from  the  trees,  the  hawk  apparently  knowing  that  such  a  task  would  be  fruitless. 

As  additional  studies  are  made,  especially  seasonal  studies  in  the  higher 
reaches  of  the  park,  new  and  valuable  data  should  be  uncovered  tliat  will  go  far 
toward  clarifying  the  status  of  many  species  in  this  area  that  is  now  obscure. — 
Kusscll  K.  (irater,   Park  Naturalist.  Zion  National   Park. 


Antarctic  Birds  Contributed  by  Dr.  Russell  G.  Frazier 

A  valuable  collection,  consisting  of  three  species  of  .Antarctic  birds,  was  con- 
tributed to  the  collections  of  Brigham  Young  University  by  Dr.  Russell  G.  Frazier 
(if  Bingham  Canyon,  Utah,  on  October  25,  1941.  These  birds  were  collected  in 
Antarctica  by  Dr.  Frazier  while  he  was  a  member  of  the  United  States  Antarctic 
Expedition,  1939-1941,  under  the  command  of  Rear  Admiral  Richard  E.  Byrd. 
Dr.  Frazier  was  one  of  the  physicians  of  the  expedition  which  sailed  in  the  Xortli 
Star  and  the  Bear  in  late  November.  1939,  from  Atlantic  ports  of  the  United 
States.  These  same  two  vessels  brought  the  members  of  the  expedition  back  to 
Boston  in  May,  1941.  Of  the  36  species  of  birds  found  in  the  Antarctic  region, 
three  are  now  represented  in  the  Brigham  Young  University  zoological  collection. 
Two  of  the  five  species  of  Penguins,  the  Adelic  and  Emperor,  and  a  pair  of  Snow 
Petrel,  with  an  tgg  clutch   which   consists   of   one  egg,  makes   up   the  collection. 

The  Adelie  Penchin 

The  .\delie  Penguin,  Fygoscclis  adcUae  Hombron  and  Jacquinot,  Ann.  Sci. 
Nat.  (2),  p.  320  (1841,  Adelie  Land),  is  the  common  bird  throughout  the  circum- 
ference of  the  extensive  polar  continent.  This  species  never  leaves  Antarctica 
to  go  north  of  60°  south  latitude.  During  the  short  summer  the  Adelie  is  busy 
hatching  and  rearing  its  young,  while  during  the  long  winter  it  lives  on  the  open 
sea.  It  begins  to  establish  its  breeding  territories  in  October  and  November  by 
selecting  areas  left  bare  by  the  melting  snow.  These  breeding  colonies  are  to  be 
found  everywhere  in  Antarctica  from  the  beginning  of  the  mating  and  nesting 
period  until  winter  begins  in  March.  There  is  evidence  that  the  birds  return 
year  after  year  to  the  same  rookeries  and  use  the  same  nests.  The  mating  pair 
stays  together  for  the  breeding  period.  Two,  very  rarely  three,  eggs  are  laid 
which  are  set  on  alternately  by  the  male  and  female.  Incubation  lasts  from  about 
ZZ  to  36  days ;  all  hatching  being  over  by  the  middle  of  January.  The  down- 
covered  young  are  fed  fish  and  Crustacea  by  the  parent  birds.  They  regurgitate 
the  food,  which  is  taken  from  their  throats  by  the  awkward,  fast-growing  young 
birds.  When  the  young,  in  March,  take  to  the  sea,  to  care  for  themselves,  they 
have  a  plumage  different  in  color  to  that  of  the  parents,  this  they  wear  for  a 
year,  when  by  molting  they  get  the   feather  coat   of  the  breeding  adults. 


123 


The  Emperor  Penhuin 


The  Emperor  Penguin,  Aptenodytcs  forstcri  Gray,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist. 
XIII,  p.  315  (1844,  S.  lat.,  64°  77'  S.),  is  widely  distributed  over  the  whole  of  the 
Antarctic  continent  as  is  the  Adelie  Penguin.  This  beautiful  bird  is  large  in 
size,  oftimes  reaching  the  height  of  38  to  40  inches  and  weighing  60  to  70  pounds. 
Its  head  is  black,  except  that  on  each  side  there  is  a  band  of  yellow  that  dimin- 
ishes in  color  down  along  the  neck.  The  back  is  bluish-gray,  while  the  belly  is 
a  satiny  white.  The  Emperor  docs  not  leave  the  polar  regions,  staying  near  the 
continental  mass  on  the  large  icebergs.  The  habits  of  this  Penguin  are  very  dif- 
ferent from  those  of  the  Adelie  Penguin  briefly  discussed  above.  The  laying  of 
the  eggs  takes  place  in  midwinter,  at  about  the  end  of  June,  when  the  polar  night 
reaches  a  temperature  of  40  to  50  degrees  centigrade  below  zero.  The  mating 
pairs  gather  on  the  great  ice  masses,  lay  a  single  egg  which  is  kept  off  the  ice 
by  being  placed  on  the  feet  of  the  Penguin  and  held  snugly  against  the  body  of 
the  bird.  Since  the  incubation  j^eriod  lasts  about  two  months,  the  egg  is  shifted 
fiom  the  female  to  the  male  during  this  period.  Dr.  Frazier  has  the  following 
to  say  about  this   species  : 

"The  Emperor  Penguin  nests  in  rookeries  around  Mt.  Erebus  where  they 
can  secure  stones  for  eg^  'companions,'  laying  their  egg  during  the  mid- 
winter night.  They  carrj-  it  on  the  top  of  their  foot  where  they  can  hold 
it  against  a  fold  of  .skin  and  their  lower  abdomen.  The  matings  are 
seasonal." 

The  young  are  hatched  about  the  beginning  of  September,  and  towards  thf 
last  of  October  migration  towards  the  north  begins.  Groups  of  adult  birds,  with 
some  young  ones  still  covered  with  down,  are  carried  off  on  small  blocks  of  ice 
Ijroken  from  the  icebergs.  The  young  birds  lose  their  down  in  January  and  from 
that  time  on  they  shift  for  themselves.  The  adults  molt  before  returning  in  June 
to  the  continental  ice  for  breeding. 

The  Snow  Petrel 

The  Snow  Petrel.  Pauodroma  nivea  (Gm.),  Syst.  Nat.  1.,  p.  562  (1788),  dif- 
fers greatly  from  the  Penguins  in  color  and  habits.  This  species  is  spotless  and 
white  with  large  jet  black  eyes,  black  beak,  and  black  webbed  feet.  They  vary 
in  size  and  wing  length;  the  male  having  a  range  from  10  to  11.8  inches,  and  the 
female  from  9.8  to  11.8  inches  in  wing  lengtli.  Their  food  consists  of  small  sea 
organisms  which  they  capture  when  skimming  over  the  water,  in  the  cracks  and 
channels  in  the  ice. 

The  Snow  Petrel  protects  itself,  as  do  most  Petrels,  by  expectorating  a  fluid, 
which  has  a  fishy  odor,  towards  the  intruder,  the  smell  of  which  will  cling  to 
clothing  for  many  days.  This  is  perhaps  the  most  striking  bird  of  the  Antarctic 
region.     Dr.  Frazier  reports  as  follows  concerning  his  experience  with  it : 

"The  Snow  Petrel— inhabit  the  Antarctic,  and  to  the  best  of  my  meager 
knowledge  stay  within  the  Antarctic  circle.  They  nest  in  November  and 
December  ;  lay  one  egg.  The  only  rookery  found  was  on  Mt.  Breckan- 
ridge— 155°  W.  77°  South.  The  nests  were  found  under  loose  laying 
rocks  on  the  north  exposed  side  of  the  mountain.  The  nests  are  on  bare 
rocks,  no  feathers  or  protection  from  the  ground.  The  nests  are  used 
year  after  year.  This  was  determined  by  the  ejecta  on  the  rocks  which 
the   birds    can   eject    from   their   mouths    with   unerring   accuracy    at    an 


124 

enemy  for  a  distance  of  four  feet.  By  January  10th  the  chicks  should 
be  hatched.  Tiie  egg  is  protected  by  the  bird,  even  at  the  cost  of  her 
life.  Their  enemy  is  the  Skua  Cull  that  nests  close  by.  Tlie  bird  lives 
on  sea  life  and  flies  great  distances  for  its  food.  The  rookery  I  found 
had  about  100  nests." 

Mr.  Howard  Saunders  in  his  Antarctic  Manual,  p.  228  (1901),  comments  as 
follows  on  the  range  of  the  Snow  Petrel : 

"This  bird  has  been  obtained  as  far  north  as  Falkland  Islands,  but  it 
does  not  occur  in  any  numbers  until  Lat.  60°  S.  is  passed,  whence  it  can 
be  traced  as  far  southward  as  man  has  penetrated.  Every  expedition 
has  noticed  it.  Ross  found  it  among  the  crevices  of  the  cliffs  at  Cock- 
burn  Island;  Surgetm  Webster,  of  H.  M.  S.  'Chanticleer,'  met  with  the 
bird  from  January  to  March  on  Deception  Island.  South  Shetland  ;  and 
the  German  Expedition  found  it  nesting  at  the  end  of  December  on 
.South  Georgia.  From  the  Enderby  Quadrant  it  has  not  yet  been  re- 
corded." 1 

The  Snow  Petrel's  habits  were  studied  by  Dr.  Racovitza  during  the  voyage 
of  the  'Belgica.'     The  following  interesting  extract  is  from  his  report: 

"But  it  is  better  not  to  make  too  intimate  an  acquaintance  with  these 
lily-wliite  beings,  for  then  one  is  saved  from  cruel  disillusions.  Its  voice 
is  shrill  and  disagreeable,  and  its  ways  are  deplorably  low  caste.  It  pos- 
sesses the  faculty  of  being  sea-sick  at  will ;  and  when  one  attempts  to 
seize  it,  it  discharges  full  in  one's  face  the  oily  contents  of  its  chest. 
I  can  affirm,  from  personal  experience,  that  one  does  not  come  off  with 
the  perfume  of  the  rose.  One  must  add,  however,  to  do  strict  justice, 
that  it  merits  extenuating  circumstances ;  for  this  impleasant  habit  of 
this  bird  serves  as  a  protection  for  its  feeble  person,  and  that  is  a  reason 
of  a  certain  value."  2 

This  collection  of  Antarctic  birds  is  being  arranged  in  a  habitat  case  just 
opposite  a  habitat  group  of  Polar  Bears.  The  Polar  Bears  are  a  gift  from  the 
Museum  of  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  received  from 
Mr.  Wharton  Huber  in  1936.  The  large  male  bear  of  the  group  was  taken  in 
North  Greenland  by  the  Perry  Relief  Expedition.  Tlie  painted  backgrounds 
showing  the  general  environmental  conditions  along  with  the  specimens  makes 
valuable  study  groups. — V.  M.  T. 


(1)  Report   on   the  Collections   of   Natural  History   Made  in   the  Antarctic   Regions  dur- 
the    voyage   of   the    "Southern    Cross,"    p.    149,    1902.      British    Museums    of    Natural    History. 

(2)  op.   cit.  p.   153. 


BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 


Largest  private  institution  of  higher  learning  in  the  Intermountain 
Region,  Brigham  Young  University  is  organized  into  five  colleges,  three 
divisions,  and  the  graduate  school.  Four  quarters  of  instruction  are 
provided  annually. 


Colleges  of  Applied  Science 
Arts  and  Sciences 
Commerce 
Education 
Fine  Arts 


Divisions  of  Retigion 
Research 
Extension 

Graduate  School 

Summer  School 


Departments  of  Instruction 


Accounting  and  Business 

Administration 
Agricultural  Economics 
Agronomy 
Animal  Husbandry 
Art 

Bacteriology 

Bible  and  Modern  Scripture 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Church  History 
Church  Organization  and 

Administration 
Economics 

Educational  Administration 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Finance  and  Banking 
Geology  and  Geography 
History 
Home  Economics 


Horticulture  and  Landscape 

Architecture 
Journalism 
Library 
Marketing 
Mathematics 
Mechanic  Arts 

Modern  and  Classical  Languages 
Music 

Office  Practice 
Physical  Education 
Physics 

Political  Science 
Philosophy  of  Education 
Psychology 
Secondary  Education 
Sociology 
Speech 
Theology  and  Religious 

Philosophy 
Zoology  and  Entomology 


NATIONALLY  ACCREDITED 


For  further  information,  write 

The  President 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

Provo,  Utah 


NEW  CENTURY  PRINTING  CO.,  PROVO,  UTAH 


Volume  II 


'  „x  ot  Com 
iff"     Zoolog 


% 
MAK  6  2942 


Number  4 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


December  31,  1941 


*^ 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Page 


A  Bibliography  of  Utah  Mammalogy ;  Including  References  to 
Names  and  Type  Localities,  (First  supplement),  C.  Lynn 
Hayward 125 

A  New  Elaphrus  (Coleoptera,  Carabidae),  Vasco  M.  Tanner     ,     137 

Index   to  Volume   II 139 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology  of 

Brigham  Young  University 


-k-'^ 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Editor 
C.  Lynn  Hayward,  Assistant  Editor 

A  journal  published  four  times  a  year  by  the  Department  of 
Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts.  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will  be 
accepted.     Manuscripts  are  subjected  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations.  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  Journal  are 
to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the 
cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints.  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription.  The  annual  subscription  is  $1.50,  (outside  the 
United  States,  $2.00).     Single  number,  50  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Great   Basin   Naturalist,   Brigham  Young  University,    Provo,   Utah. 

Reprint  Schedule  of  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Each 

Additional 

2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

8  pp. 

10  pp. 

12  pp. 

2  pp. 

50  copies 

$2.00 

$3.50 

$4.50 

$5.50 

$6.50 

$7.50 

.95 

100  copies 

3.50 

4.50 

5.50 

6.50 

7.50 

8.50 

200  copies 

4.75 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

300  copies 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

10.75 

Covers:    $5.00  for  first  100  copies;  $2.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

_,^  ,   /  /  Published  by  the 

'  \  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology    f^ 

Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah 


MAR  6  1942 


Volume  II  DECEMBER  31,  1941  No.  4 

A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  UTAH  MAMMALOGY;  INCLUDING 
REFERENCES  TO  NAMES  AND  TYPE  LOCALITIES 
(FIRST  SUPPLEMENT)  ^d 

C.  LYNN  HAYWARD 

Assistant   Professor   of   Zoology 
Brigham  Young  University 

In  1936  (Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Science,  Arts,  and  Letters,  13:  pp. 
121-146)  the  writer  compiled  and  published  a  list  of  the  known  ref- 
erences dealing  entirely  or  in  part  with  Utah  mammalogy  up  to  and 
including  the  year  1935.  The  present  paper  is  a  continuation  of  that 
project,  including  some  references  previous  to  1935  that  were  over- 
looked in  the  first  writing,  and  bringing  the  list  up  to  1941  inclusive. 
The  bibliography  for  1941  especially  is  probably  far  from  complete, 
l)ut  such  references  as  have  come  to  the  attention  of  the  writer  are 
herein  included. 

The  same  general  plan  of  presentation  adopted  in  the  first  paper 
is  continued  in  the  present  writing.  A  chronological  list  of  references, 
alphabetical  list  of  types  described  from  Utah,  index  to  authors,  and 
index  to  scientific  names  applied  to  Utah  mammals. 

During  the  past  half  decade  mammalogical  work  in  Utah  has  pro- 
gressed rapidly.  The  period  has  been  marked  by  an  increased  interest 
on  the  part  of  local  workers.  In  the  last  five  years  there  were  about 
twice  as  many  papers  published  on  Utah  mammals  than  there  were  in 
the  preceding  five  year  period.  A  toial  of  about  70  papers  has  been 
added  to  the  bibliography  since  1935.  Out  of  74  subspecies  whose 
type  localities  are  in  Utah,  34  or  45%  have  been  named  within  the  past 
six  years. 


(1)     Contribution  No.  96,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham 
Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

125 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
126  C.    LYNN    IIAYVV  ARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

CHRONOLOGICAL  LIST  OF  REFERENCES  ON  UTAH  MAMMALS 

1845-1935 

1845.  Fremont,  J.  C.  Report  of  the  exploring  expedition  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains  in  the  year  1842  and  to  Oregon  and  North 
California  in  the  years  1843-44.  Washington :  Gales  and  Sea- 
ton.     583  pp. 

1861.  Remy,  J.  and  J.  Brenchley.  A  journey  to  the  Great  Salt  Lake 
City.    London :  W.  Jeffs,  508  pp. 

1877.  Allen,  J.  A.  History  of  the  American  bison  (Bison  Ameri- 
canus).  Ninth  Ann.  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Sur- 
vey of  the  Territories  Embracing  Colorado  and  Parts  of  the 
Adjacent  Territories,  Being  a  Report  of  the  Explorations  for 
the  Year  1875  by  F.  V.  Hayden,  a  U.  S.  Geologist. 

1894.  Merriam.  C.  H.  Abstract  of  a  study  of  the  American  wood 
rats ;  with  descriptions  of  fourteen  new  species  and  subspecies 
of  the  genus  Neotoma.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  9:  pp. 
117-128. 

1931.  Goldman.  E.  A.  Three  new  rodents  from  .A.rizona  and  New 
Mexico.     Proc.  Biol.   Soc.  Washington,  44:  pp.   133-136. 

1931a.  Nelson.  E.  W.  and  E.  A.  Goldman.  Three  new  pumas.  Jl. 
of  the  Washington  Acad.   Sci..  21  :  pp.  210-212. 

1933.  Anderson,  Mark.  The  future  of  the  beaver  in  Utah.  Utah 
State  Ag.  College.  Misc.  Publ.,  10:  pp.  30-32. 

1933a.  Hall,  E.  R.  Snrcx  Icucot/ciixs  in  Arizona,  jl.  of  Mammal., 
14:  pp.  153-154. 

1933b.  Murie,  O.  J.  Some  observations  on  big  game  studies.  Utah 
State  Ag.  College,  Misc.  Publ..  10:  pp.  34-38. 

1933c.  Olsen,  O.  A.  The  elk  situation  in  L^tah.  Utali  State  Ag.  Col- 
lege, Misc.  Publ.  10:  pp.  43-45. 

1933d.  Parker,  T.  C.  Game  management  problems  of  Utah  .\ational 
Parks.     Utah  State  Ag.  College.  Misc.  Publ.  10:  pp.  32-34. 

1934.  Benson,  S.  B.  Descriptions  of  two  new  races  of  Pcrogiiafhiis 
iiitcnuedius  from  Arizona.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington.  47: 
pp.  199-202. 

1934a.  Benson,  S.  B.  Descri])tion  of  a  race  of  Dif^iuhmixs  iiicrriaiiii 
from  Arizona.     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington.  47:  pp.  181-184. 

19,Mb.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  D.  M.  Hatfield.  A  new  race  of  chipmunk 
from  the  Great  Basin  of  western  United  States.  Univ.  of 
California  Pub.  in  Zool..  40:  pp.  321-325. 

1935.  Goldman.    E.    A.      Pocket   gophers   of    the    Thomomys   hotfac 


Dec.  31,  1941        bibliography  of  utah  mammalogy  127 

group  in  the  United  States.     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  48: 
pp.  153-158. 
1935a.  Wright,  G.  M.    Big  game  and  our  national  parks.    Sci.  Month- 
ly: pp.  141-147. 

1936-1941 

1936.  Bole,  B.  P.  A  new  race  of  kangaroo  rat  from  southwestern 
Utah.     Sci.  Publ.  Cleveland  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  5:  pp.  1-2. 

1936a.  Durrant,  S.  D.  A  new  gopher  from  Antelope  Island,  Great 
Salt  Lake.     Bull.  Univ.  of  Utah,  27,  Biol.  Ser.  3:  pp.  1-4. 

1936b.  Hall,  E.  R.  Mustelid  mammals  from  the  Pleistocene  of  North 
America  with  systematic  notes  on  some  recent  members  of  the 
genera,  Mustela,  Taxidea,  and  Mephitis.  Carnegie  Institu- 
tion of  Washington,  Publ.  No.  473:  pp.  41-119. 

1936c.  Hatfield,  D.  M.  A  revision  of  the  Pipistrellus  hesperus  group 
of  bats.    Jl.  of  Mammal.,  17:  pp.  257-262. 

1936d.  Hayward,  C.  L.  A  bibliography  of  Utah  mammalogy,  includ- 
ing references  to  names  and  type  localities  applied  to  Utah 
mammals.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters,  13: 
pp.  121-146. 

1936e.  Olson,  O.  A.     Elk  management.     Utah  Juniper,  7:  pp.  10-15. 

1936f.  Presnall,  C.  C.  and  E.  R.  Hall.  Ranges  and  relationships  of 
certain  mammals  of  southwestern  Utah.  Proc.  Utah  Acad. 
Sciences,  Arts  and  Letters,  13:  pp.  211-213. 

1936g.  Rasmussen,  D.  I.  Outline  of  research  projects  of  the  Utah 
wildlife  experiment  station.  Proc.  Utah.  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts, 
and  Letters,  13:  pp.  215-217. 

1937.  Durrant,  S.  D.  Two  new  gophers  from  Utah.  Bull.  Univ. 
of  Utah,  28,  Biol.  Series,  3 :  pp.  1-7. 

1937a.  Goldman,  E.  A.  Four  new  mammals  from  Utah.  Proc.  Biol. 
Soc.  Washington,  50:  pp.  221-226. 

1937b.  Goldman,  E.  A.  Two  new  mammals  of  the  Thomomys  hottae 
group.     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  50:  pp.  133-136. 

1937c.  Goldman,  E.  A.  A  new  canyon  mouse  of  the  genus  Peromys- 
cus  from  Arizona.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  18:  pp.  92-93. 

1937d.  Goldman,  E.  A.  The  wolves  of  North  America.  II.  of  Mam- 
mal., 18:  pp.  37-45. 

1937e.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  S.  D.  Durrant.  A  new  kangaroo  mouse 
(Microdipodops)  of  Utah  and  Nevada.  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  18: 
pp.  357-359. 

1937f.  Hardy,  Ross.     Extension  of  the  ranges  of  the  prairie-dogs  of 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
128  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

the  genus  Cynomys  in  Utah.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts, 
and  Letters,  14:  pp.  197-198. 

1937g.  Presnall,  C.  C.  Lagurus  in  southwestern  Utah.  Jl.  of  Mam- 
mal., 18:  p.  369. 

1937h.  Woodbury,  A.  M.  A  record  of  Tadarida  macrotis  from  Utah. 
JI.  of  Mammal.,  18:  p.  515. 

1938.  Doutt,  J.  K.  Collecting  in  the  Uintah  Basin.  Carnegie  Mag- 
azine, 11 :  pp.  233-238. 

1938a.  Durrant,  S.  D.  and  W.  H.  Behle.  A  second  record  of  Tada- 
rida macrotis  from  Utah.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  19:  p.  500. 

1938a.  Goldman,  E.  A.  Notes  on  the  voles  of  the  Microtus  longicau- 
diis  group.    Jl.  of  Mammal.,  19:  pp.  491-492. 

1938c.  Goldman,  E.  A.  New  pocket  gophers  of  the  genus  Thomomys 
from  Arizona  and  Utah.  Jour.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  28 : 
pp.  333-343. 

1938d.  Hall,  E.  R.and  D.  H.  Johnson.  Mammals  from  Millard  Coun- 
ty, Utah.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts  and  Letters,  15: 
pp.   121-122. 

1938e.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  H.  L.  Bowlus.  A  new  pika  (mammalian  genus 
Ochotona)  from  southeastern  Idaho,  with  notes  on  near-by 
subspecies.    Univ.  of  California  Pub.  in  Zool.,  42:  pp.  335-340. 

1938f.  Hall,  E.  R.  Notes  on  the  meadow  mice  Microtus  niontaiius 
and  Microtus  nanus  with  description  of  a  new  subspecies  from 
Colorado.     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  51  :  pp.  131-134. 

1938g.  Howell,  A.  H.  Revision  of  the  North  American  ground  squir- 
rels with  a  classification  of  North  American  Sciuridae.  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Ag.,  N.  A.  Fauna,  56:  256  pp. 

1938h.  LIuey,  L.  M.  A  new  maskrat  from  Utah.  Trans.  San  Diego 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  8:  pp.  409-410. 

19311.  Huey,  L.  M.  A  new  form  of  Perognathus  formosus  from  the 
Mohave  Desert  region  of  California.  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist.,  9:  pp.  35-36. 

1938J.  Leraas,  H.  J.  Variation  in  Pcroiiiyscus  niaiiiculatiis  osgoodi 
from  the  Uintah  Mountains,  Utah.  Contr.  Lab.  Vertebrate 
Genetics,  LTniv.  of  Michigan,  No.  6:  pp.  1-13. 

1938k.  Presnall,  C.  C.  A  survey  of  the  deer  situation  in  Zion  Can- 
yon, Utah.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters,  15: 
pp.  107-110. 

19381.  Presnall,  C.  C.  Mammals  of  Zion-Bryce  and  Cedar  Breaks. 
Zion-Bryce  Museuum  Bull.,  No.  2. 


Dec.  31,  1941        bibliography  of  utah  mammalogy  129 

1938m.  Presnall,  C.  C.     Evidences  of  the  bison  in  southwestern  Utah. 

Jl.  of  Mammal.,  19:  pp.  111-112. 
1939.     Benson,  S.   B.  and  R.   M.   Bond.     Notes  on  Sorex  merriami 

Dobson.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  348-351. 
1939a.  Davis,  W.  B.     The  recent  mammals  of  Idaho.     Caldwell,  Ida- 
ho :  Caxton  Printers,  400  pp. 
1939b.  Dixon,  J.  S.  and  E.  L.  Sumner.    The  deer  problem,  deer  trap- 
ping and  deer  removal  at  Zion  Canyon,  Utah.     Trans,  of  the 
4th  N.  A.  WildHfe  Conference  (1939),  Washington,  D.  C. 
1939c.  Durrant,  S.  D.     Two  new  gophers  (Mammalian  genus  Thom- 
omys   from  western  Utah.      Proc.   Biol.   Soc.  Wash.,   52:   pp. 
159-162. 

1939d.  Durrant,  S.  D.  A  new  pocket  gopher  from  the  Oquirrh 
Mountains,  Utah.     Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  30,  Biol.  Ser.  5:  pp.  1-6. 

1939e.  Durrant,  S.  D.  A  new  pocket  gopher  of  the  TJwmomys 
quadratiis  group  from  the  northern  Great  Basin  region.  Bull. 
Univ.  of  Utah,  29,  Biol.  Ser.  6:  pp.  1-6. 

1939f.  Durrant,  S.  D.  and  E.  Raymond  Hall.  Deux  sous-especes 
novelles  du  rongeur  "Dipodomys  ordii"  de  I'ouest  des  Etats- 
Unis   d'  Amerique.      Mammalia,   3 :   pp.    10-16. 

1939g.  Goldman,  E.  A.  Nine  new  mammals  from  islands  in  Great 
Salt  Lake,  Utah.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  351-357. 

1939h.  Goldman,  E.  A.  Remarks  on  the  pocket  gophers,  with  special 
reference  to  Thomomys  talpoides.  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp. 
231-244. 

1939i.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  F.  H.  Dale.  Geographic  races  of  the  kangaroo 
rat,  Dipodomys  microps.  Occasional  Papers  of  the  Mus.  of 
Zool.,  Louisiana  State  Univ.,  No.  4:  pp.  47-62. 

1939J.  Huey,  L.  M.  A  new  silky  pocket  mouse  from  southwestern 
Utah.     Trans.  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  9:  pp.  55-56. 

1939k.  Kelker,  G.  H.  A  mathematical  study  of  predatory-prey  rela- 
tionships. Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters,  16: 
pp.  77-81. 

19391.  Rasmussen,  D.  I.  Mule  deer  range  and  population  studies  in 
Utah.    4th  N.  A.  Wildlife  Conference  Trans.,  pp.  236-243. 

1939m.  Rasmussen,  D.  I.  Utah's  mule  deer  studies  and  management 
problems.     American  Wildlife,  Sept. -Oct.,  1939. 

1940.  Clarke,  Franck  C.  Facts  about  and  experiences  with  coyotes. 
The  Nat.  Wool  Grower,  Salt  Lake  City,  30:  pp.  19-22. 

1940a.  Cowan,  M.  Distribution  and  variation  in  the  native  sheep  of 
North  America.     Amer.  Midland  Nat.,  24:  pp.  505-580. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
130  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

1940b.  Duke,  K.  L.  A  preliminary  histological  study  of  the  ovary  of 
the  kangaroo  rat,  Dipodomys  ordii  columbianns.  Great  Basin 
Nat.,  1 :  pp.  63-72. 

1940c.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  D.  F.  Hoffmeister.  The  pinyon  mouse  Per- 
omyscus  truei  in  Nevada,  with  description  of  a  new  subspecies. 
Univ.  of  California  Publ.  in  Zool.,  42:  pp.  401-406. 

1940d.  Hayward,  C.  L.  Feeding  habits  of  the  red  squirrel.  Jl.  of 
Mammal.,  21  :  p.  220. 

1940e.  Hooper,  E.  T.  Geographic  variation  in  bushy-tailed  wood  rats. 
Univ.  of  California  Publ.  in  Zool.,  42:  pp.  407-424. 

1940f.  Kelker,  G.  H.  Further  mathematical  studies  in  prey-predator 
relationships.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters, 
17:  pp.  59-64. 

1940g.  Kelker,  G.  H.  Estimating  deer  populations  by  a  differential 
hunting  loss  in  the  sexes.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts, 
and  Letters,  17:  pp.  65-69. 

1940h.  Long,  W.  S.  Notes  on  the  life  histories  of  some  Utah  mam- 
mals.    Jl.  of  Mammal.,  21:  pp.  170-180. 

19401.  Marshall,  W.  H.  A  survey  of  the  mammals  of  the  islands  of 
Great  Salt  Lake,  Utah.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  21  :  pp.  144-159. 

1940J.  Rasmussen,  D.  I.  Beaver-trout  relationship  in  the  Rocky 
Mountain  region.  Trans.  5th  N.  A.  Wildlife  Conference,  pp. 
256-263. 

1940k.  Rasmussen,  D.  I.  Panel  discussion:  Is  the  Farmer-sportsman 
council  the  answer?  Trans.  5th  N.  A.  Wildlife  Conference, 
Washington,  D.  C,  pp.  55-60. 

19401.  Tanner,  V.  M.  The  flying  squirrel  collected  in  Garfield  Coun- 
ty, Utah.     Great  Basin  Nat.,  1  :  p.  126. 

1940m.  Tanner,  V.  M.  John  E.  P.lazzard  contributes  mammal  collec- 
tion.    Great  Basin  Nat.,  1 :  p.  146. 

1940n.  Tanner,  V.  M.  A  biotic  study  of  the  Kaiparowits  region  of 
Utah.     Great  Basin  Nat.,  1  :  pp.  97-126. 

1940o.  Tanner,  V.  M.  A  chapter  on  the  natural  history  of  the  Great 
Basin,  1800-1855.     Great  Basin  Nat.,  1:  pp.  33-61. 

1940p.  A/orhies,  C.  T.  and  W  .P.  Taylor.  Life  history  and  ecology  of 
the  white-throated  wood  rat,  Ucotoma  albigiila  albigula  Hart- 
ley, in  relation  to  grazing  in  Arizona.  Univ.  of  Arizona,  Ag. 
Exp.  Sta..  Tech.  Bull.  No.  86:  pp.  455-592. 

1941g.  Doutt,  J.  K.  New  Clethrionomys  from  Utah  and  Pennsylvania. 
Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  54:  pp.  161-164. 

1941.     Goldman,  E.  A.     Remarks  on  voles  of  the  genus  Lemmiscus 


Dec.  31,  1941        bibltography  of  utah  mammalogy  13i 

with  one  described  as  new.     Proc.  Biol.  .Soc.  Wasli.,  54:  pp. 

69-72. 
1941a.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  C.  L.  Hayvvard.    Three  new  mammals  (Micro- 

tus  and  Ochotona)   from  Utah.  Great  Basin  Nat.,  2:  106-108. 
1941b.  Hall,  E.  R.     New  heteromyid  rodents   from  Nevada.     Proc. 

Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  54:  pp.  55-62. 
1941c.  Hall,  E.  R.  and  S.  D.  Durrant.    Two  new  kangaroo  mice  from 

Utah.     Murrelet,  22:  pp:  5-7. 
1941h.  Hall,   E.    R.      Revision   of    the    rodent   genus    Microdipodops. 

Papers  on  Mammalogy,  Zool.  Ser.  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  27: 

pp.  233-277. 
1941d.  Hardy,  Ross.     Some  notes  on  Utah  bats.    Jl.  of  Mammal,  22: 

pp.  289-295. 
1941  e.  Hardy,  Ross.    Dark  coloration  of  some  specmiens  of  Peromys- 

ciis  crinitus  crinitus.     Jl.  of  Mammal.,  22:  pp.  90-91. 
1941  f.  Kelker,  G.  H.     Suggested  phases  of  big  game  management. 

Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters,  18 :  pp.  55-57. 

ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  TYPES  OF  UTAH  MAMMALS 

1.  Clcfhriononivs  gapperi  uintaensis  Doutt,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  54: 
pp.  161-162,"  Dec.  8,  1941.  Type:  Paradise  Park,  45  mi.  N.  W.  Vernal, 
Uintah  County,  July  14,  1933. 

2.  Dipodomys  merriami  frenatus  Bole,  Sci.  Publ.  Cleveland  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 
5:  pp.  1-2,  1936.  Type:  Toquerville,  Washington  Co.,  May  14,  1934  (B.  P. 
Bole). 

3.  Dipodomys  microps  bomicvUlci  Goldman,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  50:  pp. 
222-223,  December  28,  1937.  Type:  Kelton,  Boxelder  County,  November  7, 
1891   (V.  Bailey). 

4.  Dipodomys  microps  russcolns  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  353-354, 
August  14,  1939.  Type:  Dolphin  Island,  Great  Sah  Lake,  June  5,  1938 
(W.  H.   Marshall). 

5.  Dipodomys  microps  subtemiis  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20  p.  354,  August 
14,  1939."  Type:  Carrington  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June  30,  1938  (W.  H. 
Marshall). 

6.  Dipodomys  ordii  alfredi  Goldman,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  50:  pp.  221-222, 
December  28,  1937.  Type:  Gunnison  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June  1,  1937 
(Alfred  M.  Bailey  and  Robert  J.  Kiedrach). 

7.  Dipodomys  ordii  ccleripes  Durrant  and  Hall,  Alammalia  (Paris),  3:  pp.  10- 
16,  March,  1939.  Type:  Trout  Creek,  Juab  Co.,  May  5,  1937  (S.  D.  Dur- 
rant). 

8.  Dipodomys  ordii  cineraceus  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20 :  pp.  352-353, 
August  14,  1939.    Type:    Dolphin  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake  (W.  H.  Marshall). 

9.  Dipodomys  ordii  marshaUi  Goldman,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  50 :  pp.  223- 
224,  December  28,  1937.  Type  :  Bird  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  Tune  22,  1937 
(W.  H.  Marshall). 

10.  Microdipodops  megaccphalus  Icticotis  Hall  and  Durrant.  Alurrelet,  22 :  pp. 
6-7,  April  30,  1941.  Type:  18  miles  SW  Orr's  Ranch,  Tooele  Co.,  June  6, 
1940  (S.  D.  Durrant). 

11.  Microdipodops  megaccphalus  pauhihis  Hall  and  Durrant,  Murrelet.  22:  pp 
5-6,  April  30,  1941.  Type:  Pine  Valley,  Millard  Co.,  July  17,  1940  (S.  D. 
Durrant). 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
132  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

12  Microtits  montamis  amosus  Hall  and  Hayward,  Great  Basin  Nat.,  2 :  pp.  105- 
106,  July  20,  1941.     Type:    Torrey,  Wayne  Co.,  June  18,  1938  (J.  W.  Bee). 

13.  Microtus  montamis  nexus  Hall  and  Hayward,  Great  Basin  Nat.,  2:  pp.  106- 
107  July  20,  1941.  Type:  West  Canyon,  Oquirrh  Range,  Utah  County, 
August  3,  1939  (J.  W.  Bee). 

14.  Ncotoina  Icpida  vMrshalli  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  p.  357,  August  14, 
1939.  Type:  Carrington  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  July  2,  1938  (W.  H. 
Marshall). 

15.  Ochotona  princcps  utahensis  Hall  and  Hayward,  Great  Basin  Nat.,  2:  pp. 
107-108,  July  20,  1941.  Type:  Two  miles  W.  Deer  Lake,  Garfield  Co.,  June 
25,   1938  (G.  S.  Cannon). 

16.  Ondatra  zibethica  yoldniani  Huey,  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  8:  pp. 
409-410,  January  18,  1938.     Type:    St.  George,  Washington  Co.,  August  11, 

1937  (L.  iM.  Huey). 

17.  Onochomys  Icucogastcr  utahensis  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  354- 
355,  August  14,   1939.     Type  :    Stansbury  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June  22, 

1938  (W.   H.  Marshall). 

18.  Perognathus  lonyimcmbris  znrginis  Huey,  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 
9:  pp.  55-56,  August  31,  1939.  Type:  Saint  George,  Washington  County, 
August  12,  1937  (L.  M.  Huey). 

19.  Perognathus  parznis  plcnis  Goldman,  Jl.  Mammal.,  20 :  p.  352,  August  14, 
1939.  Type:  Stansbury  Island,  Great  Sah  Lake,  June  li,  1938  (W.  H. 
Marshall). 

20.  Pcromyscits  crinitits  pcrgracilis  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  356-357, 
August  14,  1939.  Tyi'e:  Stansbury  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June  22,  1938 
(W.  H.   Marshall). 

21.  Pcromyscus  inaniciilatus  inchints  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  pp.  355-356, 
August  14,  1939.  Type:  Fremont  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  August  7,  1938 
(W.  H.  Marshall). 

22.  Pcromyscus  maniciilatus  gunnisoni  Goldman,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington, 
50:  pp.  224-225,  December  28,  1937.  Type:  Gunnison  Island,  Great  Salt 
Lake,  June  1,  1937  (A.  M.  Bailey  and  R.  J.  Niedrach). 

23.  Reithrodontomys  mcgalotis  ravus  Goldman,  Jl.  of  Mammal.,  20:  p.  355, 
August  14,  1939.  Type:  Stansbury  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June  26,  1938 
(W.  H.  Marshall). 

24.  Thomomys  bottae  birdseyei  Goldman,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  50:  pp.  134- 
135,  September  10,  1937.  Type:  Pine  Valley  Mts.,  five  miles  east  of  Pine 
Valley,  Washington  Co.,  October  10,  1909   (Clarence  Birdseye). 

25.  Thomomys  bottae  convexus  Durrant,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  52:  pp. 
159-162,  October  11,  1939.  Type:  E.  side  Clear  Lake,  Millard  Co.,  May  20, 
1938   (S.  D.  Durrant). 

26.  Thomomys  bottae  minimus  Durrant,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  52:  pp. 
159-162,  October  11,  1939.  Type:  Stansbury  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  June 
25,  1938  (W.  H.  Alarshall). 

27.  Thomomys  bottae  nesophihis  Durrant,  Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  27,  Biol.  Ser.  3 : 
pp.  1-4,  October  3,  1936.  Type:  Antelope  Island,  Great  Salt  Lake,  April  20, 
1935  (S.  D.  Durrant). 

28.  Thomomys  bottae  tij'ius  Durrant,  Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  28,  Biol.  Ser.  3:  pp. 
1-7,  August  18,  1937.  Type:  Oak  Creek  Canyon,  6  miles  E.  of  Oak  City, 
Millard  Co.,  September  14,  1936  (S.  D.  Durrant). 

29.  Thomomys  bottae  zvahivalicnsis  Durrant,  Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  28,  Biol.  Ser. 
3:  pp.  1-7,  August  18,  1937.  Type:  Wah  Wah  Springs,  30  miles  W  of  Mil- 
ford,   Beaver   County,   Utah,   July   22.    1936    (S.    D.    Durrant). 

30.  Thomomys  talpoides  gracilis  Durrant,  Bull.  Univ.  Utah,  29,  Biol.  Ser.  3: 
pp.  1-6,  February  28,  19v39.  Type:  Pine  Canyon,  17  miles  NW  Kelton, 
Boxelder  County,  Utah.  July  12,  1930  (Annie  M.  Alexander).  (Described 
as   T.   quadratns  gracilis.) 

31.  Thomomys  talpoides  moorci  Goldman,  Jl.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  28:  pp. 
335-336,  July  15.  1938.  Type:  One  mile  S  of  Fairview.  Sanpete  Co.,  Feb- 
ruary 19,   1928  (A.  W.  Moore).     (Described  as   T.  fossor  moorei.) 

32.  Thomomys  talpoides  oquirrhcnsis  Durrant,   Bull.  Univ.   Utali,   v30,   Biol.   Ser. 


Dec.  31,  1941        bibliography  of  utah  mammalogy  133 

6:  pp.   1-6,  October  24,  1939.     Type:    Settlement  Creek,  Oquirrh  Mountains, 
Tooele  County  (S.  D.  Durrant). 

33.  Thomomys  talpoides  levis  Goldman,  Jl.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  28 :  pp.  336- 
337,  July  15,  1938.  Type:  Seven  Mile  Flat,  5  miles  N  of  Fish  Lake,  Sevier 
Co.,  October  1,  1908  (W.  H.  Osgood).     (Described  as  T.  fossor  Icvis.) 

34.  Thomomys  talpoides  parozvancnsis  Goldman,  Jl.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  28 : 
pp.  334-335,  July  15,  1938.  Type:  Bryan  Head,  Parowan  Mountains,  Iron 
County,  September  8,  1908  (W.  H.  Osgood).  (Described  as  T.  fossor  paro- 
li'anensis.) 

INDEX  TO  AUTHORS  ON  UTAH  MAMMALS 

Note :  Dates  following  the  names  of  authors  and  also  in  the  indexes 
of  scientific  and  common  names  refer  to  the  papers  listed  in  the 
chronological  list  of  references. 

Allen,  J.  A.,  1877;  Anderson,  Mark,  1933. 

Behle,  W.  H.,  1938a;  Benson,  S.  B.,  1934a,  1939;  Bole,  B.  P.,  1936; 

Bond,  R.  M.,  1939;  Bowlus.  H.  L.,  1938e;  Brenchley,  J.,  1861. 
Clarke,  Franck  C,  1940;  Cliff,  E.  P.,  1936a;  Cowan,  M.,  1940a. 
Davis,  W.  B.,  1939a ;  Dale,  F.  H.,  19391 ;  Dixon,  J.  S.,  1939b ;  Doutt, 

J.  K.,  1938,  1941g;  Duke,  K.  J.,  1940b;  Durrant,  S.  D.,  1936a, 

1937,  1937e,  1939c,  1939d,  1939e.  1939f,  1941c. 
Fremont,  J.  C,  1845. 
Goldman,  E.  A.,  1931,  1931a.  1935,  1937a,  1937b,  1937c,  1937d,  1938b, 

1938c,  1939g,  1939h,  1941. 
Hall.  E.  R.,  1933a,  1934b,  1936f,  1936k,  1937e,  1938d,  1938e,  1938f, 

1939f,  19391,  1940c,  1941a,  1941b,  1941c,  1941h;  Hardy,  Ross. 

1937f,  1941d,  1941e;  Hatfield,  D.  M.,  1934b,  1936c;  Hayward, 

C.  L.,  1936d,  1940d,  1941a;  Hoffmeister,  D.  F.,  1940c;  Hooper, 

E.  T.,  1940e;  Howell,  A.  H.,  1938g;  Huey,  L.  M.,  1938b,  19381, 

1939J. 
Johnson,  D.  H.,  1938d. 
Kelker,  G.  H.,  1939k,  1940g,  1941  f. 
Leraas,  H.  J..  1938J ;  Long,  W.  S.,  1940h. 

Marshall,  W.  H..  19401;  Merriam,  C.  H..  1894;  Murie,  O.  J.,  1933b. 
Nelson,  E.  W.,  1931a. 
Olsen.  O.  A.,  1933c,  1936e. 
Parker.  T.  C.  1933d;  Presnall,  C.  C,  1936f.  1937g.  1938k,  19381, 

1938m. 
Rasmussen,  D.  I.,  1936g,  19391,  1939m,  1940k,  1940J  ;  Remy,  I..  1861. 
Sumner,  E.  L.,  1939b. 

Tanner,  V.  M.,  19401,  1940m,  1940n,  1940o;  Taylor,  W.  P.,  1940p. 
Vorhies,  C.  T.,  1940p. 
Woodbury,  A.  M.,  1937h ;  Wright,  G.  M.,  1935a. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
134  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

INDEX  TO  SCIENTIFIC  NAMES  APPLIED  TO  UTAH  MAMMALS 

Amiiwspcr)iiopliilus  leucunis  cinnaniomeus:     19381,  p.   11;   1940n,  p.   104. 

Aininospeniiophilns  leucurits  Iciicitriis:     1938d,  p.   liil. 

Antrosoiis  pallidus  pacifkns:     19381,  p.  6;  1941d,  p.  293. 

Antrosous  pallidus  pallidus:     1941d,  p.  293. 

Antilocapra  americana  americana:     19381,  p.  20;  1940o,  p.  104. 

Bassariscus  astutiis  nevadensis:     19381,  p.  7. 

Bison  americamis:     1877,  p.  512;  19381,  p.  20;  1938m,  p.  Ill;   1940o,  p.  39. 

Cams  estor:     1940n,  p.  104. 

Canis  latrans  testes:     1938d,  p.  121;  19381,  p.  9;   19401,  pp.   151,  152,  154,  156. 

Cams  lupus  yoiingi:     1937d,  p.  40;  19381,  p.  9. 

Castor  canadensis:     1940h,  p.  177. 

Castor  canadensis  rcpentinus:     19381,  p.  14. 

Cervus  canudensis  nelsoni:     19381,  p.  19. 

Citellus  arniatiis:     1938g,  p.  80. 

Citelliis  lateralis  castanuriis:     1938g,  p.  202. 

Citellus  lateralis  lateralis:     1938g,  p.   194;   1940h,  p.   174;   1940n,  p.  109. 

Citellus  lateralis  trepidus:     1938g,  p.  208. 

Citellus  leucunis  cinnmnomcus:     1938g,  p.  175. 

Citellus  leucurus  leucunis:     1938g,  p.  173;  1940h,  p.  174. 

Citellus  leucurus  pennipes:     1938g,  p.   175. 

Citellus  mollis  mollis:     1938d,  p.  121  ;   1939a,  p.  190. 

Citellus  spilosoma  cryptospilotus:     1938g,  p.  130. 

Citellus  toivnsendii  mollis:     1938g,  p.  63;  1940h,  p.  174;   1940i,  p.  151. 

Citellus  tridecemlineatus  parinis:     1938g,  p.   117. 

Citellus  variegatus  grammurtis :     1938g,  p.  145. 

Citellus  variegatus  utah:     1938g,  p.  147;  19381,  p.  11;  1940h,  p.  173. 

Clethrionomys  gapperi  uintaensis:     1941g,   p.    161. 

Corynorhinus  rafincsquii  pallescens:     1940h,  p.   172;    1941d,  p.  293. 

Cynoniys  gunnisoni  zuniensis:     1937f,  p.   197. 

Cvnomys  leucurus:     1937f,  p.  197. 

Cynomys  parvidens:     1937f,  p.  197;  19381,  p.  12;  1940h,  p.  175;  1940n,  p.  109. 

Dipodomys  merriami  frenatus:     1936,  p.   1  ;   1940h,  p.  176. 

Dipodomys  merriami  merriami:     19381,  d.  14;    1940n,  p.   146. 

Dipodomys  microps  alfrcdi:     1937a,  p.  221;   1939i,  p.  59;    1940i,  p.   152. 

Dipodomys  microps  bonnevillei:     1937a,  p.  222 ;  19391,  p.  58. 

Dipodomys  microps  celsus:     19391,  p.  60 ;  1940h,  p.  176 ;  1940n,  p.  146. 

Dipodomys  microps  levipes:     1938d,  p.  121. 

Dipodomys  microps  russeolus:     1939g,  p.  353;    19401,  p.   151. 

Dipodomys  microps  subtenuis:     1939g,  p.  354;   19391,  p.  62;   1401,  p.   153. 

Dipodomys  ordii  celeripes:     1939f,  p.   10. 

Dipodomys  ordii  cineraccus:     1939g,  p.  252;   19401,  p.   144. 

Dipodomys  ordii  cohimbiauus:     1938d,  p.  121  ;   1940m,  p.  146. 

Dipodomys  ordii  cupidincus:     1940h,  p.   176;  1940m,  p.  146;   1940n,  p.  104. 

Dipodomys  ordii  fetosus:     1939f,  p.   14. 

Dipodomys  ordii  marshalli:     1937a,  p.  223;   19401,  p.   152. 

Dipodomys  ordii  iitahensis:     19401,  p.   155. 

Eptesicus  fuscus  pallidus:     19381,  p.  6;  1940h,  p.  173;  1941d,  p.  292. 

Erethison  epixanthum  epixantlnim:     19381,  p.   18;   1940h,  p.  179. 

Euderma  maculata:     1941d,  p.  293. 

Eutamias  adsitus:     1940n,  p.   109. 

Eutamias  dorsalis  utahcnsis:     19381,  p.  12;  1940h,  p.  175. 

Eutamias  quadrivittatus  inyoensis:     19381,  p.  12;  1940h,  p.  175. 

Eutamias  minimiis  consobrinus:     19381,  p.   12;   1940n,  p.   112;   19401i,  p.   175. 

Eutamias  minimus  pictus:     1939a,  p.  208;  1934b,  p.  322. 

E.utamias  minimus  scrutator:     1934b,  p.  321  ;   1938d,  p.   121. 

Fclis  concolor  kaibabcnsis:     1931a,  p.  210;   19381,  p.  9. 

Claucomys  sabrinus  lucifugus:     19401,  p.   126. 

Lasionycteris  noctivagans:     1940n.  p.  104;   1941c,  p.  280. 


Dec.  31.1941        bibliography  of  utaii  mammalogy  135 

Lasiiinis  borealis  tcliotis:     1941d,  p.  292. 

Lasiunis  cinereus:     1941d,  p.  292. 

Lemmiscus  curtatus  levidcusis:     1941,  p.  69. 

Lcmmiscus  curtatus  paupcniniiis:     19381,  p.  16. 

Lcpus  calif ornicus  dcscrticola:     19381,  p.  18;  1940n,  p.  104;  1940h,  p.  179;  1940i, 

p.  156. 
Lcpus  toii/nscndii  tozvnsendii:     19381,  p.   18. 
Lynx  haileyi:     19381,  p.  10. 
Lynx  rufus  pallcsccns:     1938d,  p.  121. 
Lynx  rufus  uinta:     19381,  p.   10. 

Marmota  flavivcntris  cnyclhardti:     19381,  p.  11 ;   1940h,  p.  173;   1940m,  p.  146. 
Maries  caurina  origenes:     1939a,  p.  130. 
Mephitis  mephitis  estor:     19381,  p.  8. 
Mephitis  mephitis  major:     1936b,  p.  66;   19401,  p.  157. 
Microdipodops  megacephalus  leucotis:     1941c,  p.  6;  1941h,  p.  266. 
Microdipodops  megacephalus  paululus:     1941c,  p.  5  ;   1941h,  p.  265. 
Microdipodops  pallidus  albiventer:     1937e,  p.  357 ;   1938d,  p.   121. 
Microtus  longicaudus  latus:     1938b,  p.  492. 
Microtus  montamis:     1940h,  p.    178. 
Microtus  montaniis  amosus:     1941a,  p.   105. 

Microtus  montanus  micropus:     1938d,  p.   123;    1938f,  p.   132;   19381,  p.   16. 
Microtus  montanus  nexus:     1941a,  p.   106. 
Microtus  montanus  riinilaris:     1938f,   p.    132. 

Microtus  mordax  mordax:     19381,  p.  16;   1940h,  p.   178;   1940n,  p.  112. 
Mustela  frenata  nevadensis:     1936b,  p.  91  ;  19381,  p.  7. 
Myotis  californicus  calif  ornicus:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  californicus  pallidus:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  evotis  chrysonotus:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  lucifugus  carissima:     1941d,  p.  289. 
Myotis  htcifugus  phasma:     1941d,  p.  289. 
Myotis  suhulatus  mclanorhinus:     19381,  p.  6;   1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  suhulatus  suhulatus:     1941d,   p.  290. 
Myotis  thysanodes  thysanodes:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  velifer  incautus:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  volans  interior:     1941d,  p.  290. 
Myotis  yumanensis  sociahilis:     1941d.  p.  290. 
Myotis  yumanensis  yumanensis:     1941d,  p.  289. 
Neotoma  albigula  hrevicauda:     1940p,  p.  461. 
Neotoma  cinerea  acraia:     1940e,  p.  415. 
Neotoma  cinerea  arizonue:     1940e,  p.  422. 

Neotoma  cinerea  cinerea:     19381,  p.  16;  1940h,  p.  178;  1940n,  p.  109. 
Neotoma   lepida  marshalli:     1939g,   p.   357;    1940i,  p.    153. 
Neotoma  lepida  monstrahilis:     19381,  p.  15;   1940h,  p.  170;   1940n,  p.   109. 
Nycteris  borealis  teliotis:     19381,  p.  6. 
Ochotona  princeps  cinnamomea:     1940h,  p.   179. 
Ochotona  princeps  fuscipes:     19381,  p.  18 ;  1940h,  p.  179. 
Ochotona  princeps  uinta:     1938e,  p.  336. 
Ochotona  princeps  utahensis:     1941a,   p.    107. 
Odocoileus  hemionus  macrotis:     1938k,  p.  107;  19381,  p.  19;   1939b,  p.  231;  19391, 

p.  236;  1940h,  p.  180. 
Ondatra  sibethica  goldm-ani:     1938b,  p.  409. 
Ondatra  sibethica  mergens:     1938d,  p.   122. 
Onochomys  leucogaster  breincaudus:     1938d,   p.   121. 
Onochomys  leucogaster  melanophrys:     19381,  p.  15;   1940h,  p.  177. 
Onothomys  leucogaster  utahensis:     1939g,  p.  354;  1940i,  p.  144. 
Onochomys  torridus  longicaudus:     19381,  p.  15 ;  1940h,  p.  177. 
Ovis  canadensis  nelsoni:     19381,  p.  20. 
Ovis  canadensis  canadensis:     1940a,  p.  540. 

Perognathus  formosus  formosus:     19381,  p.  36;  19381,  p.  14;   1940h,  p.  176. 
Perogn-athus  longimemhris  arizonensis:     1940n,   p.   104. 
Perognathus  longimemhris  gulosus:     1941b,  p.  55. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
136  C.    LYNN    HAYWARD  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

Pcrognathits  longimcmbris  ncvadcnsis:     1938d,  p.   121. 

Pcrognathus  longwicmbris  fivginis:     1939j,  p.  55. 

Perognatlnis  parznis  plcnis:     1939g,  p.  352 ;   1940i,  p.   153. 

Pcromyscns  boylii  rozvlcyi:     19381,  p.   15;   1940h,  p.   178;   1940m,  p.   146. 

Pcromyscus  crinitus  atiripectus:     19381,  p.   15. 

Pcromyscns  crinitus  crinihts:     1940h,  p.   178;   1941e,  p.  90. 

Pcromyscus  crinitus  pergracilis:     1939g,  p.  256 ;   1940i,  p.   155. 

Pcromyscns  crinitus  pcridoncus:     1937c,  p.   92. 

Pcromyscus  cremicus  crcniicus:     1940h,   p.   178. 

Pcromyscus  maniculatus  gnnnisoni:     1937a,  p.  224;   19401,  p.   152. 

Pcromyscus  maniculatus  iiiclanis:     1939g,  p.  355;  1940i,  p.   157. 

Pcromyscus  maniculatus  osgoodi:     1938j,  p.   1. 

Pcromyscus  numiculatus  sonoricnsis:     1938d,  p.   121;   19381,  p.   15;   1940h,  p.   177; 

1940i,  p.   151 ;   1940n,  p.  104. 
Pcromyscus  tntci  truci:     19381,  p.  15;   194Uc,  p.  401;   1940h,  p.  178. 
Pipistrclhis  hcspcrus  hcspcrus:     1936c,  p.  258;   19381,  p.  6;   1940n,  p.   104;  1941d, 

p.  291. 
Procyon  lotor  pallidus:     19381,  p.  7. 

Rcithrodontoniys  mcgalotis  mcgalotis:     1938d,  p.  121  ;   19381,  p.  15  ;   1940h,  p.  177. 
Reithrodoutomys  mcgalotis  ravus:     1939g,  p.  355;    19401,  p.    154. 
Sorcx  mcrriami  leucogcnys:     1933a,  p.  154 ;  1939,  p.  350. 
Sorex  obscnrus  obscurus:     19381,  p.  6. 

Sorex  palustris  navigator:     19381,  p.  6;  1936f,  p.  211  ;  1940n,  p.  109;  1940h,  p.  172. 
Spilogale  gracilis  saxatilis:     19381,  p.  8. 
Syh'ilagus  auduboni  arisonac:     19381,  p.    18. 
Sylvilagus  auduboni  warrcni:     1940n,  p.   109. 
Sylvilagus  nuttalli  grangeri:     19381,  p.  18 ;  1940h,  p.  180 ;  19401,  pp.  153,  154,  156, 

157. 
Tadarida  macrotis:     19381,  p.  7;  1941d.  p.  294. 
Tadarida  mcxicana:     19381,  p.  7;  194(lh,  p.  173;   1941d,  p.  294. 
Tamiascturus  frcmonti  frcuwnti:     19381,  p.   13;   1940h,  p.  175. 
Tamiasciurus  hudsonicns  vcniorum:     1940,  p.  220. 
Taxidea  taxus  bcrlandicri:     1940n,  p.   109. 
Taxidca  taxus  taxus:     19381,  p.  8;  1938d,  p.  121. 
Thomomys  bottae  absonus:     1940n,  p.   104. 
Thomomys  bottae  birdscyei:     1937,  p.   134. 
Thomomys  bottae  centralis:     1938d,  p.  121 ;  19381,  p.  14. 
Thomomys  bottae  convexus:     1939c,  p.   159. 
Thom.omys  bottae  minimus:     1939c,  p.   161  ;   19401,  p.   154. 
Thomomys  bottae  pianirostris:     19381,  p.  14;   1940h,  p.  176. 
Thomomys  fossor:     19381,  p.  14;   1940n,  p.  109. 
Thomomys  fossor  levis:     1938c,  p.  336. 
Thomomys  fossor  moorei:     1938c,  p.  335. 
Thomomys  fossor  parozvancnsis :     1938c,  p.  334. 
Thomoiuys  quadratus  gracilis:     1939e,  p.  1. 
Thomomys  talpoides  levis:     1939g,  p.  234. 
Thomomys  talpoides  moorei:     1939g,  p.  234. 

Thomomys  talpoides  parozvanensis:     1939g,  p.  234;  1940h,  p.  176. 
Thomomys  talpoides  uinta:     1939h,  p.  234. 
Thomomys  uinta:     1939a,  p.  259. 
Urocyon  cinercoargentcus  scotti:     19381,  p.  8. 
Ursus  americanus  amblyccps:     19381,  p.   7. 
Ursus  utahcnsis:     19381,  p.  7. 
Vulpes  julva  macroura:     19381,  p.  8. 
Zapus  princeps  cincrcus:     1939a,  p.  243. 


A  NEW  ELAPHRUS    (COLEOPTERA,   CARABIDAE)"' 

VASCO  M.  TANNER 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 

Elaphrus  torreyensis  Tanner,  new  species 

Female:  Form,  robust,  body  more  elongate  than  other  species  of  this  genus; 
color  metallic  green  above,  cupreous  beneath  on  the  nietothorax,  abdomen  and 
proximal  portions  of  the  legs  ;  tibia  and  tarsus  dark  reddish ;  labrum,  mandibles 
and  distal  portions  of  palpi  black ;  the  eyes  large  and  black ;  interorbital  width 
1.6  mm  with  a  round  central  boss  falling  off  towards  and  back  of  orbits;  just 
back  of  the  central  boss  is  a  depressed  circular  spot  with  deep  punctures.  Head, 
especially  the  depressions  on  the  dorsal  and  front  deeply  punctured  while  the  ele- 
vated portions  and  the  gular  area  are  practically  free  from  punctation.  Two  pairs 
of  setae,  one  pair  on  the  lateral  portion  of  the  clypeus  and  the  other  on  the  median 
inner  margin  of  the  orbits.  Antennae  shorter  than  in  the  lecontei  complex, 
reaching  only  to  the  posterior  third  of  the  thorax.  Articles  1  to  3  and  the  base 
of  fourth  glabrous,  while  the  remaining  seven  segments  are  setiferous  with  two 
long  setae  on  each  segment ;  the  third  segment  the  longest  one,  being  twice  as 
long  as  the  second.  Thorax  2.6  mm  wide,  with  a  deep  hour  glass  shaped  depres- 
sion, bordered  with  two  round  depressions  filled  with  deep  punctures ;  the  margins 
and  humeri  deeply  punctured;  while  the  elevated  discal  portions  are  finely  and 
sparsely  punctured.  Elytra  4.1  mm  wide,  with  ocellate  foveae  violaceous  in  the 
center  and  from  which  a  setae  3/4  mm  long  extends ;  21  ocellate  foveae  on  the 
left  elytron  and  25  on  the  right  one.  The  whole  surface  is  sparsely  and  finely 
punctured  except  on  the  inner  humeri,  where  they  are  deeply  and  closely  punc- 
tured similar  to  the  contigeous  thoracic  areas.  The  ventral  unpunctured  except 
on  the  lateral  portions  of  the  first  two  abdominal  segments  and  the  episterna  of 
the  thorax;  the  episternum  of  the  prothorax  is  rather  closely  and  deeply  punc- 
tured.    Total  body  length  10  mm. 

Female  Genitalia:  Valvifers  and  coxites  larger  and  setae  not  so  styliform 
as  in  clairvillci  and  oln'acciis.  (Fig.  T.)  An  examination  of  many  specimens 
shows  that  the  female  genitalia  have  a  few  distinctive  characters.     After  studying 


Fig.  I.  Female  genitalia  of  1.  Elaphrus  clairvillei:  2.  E.  olk'accus;  3.  E.  torrey- 
ensis: 4.  E.  lecontei.  ((sty — stylus;  c — coxite  ;  vf — valvifer;  v — vulva;  8ths — 
eighth   sternite  ;   9ths — ninth  sternite.) 

(1)     Contribution  Xo.  97,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham 
Young  University. 

137 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
138  VASCO    M.    TANNER  Vol.  II,  No.  4, 

the  genital  structures  of  eight  species  of  this  genus  it  was  possible  to  separate 
each  one  by  certain  small  differences.  The  genitalia  of  four  species  are  illus- 
trated in  this  study. 

Type  Locality  :  Torrey,  Wayne  County,  Utah.  Torrey  is  located 
on  the  Fremont  River  drainage,  elevation  6,900  feet,  near  the  west 
entrance  to  the  Capital  Reef  Monument  area.  The  holotype  and  a 
paratype,  taken  at  Escalante,  Garfield  Co.,  both  females,  were  col- 
lected by  Wilmer  W.  Tanner  in  June,  1938.  The  holotype  is  in  the 
Brigham  Young  University  entomological  collection  and  the  paratype 
is  being  contributed  to  Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke  for  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences  collections.  Dr.  Van  Dyke  has  been  very  kind  in  helping 
with  the  study  of  Utah  Carabidae.  I  am  indebted  to  him  for  two 
female  specimens  of  clairvillei  used  in  this  study. 

Torreyensis  is  most  closely  related  to  clairvillei  from  which  it  may 
be  separated  by  a  more  robust  form,  size,  coloration,  and  female 
genital  characteristics.  I  have  attempted  to  follow  Col.  Casey  (1920- 
24)  in  his  study  of  this  genus,  but  find  it  difficult  to  agree  with  his 
conclusions.  E.  spissicornis  from  Parowan,  Iron  County,  Utah,  on 
the  basis  of  specimens  of  lecontei  from  this  and  many  other  localities 
of  Utah  seems  to  be  a  synonym  of  lecontei.  I  am  unable  to  distinguish 
any  differences  in  the  antennae  of  Utah  specimens  of  lecontei.  I  have 
four  specimens  from  Mr.  F.  S.  Carr  which  he  collected  at  Medicine 
Hat,  Alta.  (Choppice  Lake)  in  August  22,  1927,  labeled  E.  devinctus 
Csy.,  also  specimens  from  Pingree  Park,  Colorado,  which  I  am  un- 
able to  separate  from  lecontei. 


IIUS^ 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  II 


MAR  6  1942 


The  new  subfamilies,  genera,  and  species  described  in  this  volume  appear  in 
bold-face  type  in  this  index. 


Allen  Spiny  Pocket  Mouse,  12. 

Alphabetical  List  of  Types  of  Utah 
Mammals,    131. 

Alpine  Three-toed  Woodpecker,  2. 

American   Pipit,   5. 

Ambystoma  macrodactylum  Baird, 
87. 

tigrinum  mavortium  (Baird),  110. 
tigrinum  nebulosum  Hallowell,  8S. 
tigrinum   slateri  Dunn,  87. 

An  Annotated  list  of  Mammals  Col- 
lected in  Nuevo  Leon,  Mexico,  in 
1939,  9. 

A  New  Elaphrus  (Coleoptera,  Cari- 
bidae),  137. 

Anguillonema  pinguicauda  Fuchs,  66. 

Antarctic  Birds  contributed  by  Dr. 
Russell  G.  Frazier,  122. 

Anthus  spinoletta  rubescens  (Tun- 
stall),  5. 

Aphaenogaster     (Attomyrma)     flori- 
dana  Smith,  118. 
boiilderensis  Smith,  120. 

Ascaphus  truei  Stejneger,  88. 

Audubon's   Hermit  Thrush,  4. 

Bibliography    of    Utah    Mammalogy; 

Including  Refernces  to  Names  and 

Type  Localities,   125. 
Blatchley,  Willis  Stanley,  33. 
Boleodorus  Thorne,  59. 

clavicaudatus  Thorne,  61. 

thylactus  Thorne,  60. 
Bragg,  Arthur  N.,  article  by,  109. 
Bufo    boreas    boreas     (Baird    &    Gi- 

rard),   88. 

woodhousii     woodhousii     (Girard), 

110. 
Byrrhidae,  36. 

Carpodacus  cassini  Baird,  6. 
Cassin's  Purple   Finch,  6. 
Chandler,  Harry  P.,  article  by,  99. 
Charina  bottae   (Blainville),  93. 
Chronological   List  of  References  on 

Utah   Mammals,  126. 
Cimbocera  petersoni  Tanner,  29. 

buchanani  Ting,   31. 

conspersa  Fall,  31. 

pauper  Horn,  31. 
Citellus    variegatus    couchii    (Baird), 

Cleridae,  36. 

Cnemidophorus  tessellatus  tessellatus 
(Say),  92. 


Coluber   constrictor   mormon    (Baird 
and  Girard),  93. 
taeniatus  taeniatus  (Hallowell),  94. 

Conepatus  pediculus  Merriam,  10. 

Crotalus  viridis   lutosus   Klauljer,  96. 
viridis    (Rafinesque),   97. 
viridis  oreganus   Holbrook,  97. 

Crotaphytus     collaris     baileyi     (Stej- 
neger), 90. 
wislizenii   (Baird   &  Girard),  90. 

Couch's  rock  squirrel,   11. 

Cynomys   mexicanus    Merriam,    11. 

Deladenus  Thorne,  45. 

durus    (Cobb),  46. 

obesus  Thorne,  47. 
Dendroica  auduboni  memorabilis  Ob- 

erholster,   5. 
Diadophis    regalis    regalis    (Baird    & 

Girard),   17,  93. 

amabilis  occidentals  Blanchard,  93. 
Dicamptodon  eusatus    (Eschscholtz). 

88. 
Dytiscidae,   103. 

Elaphrus  torreyensis  Tanner,  138. 
Empidonax  hammondi  (Xantus),  2. 

wrighti    Baird,  2. 

difficilis   difficilis   Baird,  3. 
Eptesicus  fuscus   (Beauvois),  10. 
Erotylidae,  36. 
Eumeces      skiltonianus      skiltonianus 

(Baird    &    Girard),   93. 

Gerrhonatus    coervlous    principis 

(Baird  &  Girard),  92. 
Gray-headed   Junco,   7. 
Grater,   Russel    K.,   article   by,   121. 
Green-tailed    Towhee,    7. 
Grey  Squirrel,   11. 
Gull    Banding   Notes   at   Utah    Lake, 


Halenchus  Cobb,  64. 

fucicola    (deMan)    Cobb,  64. 

mediterraneus    (Micoletzky)    Cobb, 
65. 
Hall,  E.  Raymond,  article  by,  105. 
Hammond's   Flycatcher,  2. 
Hayward,  C.  Lynn,  article  by,  1,  105, 

125. 
Hexatylus  Goodey,  48. 
Hexatylus  viviparus  Goodey,  49. 

consobrinus  (deMan)  Goodey,  41. 

fungorum   (Biitschli),  49. 


139 


140 


INDEX    TO  VOLUME   II 


Hog-nosed  skunk,  10. 
Honiophron,  99. 

illustre    Csy.,    99. 

tanneri   Chandler,  99,   100. 

tanneri     proximum     Chandler,     99, 

102. 
Hyla  regilla  Baird  &  Girard,  89. 
Hylocichla  guttata  auduboni  (Baird), 

4. 
Hydroporus    transpunctatus    Chand- 
ler,  103. 
Hypsiglena     ochrorhynchus     ochror- 

hynchus,  95. 

Index  to  Volume   II,   139. 

Index  to  Authors  on  Utah  Miamnials, 

133. 
Index    to    Scientific    Names    Applied 

to  Utah  Mammals,  134. 
Interesting    Coleoptera    Records    for 

Utah,  36. 
lotonchium   Cobb,   39. 

iniperfectuni   (Biitschli),  50. 
Iridoprocne   bicolor   (Vieillot),  3. 

Junco  caniceps   (Woodhouse),  7. 

Koestner,E.   J.,   article   by,  9. 

Lampropcltis  pyromelana  (Cope),  19. 
triangulum  gentilis  (Baird  &  Gi- 
rard), 21,  22. 

Larus    Californicus    Lawrence,    98. 

Leaf-nosed    bat,    10. 

Leptonycteris   nivalis   (Saussure),   10. 

Lesser  Yellow  Legs,  New  Record 
for  Washington   County,  Utah,  86. 

Lincoln's    Sparrow,    8. 

Liomys  irroratuus  alleni  (Coues),  12. 

Macgillivray's  Warbler,  6. 
Melospiza     lincolni     lincolni     (Audu- 

Ibon),  8. 
Mexican   prairie  dog,   11. 
Mexican   harvest-mouse,   12. 
Mexican  vole,   13. 
Microtus   mexicanus    (De    Sausurre), 

13. 

montanus    amosus     Hall     &    Hay- 
ward,   105. 

montanus  nexus  Hall  &  Hayward, 
106. 
Miquihuana   white-tailed   deer,   14. 
Mus  musculus   L.,   14. 
M'yadestes   townsendi   (Audubon),  4. 

Neotoma  albigula  leucodon  Merriam, 

13. 
Neotylenchinae   Thorne,  38. 
Neotylenchus,   39. 

abulbosus  Steiner,  40. 


acutus  Thorne,  42. 

arcuatus  Thorne,  44. 

consobrinus    deMan,   41. 

intermedins    (Christie),  45. 

latus   Thorne,  43. 

obesus   Thorne,  44. 
New    Bird    Records    from    Zion    Na- 
tional Park,  121. 
New    Species     of     Coleoptera     from 

Utah    (Omophronidae    &    Dytisci- 

dae),  99. 
Notes     on     the     Nesting     Habits     of 

Some  Mountain  Dwelling  Birds  in 

Utah,  1. 
Nothotylenchinae,    38,    57. 
Nothotylenchus  Thorne,  57. 

acris  Thorne,  57. 

affinis  Thorne,  58. 

cylindricollis  Thorne,  59. 

Oberholseria  chlorura   (Audubon),  7. 
Ochotona  princeps  utahensis  Hall  & 

Hayward,   107. 
Odocoileus    virginianus    miquihuane- 

sis  Goldman  &  Kellogg,  14. 
Oliiophronidae,  99. 
Oporornis   tolmiei    (Townsend),   6. 

Painted  Lady  Butterfly  in  Migration, 

104. 
Paurodontinae,   38,   50. 
Paurodontus   Thorne,    51. 

gracilis  Thorne,  51. 

densus   Thorne,   52. 

apiticus  Thorne,  53. 

niger  Thorne,  54. 
Peromyscus      maniculatus      labecula 

Elliot,    12. 

boylii   levipes    (Merriam),    12. 

difficilis    (Allen),    13. 
Phrynosoma  douglassii  ornatissimum 

(Girard),   91.^ 

platyrhinos   Girard,   92. 
Picoides  tridactylus  dorsalis  Baird,  2. 
Pituophis    catenifer    deserticola    Stej- 

neger,  94. 
Plethodon  idahoensis  Slater  &  Slipp, 

88. 
Pocket   Gopher,   11. 
Progne  subis   subis    (Linnaeus),  3. 
Prosecon,   99. 

obliteratuum   utense   Csy.,  99. 

gilae  pallidum   Csy.,  99. 
Pseudacris  nigrita  triseriata   (Wied), 

89. 

triseriata   Wied,   112. 
Purple   Martin,  3. 

Rana   catesbeiana   Shaw,   89. 
pipiens  Schreber,  89. 
pipiens   pipiens    (Schreber),    115. 


INDEX   TO  VOLUME  II 


141 


Red-naped  Sapsucker,  1. 
Reithrodontomys     fulvescens     tenuis 

Allen,   12. 
Reptiles    and    Amphibians    of    Idaho 

No.   I.,  87. 
Rhinocheilus    lecontei    Baird    &    Gi- 

rard,  23,  94. 
Rocky   Mountain  Audubon   Warbler, 

5. 

Salvadora   grahaniiae    hexalepis 
(Cope),  18. 

Scaphiopus   bonibifrons   (Cope),    113. 
intermontanus  Cope,  88. 
hammondi   Baird,   112. 

Sceloporus   graciosus    graciosus,   91. 
occidentalis  biseriatus   (Hallowell), 
91. 

Sciurus  alleni  Nelson,   11. 

Smith,    Marion    R.,   article   by,    118. 

Some  Nematodes  of  the  Family  Ty- 
lenchidae  which  do  Not  Possess  a 
Valvular  Median  Esophageal  Bulb, 
37. 

Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird,  1. 

Spizella  passerina  arizonae   Coues,  8. 

Some  Observations  on  Amphibia  at 
and  Near  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico, 
109. 

Sonora  miniata  miniata  Stickel,  94. 
semianulata    semianulata    Baird    & 
Girard,   94. 

Sorex  emarginatus  Jackson,   10. 

Stictylus  Thornc,   54. 

asymmetricus   Thorne,  55. 
obtusus  Thorne,  55. 

Study  of  the  Variation  in  the  Less 
Common  Snakes  of  Utah,   16. 

Studies  in  the  Weevils  of  the  West- 
ern United  States  No.  IV:  A  New 
Species  of  Cimbocera,  29. 

Sylvilague  floridanus  chapmani  (Al- 
len),  14. 

Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  Mearns, 
3. 


Tanner,  Vasco  M.,  articles  by,  29,  33, 

36,  98,  104,  122,  137. 
Tanner,   Wilmer  W.,   articles   by,   16, 

87. 
Tantilla   utahensis    Blanchard,   26. 
Texas  cottontail,  14. 
Thada   Thorne,   62. 

cancellata   Thorne,   63. 

striata  Thorne,  62. 
Thamnophis    eques    (Reuss),   24. 
Thamnophis   sirtalis  parietalis   (Say), 

96. 

sirtalis   tctrataenia    (Cope),   96. 

ordinoides    vagrans     Baird    &    Gi- 
rard,  95. 
Thomomys  spp.,   11. 
Thorne,   Gerald,   article   by,   Zl . 
Three  New  Mammals  (Microtus  and 

Ochotona)    from   Utah,    105. 
Townsend's    Solitaire,   4. 
Tree   Swallow,  3. 
Trimorphodon     lyrophanes      (Cope), 

25. 
Tylenchus    arboricolus    Cobb,    65. 
Two  New  Species  of  Aphaenogaster 

(Hymenoptera:   Formicidae),   118. 

Uta  stansburiana  stansburiana  (Baird 
&   Girard),  90. 

Vanessa  carduii  L.,  104. 
Violet-green  Swallow,  3. 
Vireo    gilvus    swainsoni    Baird,    5. 

Western    Chipping   Sparrow,   8. 
Western   Flycatcher,  3. 
Western  Warbling  Vireo,  5. 
White-crowned   Sparrow,  8. 
White-footed   mouse,   12,   13. 
White-toothed   wood   rat,    13. 
Wright's    Flycatcher,   2. 

Zacatecas    Shrew,    10. 
Zonotrichia     leucophrys     leucophrys 
(Forster),  8. 


No.  1.  Mailed   March   1,   1941. 

No.  2.  Mailed  July  20,  1941. 

No.  3.  Mailed  December  6,    1941. 

No.  4.  Mailed  February  25,  1942. 


BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

Largest  private  institution  of  higher  learning  in  the  Intermountain 
Region,  Brigham  Young  University  is  organized  into  five  colleges,  three 
divisions,  and  the  graduate  school.  Four  quarters  of  instruction  are 
provided  annually. 


Colleges  of  Applied  Science 
Arts  and  Sciences 
Commerce 
Education 
Fine  Arts 


Divisions  of  Religion 
Research 
Extension 

Graduate  School 

Summer  School 


Departments  of  Instruction 


Accounting  and  Business 

Administration 
Agricultural  Economics 
Agronomy 
Animal  Husbandry 
Art 

Bacteriology 

Bible  and  Modern  Scripture 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Church  History 
Church  Organization  and 

Administration 
Economics 

Educational  Administration 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Finance  and  Banking 
Geology  and  Geography 
History 
Home  Economics 


Horticulture  and  Landscape 

Architecture 
Journalism 
Library 
Marketing 
Mathematics 
Mechanic  Arts 

Modern  and  Classical  Languages 
Music 

Office  Practice 
Physical  Education 
Physics 

Political  Science 
Philosophy  of  Education 
Psychology 
Secondary  Education 
Sociology 
Speech 
Theology  and  Religious 

Philosophy 
Zoology  and  Entomology 


NATIONALLY  ACCREDITED 


For  further  information,  write 

The  President 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

Provo,  Utah 


NEW  CENTURY  PRINTINS  CO.,  PROVO,  UTAH 


3   2044  072  224  611